Cabinet
Wednesday 24 March 2021 10.00 am
Virtual meeting – Web ex meeting
AGENDA
Item Discussion Portfolio
1 Apologies Leader of the Council To note any apologies for absence.
2 Minutes (Pages 1 - 14) Leader of the Council To confirm the minutes of the meeting held on 27 January 2021 (minutes attached).
3 Declarations of Interest Leader of the Council To declare any pecuniary or personal interests relating to specific matters on the agenda.
Please see information note (1) at the end of the agenda
4 Questions at Cabinet Meetings Leader of the Council Up to 30 minutes is allowed for this item.
Written questions
To answer any written questions from a County Councillor, (or any person living or working in the county, or is affected by the work of the County Council), about any matter which relates to any item on the agenda for this meeting.
The closing date for the receipt of written questions is 4.00 pm on Thursday 18 March 2021.
Please submit any questions to stephen.bace@gloucestershire.gov.uk
A written answer will be provided for each written question received (to be presented to the questioner and to Cabinet (in advance of the meeting). The questions and answers will be taken as read and will not be read out at the meeting. At the discretion of the Leader of Council, each questioner ( in attendance at the meeting) will be allowed to ask one supplementary question (in response to the answer given to the original question).
A copy of all written questions and written answers circulated at the meeting will be attached to the signed copy of the minutes of the meeting.
Urgent questions
An urgent written question may be asked by a member of the public about any item on the Cabinet agenda for that meeting which the Chairperson considers could not have been reasonably submitted by the deadline for the receipt of written questions, provided he or she gives notice of the question to the Chief Executive by 12 noon the day before the meeting.
Decisions
5 Proposed nomination for open call for a community to host a Cabinet Member - world first fusion power plant and associated opportunities Economy, (Pages 15 - 22) Education and Skills,
Cabinet Member - Environment and Planning
6 M5 J10 Infrastructure Recovery Strategy Progress Report Cabinet Member - (Pages 23 - 44) Environment and Planning
7 M5 Junction 9 & A46 Progress Report (Pages 45 - 54) Cabinet Member - Environment and Please note: this report contains both exempt and non-exempt Planning information.
To discuss the exempt information detailed in the appendices to the published report, consideration must first be given to whether the public and press should be excluded from the meeting b passing the following resolution:-
In accordance with Regulation 4 (2)(b) of the Local Authorities (Executive Arrangements) (Meetings and Access to Information) (England) Regulations 2012, consideration must be given to
24 March 2021 confirm whether members of the public and press should be excluded from the meeting for this item of business because it is likely that, if present there would be disclosure to them of exempt information as defined in Paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 A to the Act, and the public interest in withholding the information outweighs the public interest in disclosing the information to the public.
8 Road Safety Cabinet Panel Report (Pages 55 - 118) Cabinet Member - Public Protection, Parking and Libraries
9 Proposed adoption of the Gloucestershire Local Development Cabinet Member - Guide 2021 (Pages 119 - 166) Environment and Planning
10 Gloucestershire School Places Strategy (SPS) 2021 - 2026 and Cabinet Member - Implementation Plan (Pages 167 - 464) Economy, Education and Skills
11 Children & Families Capital Programme Update (Pages 465 - Cabinet Member - 474) Economy, Education and Skills
12 Banded Funding for SEND and EHCP (Pages 475 - 490) Cabinet Member - Economy, Education and Skills,
Deputy Leader and Cabinet Member - Children's Safeguarding and Early Years
13 Financial Monitoring Report 2020/21 (Pages 491 - 506) Cabinet Member - Finance and Change
24 March 2021 14 Tender and Award of Materials Recycling, Reuse and Cabinet Member - Recovery Services under the Dynamic Purchasing System for Environment and Household Recycling Centres (Pages 507 - 516) Planning
15 Mental Health Accommodation Based Support (Pages 517 - Cabinet Member - 526) Adult Social Care Commissioning
16 Schedule of Proposed Disposals and Acquisitions and Cabinet Member - amendments to Disposals Policy (Pages 527 - 538) Finance and Change To consider the disposal of properties and sites deemed surplus to requirement in line with the Council’s Policy for the Disposal of Property.
Please note: this report contains both exempt and non-exempt information.
To discuss the exempt information detailed in the appendices to the published report, consideration must first be given to whether the public and press should be excluded from the meeting b passing the following resolution:- In accordance with Regulation 4 (2)(b) of the Local Authorities (Executive Arrangements) (Meetings and Access to Information) (England) Regulations 2012, consideration must be given to confirm whether members of the public and press should be excluded from the meeting for this item of business because it is likely that, if present there would be disclosure to them of exempt information as defined in Paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 A to the Act, and the public interest in withholding the information outweighs the public interest in disclosing the information to the public.
Other Decisions
17 Changes to Gloucestershire County Council's Constitution by Leader of the the Monitoring Officer (Pages 539 - 540) Council Cabinet to note the changes made to the Constitution by the Monitoring Officer.
Cabinet Cllr Richard Boyles, Cllr Carole Allaway Martin, Cllr Tim Harman, Cllr Mark Hawthorne MBE, Cllr Patrick Molyneux, Cllr Nigel Moor, Cllr David Norman MBE, Cllr Vernon Smith, Cllr Lynden Stowe and Cllr Kathy Williams
24 March 2021 NOTES 1. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST – Members requiring advice or clarification about whether to make a declaration of interest are invited to contact the Director of Policy, Performance and Governance ( 01452 328506 e-mail: [email protected]) prior to the start of the meeting.
2. INSPECTION OF PAPERS AND GENERAL QUERIES - If you wish to inspect minutes or reports relating to any item on this agenda or have any other general queries about the meeting, please contact: Stephen Bace, Lead Democratic Services Adviser :01452 324204/e-mail: [email protected]
3. DEFINITION OF A KEY DECISION - A ‘Key Decision’ is one that is, if implemented, is likely to Result in significant additional expenditure or savings to the value of £500,000 or more, or Be significant in terms of its effect on communities in two or more electoral divisions.
4. GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS - Members are required to sign the attendance list.
5. PHOTOGRAPHY, FILMING AND AUDIO RECORDING OF COUNCIL MEETINGS is permitted subject to the Local Government Access to Information provisions. Please contact Democratic Services (01452 324202) to make the necessary arrangements ahead of the meeting. If you are a member of the public and do not wish to be photographed or filmed please inform the Democratic Services Officer on duty at the meeting.
EVACUATION PROCEDURE - in the event of the fire alarms sounding during the meeting please leave as directed in a calm and orderly manner and go to the assembly point located outside the main entrance to Shire Hall in Westgate Street. Please remain there and await further instructions.
24 March 2021 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 2
CABINET Gloucestershire County Council 27 January 2021
Minutes
PRESENT
Cllr Mark Hawthorne MBE Leader of Council Cllr Richard Boyles Deputy Leader/ Children’s Safeguarding & Early Years Cllr Carole Allaway Martin Adult Social Care (Commissioning) Cllr Tim Harman Public Health and Communities Cllr Patrick Molyneux Economy, Education and Skills Cllr Nigel Moor Environment and Planning Cllr David Norman MBE Public Protection, Parking and Libraries Cllr Vernon Smith Highways and Flood Cllr Lynden Stowe Finance and Change Cllr Kathy Williams Adult Social Care (Delivery)
Apologies:
1. Apologies
No apologies
2. Minutes
The minutes of the meeting on 16 December 2020 were agreed as a correct record.
The Leader of Council noted that it was UK Holocaust Memorial Day and a moment of silence was observed.
3. Declarations of Interest
No declarations of interest were made at the meeting.
4. Questions at Cabinet Meetings
Page 1 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
A total of 8 public questions and 19 member questions were submitted for consideration in advance of the meeting.
The following supplementary questions were asked at the meeting.
Question 1: Chloe Turner asked if clarification could be given that the target date for carbon neutraility was 2045 as different answers had been given to questions. She asked whether in the week that global ice sheets were seen retreating in line with worst case scenarios this was the appropriate response.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
It was clarified that the target should be 2045 and that the member felt that this was an appropriate response, noting the Council’s own commitment to being carbon neutral in 2021.
Question 3: Max Wilkinson asked if the member could explain the disconnect between the LTP and Gear Change report and why the Cheltenham cycle network was not being taken forward.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
It was outlined that the priority was for the Gloucester Cheltenham cycleway, but that did not exclude further work in future years.
Question 5: Karl Hobley asked for clarification of whether the concept of a joined up cycle network for Cheltenham had been taken forward in the LTP.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The member explained that while this was a future priority, the priority for 2021 was related to the cycleways detailed in the report.
Question 6: Karl Hobley asked whether it was correct that none of the existing infrastructure complied with standards set out in the Government’s Gear Change report.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning) The member stated that the first phase of Gloucester to Cheltenham cycleway development did comply with that report. He made a public commitment to start on the next phase over the coming summer.
Question 7: Karl Hobley asked would the member commit to work with the districts relating to school street schemes where community and school support could be demonstrated?
- 1 -
Page 2 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The member gave that commitment outlining that trials were currently running and evidence from that would be evaluated. He said that the Council was seeing the value of wide spread consultation with districts and local communities.
Question 8: Carol Kambites asked, if Stroudwater was to be considered alongside other options could that be reflected in the Stroud district part of the LTP?
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The member understood the strong support but stated that he could not prejudge the work being done. He would not give a view until the conclusion of the robust assessment work being carried out.
Question 1: Cllr Phil Awford asked whether consideration would be given to working with English Severn and Wye Regional Flood and Coastal Committee to look at future opportunities to alleviate flooding.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The member gave that commitment.
Question 2: Cllr Iain Dobie asked whether he could conclude that zero trees had been planted against the one million target?
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The Cabinet Member would provide Cllr Dobie with a figure and outlined that he had been working with Gloucestershire Nature Partnership and would share the nature of that work in due course.
Question 6: Cllr Iain Dobie asked if the member could share full feedback from Department for Transport as to why the Council’s bid was unsuccessful.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The Cabinet Member was happy to share the feedback with the member.
Question 7: Cllr Iain Dobie asked how much money would the County Council allocate to realise active travel schemes that had passed the prioritisation process.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
- 2 -
Page 3 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
Cllr Moor stated that the Council would continue to bid at every opportunity to take forward those schemes.
Question 8: Cllr Iain Dobie asked whether there would be any funding for unsuccessful active travel schemes?
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The Cabinet Member explained that the priority was to start the next phase of the Gloucester to Cheltenham scheme, which was a commitment of over £10 million. Following that other schemes would be explored as funding opportunities become apparent.
Question 9: Cllr Iain Dobie stated that the Council would not fund a ‘shovel ready’ scheme in his division, as well as not committing to priority schemes, or additional active travel schemes. He asked if the member was embarrassed by how little the administration was giving to active travel.
Response by: Cllr Nigel Moor (Cabinet Member Environment and Planning)
The Cabinet Member reiterated that the Gloucester to Cheltenham scheme amounted to over £10million investment and suggested that the Member’s scheme was not ‘shovel ready; and still had issues to resolve.
Question 10: Cllr Iain Dobie outlined that at the Joint Health and Care Scrutiny and Adult Social Care and Communities Scrutiny meeting it had been proposed and agreed, that the Council would take the lead on compiling an account of how Gloucestershire had responded to the pandemic. He asked if the County Council would also include how it had handled the first phase of that including the approach with care homes.
Response by: Cllr Tim Harman (Cabinet Member Public Health and Communities)
The Cabinet Member stated that the account would be looking at the whole picture. It had been noted at the meeting that there was an audit trail of reports that had come to scrutiny and cabinet throughout the period. He paid tribute to the amazing work carried out by the Council and NHS and stated that alongside that there would be lessons to be learned.
Question 11: Cllr Iain Dobie asked whether the Cabinet Member would share the results and conclusions of the latest version of the Containment and Outbreak Management Plan?
Response by: Cllr Tim Harman (Cabinet Member Public Health and Communities)
The Cabinet Member stated that he would share what he was able to more widely would be and noted the item on the agenda later in the meeting. He explained that the Council worked closely with partners and Districts as well as through the Engagement Board.
- 3 -
Page 4 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
Question 12: Cllr Nigel Robbins asked whether more detailed figures could be provided in relation to adult social care savings. He stated that Annex 1.1 of the report did not provide figures. He asked for them in the new few days.
Response by: Cllr Carole Allaway Martin
The Cabinet Member stated that she hadn’t appreciated how little was in the document and that the additional breakdown list on the savings that had been provided to scrutiny members had been comparable with other directorates. Many of the themes were still developing and when more information was available it would be provided.
Question 17: Cllr Nigel Robbins referred to specific reductions in the research fund in the HealthWatch contract and asked for figures that would help members judge whether it had been providing good value for money and whether withdrawing funding had been a good decision or not?
Response by: Cllr Kathy Williams
More details would be provided. It was noted that staff were working in relation to the pandemic and so that was the priority, so the figures would be provided when they had an opportunity to do so.
5. Scrutiny Task Group Report - Public Participation
Cllr Shaun Parsons presented the report outlining the recommendations made by the group. He spoke briefly on the use of technology for virtual meetings.
Cllr Mark Hawthorne thanked members for the report and stated that the recommendations were a good framework to take this forward to improve engagement opportunities. A response would be provided.
6. Scrutiny Task Group Report - Taxi Licensing
Cabinet noted the report from the task group, which had been chaired by Cllr Kate Haigh. Nigel Moor thanked the members for the report, noting the recommendations and confirming that a written response would be provided. Cllr Patrick Molyneux, stated that the report had been received by the Joint Economic Growth Committee as it included recommendations for District Councils.
- 4 -
Page 5 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
7. Recommendation to Council - Medium Term Financial Strategy and Council Strategy 2021-22
Cllr Lynden Stowe, Cabinet Member for Finance and Change, presented for approval, the Council Strategy, the Medium Term Financial Strategy, (MTFS), and the final revenue and capital budget proposal for 2021/22, for recommendation to County Council on 17 February 2021.
In making his recommendations, Cllr Stowe highlighted that the budget represented an increase in revenue spending of around £13m. Referring to Children’s Services he outlined that there was a continuing increase in the numbers of children being looked after by the Council. He explained that the budget was about investing in people as well as investing in ‘place’. Embedded within the budget was the response to climate change and he stated that since 2006 the Council had cut corporate CO2 emissions by 97%. He referred to the commitment to plant 35 million trees in ten years. The strategy was now more explicit regarding the response to climate change in response to the points raised by scrutiny.
He outlined the current financial pressures leading to a £1.7 million overspend but stated that the figure was continuing to improve and senior management understood the need to reduce it further.
Cllr Shaun Parsons brought members attention to the minutes and summary from the budget scrutiny session held by Corporate Overview and Scrutiny Committee. He thanked all the Cabinet Members and Officers who were in attendance. It had provided an opportunity for members to clarify points and gain a greater understanding of the budget.
Cabinet Members thanked Cllr Stowe for his commitment to the budget, prudent financial management and for providing a budget that would respond to climate change. They commented on how the budget would provide all the elements to support their portfolios in particular in children services and in adult social care. It was stated that national funding had been provided to help support the Council during the Covid-19 pandemic. Delivery in relation to Highways and the £150m investment had continued throughout the year despite the challenges of the pandemic. Members noted the investment in flood alleviation, with the Cabinet Member thanking highways officers for their hard work and support.
The Leader of Council thanked Cllr Stowe and reflected on the funding from national government that had supported the Council in relation to the pandemic. He stated that the settlement reflected the amount of work carried out by local government and the challenges going forward. He emphasised the importance of the investments made by the Council and the way that funding was used to provide real investment in the front line and in community infrastructure. He outlined one amendment to the budget relating to inconsistencies to the target date for achieving a carbon neutral county, confirming that those would be amended to reflect the 2045 commitment.
- 5 -
Page 6 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
Having considered all of the information, including the outcomes of the council’s formal budget consultation, the due regard statement relating to the decision and the observations from the Corporate Overview Scrutiny Committee meeting on 7 January 2021, Cabinet noted the reasons for the recommendations and,
RESOLVED to:-
1. To approve the Refreshed Council Strategy for submission to County Council (Appendix 1).
2. To approve changes to the draft budget and to approve the MTFS and final revenue and capital budget for 2021/22 for recommendation to County Council, including all of the proposals set out in the annexes of the detailed MTFS (Appendix 2).
3. To consider the outcome of the budget consultation as set out in Appendix 3 and the report from the Corporate Overview and Scrutiny Committee (COSC) in Appendix 4.
4. To note the schools funding allocations, the provisional local government finance settlement and forecast reserve movements as summarised in this report and set out in the MTFS.
5. To recommend to Council a revenue budget of £481.755 million, a band D council tax of £1,409.22 and consequential precepts on District Councils.
6. To note the Capital Strategy and Treasury Management Strategy & Investment Strategy as set out in Annexes 7 & 10 of the detailed MTFS.
7. To note the Risk Management Policy Statement & Strategy as set out in Annex 11 of the detailed MTFS.
8. Financial Monitoring Report
Cabinet Member for Finance and Change, Cllr Lynden Stowe, gave an update on the year-end forecasts for the County Council’s Revenue and Capital Budgets 2020/21.
The forecast revenue year end position as at end November 2020 (Period 8) was a £1.730 million overspend all of which was non Convid-19 related. This was an improvement of the position reported to Cabinet in December, which was £4.461m overspend
A balanced position was forecast in relation to Covid-19 expenditure and income.
He emphasised that the monitoring of overspending was having a positive impact with work being carried out to produce a balance position.
- 6 -
Page 7 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
The forecast Capital year end position was £123.280 million – this reflected in year forecast slippage of £183k.
In total an additional £3.086 million increase in the capital programme was recommended for approval in this report.
Having considered all of the information, Cabinet noted the report and,
RESOLVED to:
1. Note the forecast revenue year end position based on actual expenditure as at the end of November 2020 and December 2020 (Period 9) forecasts for the 2020/21 financial year including Covid-19 forecast is an overspend of £1.730 million, all of which relates to non Covid-19 expenditure, as we are forecasting a balanced position in relation to covid expenditure and income.
2. Note the forecast capital year end position as at the end of November 2020 of £123.280 million against the current budget of £123.463 million.
3. Approve the £3.086 million increase to the capital programme as outlined in section B of the report.
9. Containment Outbreak Management Fund
The Leader of Council noted that the figures for Gloucestershire had exceeded 1,000 deaths related to Covid-19. He noted that in the future there would be time for the Council and partners to remember all of those names and he expressed his sadness. A moment of silence was observed.
Cllr Tim Harman, Cabinet Member for Public Health and Communities, sought Cabinet’s approval for the allocation of the Local Authority Contain Outbreak Management Fund.
It was explained that the report asked for approval in delegating individual spending decisions relating to the allocation of the COMF to the Cabinet Member and the Executive Director of Adult Services and Public Health in consultation with the Cabinet Member. The allocation was linked to the Tier system and detailed within the report.
The indicative budget was set out across heading areas defined by the Department for Health and Social Care. Funding would be allocated to initiatives tackling Covid 19 and the effects on the communities of Gloucestershire. This included projects focussed on prevention of the disease and resources to aid compliance with the regulations The Cabinet Member outlined that this included an additional £200,000 for the purchase of IT equipment for young people that needed support. Cllr Dave
- 7 -
Page 8 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
Norman provided a commitment that the Fire and Rescue Service would get involved in the distribution of equipment. Cllr Richard Boyles detailed the work being done in Children’s Services to identify those children that needed resources such as laptops and connectivity over the lockdown periods.
Members noted the Due Regard Statement accompanying the report.
Having considered all of the information, Cabinet noted the report and,
RESOLVED to:
Delegate authority to the Executive Director of Adult Social Care and Public Health, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Public Health and Communities and the Executive Director for Corporate Resources to allocate the Local Authority Contain Outbreak Management Fund in order to deliver the objectives in the Local Outbreak Management Plan in accordance with the Council’s standing orders and procurement legislation.
10. Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan 2021-2041
Cllr Nigel Moor, Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning, set out the updates made to the draft LTP following public consultation and sought Cabinet’s approval to take forward for proposed adoption at County Council in March 2021, the Gloucestershire LTP (2020-2041) as set out in Appendix A.
Gloucestershire’s LTP had been reviewed and a public consultation on the draft document was held in early 2020. The stakeholder feedback received was largely positive and covered themes such as improved connectivity, the environment and scheme delivery. A key comment from the public consultation was that the LTP document was too long and cumbersome to navigate.
The Council had responded to stakeholder feedback and revised the draft LTP to shorten and re-structure it, without loss of the overall policy context, and within the parameters of the public consultation and the requirements of the Integrated Sustainability Assessment (ISA) process. In addition, an LTP Summary – ‘At a Glance’ document would be produced.
The revised LTP set out the commitment to respond to climate change, bringing forward the LTP target to 2045 and recognised the need for further supporting work to achieve this commitment. This supported GCC’s decision to sign up to the UK100 Pledge and adopt the pledge guidance to be a net zero county by 2045.
The LTP put a stronger emphasis on active and sustainable transport schemes. There were now in total 152 LTP schemes; 57 were Active Travel and Health & Wellbeing, 38 were Public Transport, and 57 were Highway schemes which were primarily historic schemes or schemes that mitigate adopted Local Plans. This
- 8 -
Page 9 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
included vital, strategic highway infrastructure, such as the A417 Missing Link, M5 J10, M5 J9 and A46 improvements.
The Cabinet member outlined a number of policies and initiatives that had already been identified and were starting to be delivered. He thanked officers for their work in preparing the plan.
Members endorsed the plan and commented on the success of existing and proposed schemes and projects in reducing carbon emissions. The Leader thanked the Cabinet Member for his commitment and expertise in this area and stated that the plan showed the ambition of the County Council.
Having considered all of the information, Cabinet noted the report and,
RESOLVED to:
Approve the Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan (2020-2041) for recommendation to the County Council at its meeting on 17th March 2021.
11. Gloucestershire Economic Recovery Plan 2021-24
Cllr Patrick Molyneux, Cabinet Member for Economy, Education and Skills, presented the Gloucestershire County Council Covid-19 Economic Recovery and Action Plan and sough approval of the plan, action plan and associated resource requirements.
It was explained that Covid-19 and the associated restrictions had had a serious impact on Gloucestershire’s economy. The recovery plan set out the particular challenges faced by Gloucestershire and identified the ways in which strong local leadership and investment could make a difference to the county’s residents, businesses and communities.
The Member thanked partners and the Gloucestershire Joint Economic Growth Committee and Joint Scrutiny Committee for their work.
The plan identified three themes against which the County Council would deliver positive outcomes: people, place and connectivity, skills and employment and infrastructure economy and growth. The themes were intended to complement the plans and actions taken at a locality level across the districts of Gloucestershire and GFirst Local Enterprise Partnership. The action plan set out interventions to be taken in the short, medium and longer term. It was explained that the aim was to deliver a well-connected low carbon county.
Members emphasised the importance of the plan given the impact of the pandemic on people’s lives. The plan covered the needs of young people and adults and the
- 9 -
Page 10 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
importance of the ‘skills’ and ‘re-skilling’ agenda. Collaboration, communication and confidence was important in ensuring the success of the plan.
Members noted the Due Regard Statement accompanying the report.
Having considered all of the information, Cabinet noted the report and,
RESOLVED to:
Approve the Gloucestershire County Council Covid-19 Economic Recovery and Action Plan.
12. Preparing for Adulthood Strategy
Cllrs Richard Boyle, Kathy Williams and Carole Allaway Martin sought Cabinet’s approval for the Preparation for Adulthood Strategy for Gloucestershire.
It was explained that the strategy had been developed jointly with adult services, partners and the parent forum and focused on preparing young people for adulthood rather than transferring young people into adult services. It was acknowledged that not all young people would meet the threshold for adult services and where this was the case the Council would ensure that young people and their families understood the options available to them when they left children’s services. This would include opportunities for education, community engagement and housing.
Gloucestershire’s guiding principles for effective transitions to adulthood were:
Early identification and planning An holistic, young person focused approach Active involvement in young people and their families Raising aspirations Provision of information and advocacy Flexibility in transfer arrangements Working together to ensure integrated streamlined assessment and planning processes across all agencies.
Members commented that the strategy was long overdue and very welcome to help support young people as they transitioned into adulthood.
Members noted the Due Regard Statement accompanying the report.
Having considered all of the information, Cabinet noted the report and,
RESOLVED to:
(a) Approve and adopt the Preparation for Adulthood Strategy set out in the Appendix.
- 10 -
Page 11 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
(b) Delegate authority to the Executive Director of Children’s Services to implement the Preparation for Adulthood Strategy, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Children and Young People
13. School Admission Arrangements for 2022/23 Academic Year
Cllr Richard Boyles and Cllr Patrick Molyneux sought approval for the School Co- ordination and admission arrangements set out within the report and its appendices.
It was explained that there needed to be a transparent, consistent system in which parents and carers could have confidence in. The Government regulated admissions through its statutory School Admissions Code 2014.
Each year the council had to determine the admission arrangements for entry to community and voluntary controlled schools in the following academic year, every year. The 2022 admission arrangements were almost unchanged from 2016, when a full consultation was completed. There were no significant changes to the proposed admission arrangements for 2022/2023 and therefore full public consultation was not required by law. It was recommended that Cabinet approve the proposed admission arrangements which had previously been subject to consultation.
The council had to also prepare a co-ordinated admissions scheme for all maintained schools and academies so that parents only needed to apply once – this included applications for infant/ primary schools for the reception year, transfer from infant to junior school and secondary schools at year 7. It was recommended that Cabinet approve the proposed admissions scheme, which had previously been subject to consultation.
Members noted the Due Regard Statement accompanying the report.
Having considered all of the information, Cabinet noted the report and,
RESOLVED to:
Approve the School Co-ordination and Admission Arrangements as set out in the documents referred to below:
Appendix 1 The Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme for 2022 for all Primary/Infant/Junior/Secondary Schools and Academies
Appendix 2 The Admissions Arrangements for Community and Voluntary Controlled Primary/Infant/Junior Schools and Secondary School for 2022 (Including Published Admission Numbers)
Appendix 3 Protocol for pupil admittance over published admission number for Community and Voluntary Controlled Schools for 2022
- 11 -
Page 12 Minutes subject to their acceptance as a correct record at the next meeting
Appendix 4 School Admissions guidance for children of UK service personnel and crown servants for Community and Voluntary Controlled Schools
Leader of Council
Meeting concluded at 11:40
- 12 -
Page 13 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 5
Proposed nomination for open call for a community to host a world first fusion power plant and associated opportunities
24 March 2021 Cabinet Date Cllr Patrick Molyneux, Cabinet Member for Economy, Education and Skills Cabinet Members & Cllr Nigel Moor, Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning
Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report To seek endorsement of a bid nominating the former nuclear energy production and new build sites at Berkeley and Oldbury to host a world first fusion power plant and associated innovation centre and business park as part of the UK Atomic Energy Authority’s STEP programme.
That Cabinet endorses the submission by the Western Gateway (and Partners) of a bid nomination to the UK Atomic Energy Agency for the former nuclear energy production and new build sites at Berkeley and Oldbury to Recommendations host a world first fusion power plant and associated innovation centre and business park as part of the STEP programme.
STEP is an exciting ambitious 21-year programme to deliver a net energy prototype fusion power plant by 2040 plus an associated innovation centre and ecology of supporting and related businesses.
Reasons for Integral to the UK Atomic Energy Authority’s STEP project (including the recommendations prototype fusion power plant) is the potential to bring transformational benefits to the local and wider area in terms of business, supply chain and high quality job opportunities, education, training and skills as well as working towards a sustainable future and the objective of limitless safe, clean, low carbon energy.
Page 15 Resource In support of the nomination process and ongoing support through the Implications selection process a budget of up to £60,000 was approved by Council on 17th February 2021. Any expenditure in 2020/21 will be funded from existing budgets. The funding will be used to procure necessary consultancy support required in relation to the production of regional socio economic data and analysis to help develop a compelling case for the joint submission. Subject to the joint submission passing the Stage 1 selection process, additional consultancy support will be required during 2021/22 to provide expertise and intelligence as the site nomination process progresses in response to additional information requests. Should the bid reach the final report stage, the UK Atomic Energy Authority will make a level of resource available for production of the Final Report stage.
Background UKAEA STEP Programme https://step.ukaea.uk/ Documents Community invitation to nominate STEP | STEP Siting (ukaea.uk) Fusion Technology - Fusion energy | Culham Centre for Fusion Energy (ukaea.uk) Gloucestershire’s Climate Change Strategy
Statutory Authority The general power of competence set out in 1(1) of the Localism Act 2011.
Divisional Multiple Council Divisions could be impacted should the site be selected to Councillor(s) host the fusion power plant and associated innovation centre and business park as part of the UK Atomic Energy Authority’s STEP programme. Name: Colin Chick – Executive Director of Economy, Environment & Officer Infrastructure Tel. no: 01452 328470 Email: [email protected]
Timeline 31st March 2021 – Nomination process closes The UK Atomic Energy Authority has established a scoring process to add structure and clarity to the assessment. It enables assessors to differentiate between candidate sites and helps those nominating to understand where the site is assessed to have strengths and weaknesses. • Showstopper assessment – This is a binary score of pass or fail. Failure to pass ALL elements will prevent a candidate site progressing to later stages of assessment. Candidates not making the required threshold will be discontinued from the process. • Desktop commercial assessment - Candidate scores will be noted, and assessment will proceed to the next phase with no site discounted – unless a 'discretionary showstopper’ arises, in which case candidates will be discontinued from the process. • Full desktop assessment - All criteria will be considered. At the conclusion of this stage, candidates will be shortlisted, with lowest
Page 16 scoring nominees discontinued from the process. • Site assessment - At the conclusion of this stage, if more than three candidate sites remain, those with the lowest score will be discontinued from the process. • Final report stage - This stage will include the submission of a final report by each of the remaining three candidate sites, with a level of resource provided by UK Atomic Energy Authority. These reports will enable candidates to submit greater levels of detail, building on their initial submissions. UK Atomic Energy Authority will undertake a final review of these reports before making their recommendation.
The UK Atomic Energy Authority’s recommendation to the Secretary of State will be made by the end of 2022. The decision for the STEP site will be made by the Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy.
Page 17 Background
1. The UK Atomic Energy Authority (UKAEA) has put out a call to identify a site to host a world first prototype fusion energy reactor; Spherical Tokomak for Energy Production project (STEP).
2. Government has backed up this announcement with an initial £220M STEP Programme, with potential for several £bns of capital injection and a lasting legacy of employment. STEP is an ambitious 21 year programme to deliver a net energy prototype fusion power plant by 2040 with the aim to enable the delivery of a UK-led global fleet of fusion plants in the second half of this century. Fusion plants have no carbon emissions, have an abundant fuel supply, are highly energy efficient, have a manageable legacy. UKAEA advice in terms of safety, is that when the plant is switched off the reaction ceases, so continued chain reactions do not occur and only small amounts of relatively short-lived fuel are used.
3. The site nomination process for the Fusion Technical Centre (STEP) began in autumn 2020, with the site nomination process closing on the 31st March 2021. The UKAEA announced that it wanted to work in partnership with interested local authorities and communities, to enable the development of a world first fusion power plant. This exciting project has the potential to bring transformational benefits to the sub region in terms of business, education, training and skills opportunities.
4. The UKAEA site selection process will conclude late 2022 with the UKAEA providing a recommendation to the Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS). UKAEA has established a scoring process to add structure and clarity to the assessment. This enables assessors to differentiate between candidate sites and helps those nominating to understand where the site is assessed to have strengths and weaknesses.
5. The assessment will be both objective and subjective, so while the scoring process will inform the package of recommendations to the Secretary of State, subjective judgement on that scoring process will also feature in the making of recommendations. The UKAEA will make the recommendations believed to be best aligned to the interests of the STEP programme at that time. The decision for the site of the Fusion Technical Centre will be with the Secretary of State for BEIS.
6. Gloucestershire County Council, Stroud District Council and South Gloucestershire Council were contacted by Nuclear South West (NSW), with regard to exploring the potential for making a bid into the STEP programme by siting the Fusion Technical Centre at the former nuclear power station sites at Oldbury and Berkeley. Following discussions with NSW and with Stroud District and South Gloucestershire Councils, SGS College Group, landowners and other partners it was agreed to put forward a joint nomination bid.
Page 18 7. Delivery of a fusion power plant would be the first of its kind in the world and represents an exciting opportunity for the county. Clearly, with so many associated and legacy benefits linked to the site and across the wider region, the bidding process will be highly competitive.
8. The joint Berkeley/Oldbury submission is considered a strong contender with a number of advantages namely: the sites are licenced nuclear sites that sit next to a plentiful supply of sea water, with good access to existing nuclear specialist supply chains. Early discussions with the Site Stakeholder Groups for the existing Magnox stations were very supportive.
9. In addition, the wider area has a wide complimentary skills base and a supply chain including aerospace, robotics and new nuclear. This region still has the legacy knowledge, expertise and skills from the previous power plants. It is in close proximity of some of the leading research institutions, such as Bristol University, UWE, National College for Nuclear and proximity to the West Midlands’ industrial skill base. The proposed site is also well connected to the current UKAEA fusion research centre at Culham (near Oxford).
10.There is also a compelling socio-economic and ‘levelling-up’ case to be made in this submission and hence the proposed adoption of the Western Gateway as lead entity. Developing this infrastructure and technology creates a distinct offer for the South Wales steel industry, for lithium extraction in Cornwall and for developing skills, technology and supply chain opportunities spanning the South- West, Western Gateway and Midlands Engine geographies.
11.The Working Group has been established with multiple partners across the South West, but notably Gloucestershire County Council, South Gloucestershire Council and Stroud District Council. The Councils are working with the Western Gateway, landowners, including Horizon Nuclear Power, Nuclear Decommissioning Agency (NDA), Magnox and South Gloucestershire and Stroud College (SGS) to investigate the potential for the joint nomination at the Oldbury (Horizon) site and the Berkeley (NDA/SGS) site.
Options
12.There are two options for Cabinet to consider:
A. Not to endorse the submission of a nomination bid for the former nuclear energy production sites at Berkeley and Oldbury to host a Fusion Technical Centre as part of the STEP programme. This would weaken the submission and could negatively impact future investment within the sub region.
B. To endorse the submission of a nomination bid to the UKAEA for the former nuclear energy production site at Berkeley and the new build site at Oldbury to host a world first fusion power plant and associated innovation centre and business park This would enable a robust case to be made to the UKAEA. Being the host of the STEP programme has the potential to bring transformational benefits to the wider region in terms of business and supply
Page 19 chain opportunities, education, training and skills as well as working towards the objective of sustainability and limitless safe, clean energy.
Risks
13.This is an initial site nomination process, if the bid successfully passes the initial Showstopper stage, then further in depth due diligence will be carried out by UKAEA as the site selection process progresses. This will be undertaken in conjunction with the local authorities, key partners and landowners. Any risks will be identified and assessed at the relevant stage of the process.
Financial implications
14.In support of the nomination process and ongoing support through the selection process a budget of up to £60,000 was approved by Council on 17th February 2021. Any expenditure in 2020/21 will be funded from existing budgets.
15.The funding will be used to procure necessary consultancy support required in relation to the production of regional socio economic data and analysis to help develop a compelling case for the joint submission.
16.Subject to the joint submission passing the Stage 1 selection process, additional consultancy support will be required during 2021/22 to provide expertise and intelligence as the site nomination process progresses in response to additional information requests.
17.Should the bid reach the final report stage, the UK Atomic Energy Authority will make a level of resource available for production of the Final Report stage.
Climate change implications
18.STEP is an ambitious 21-year programme to deliver a net energy prototype fusion power plant by 2040. The objective of STEP is to demonstrate the potential for fusion power to provide limitless safe, clean, low carbon energy.
19.If the prototype plant is successful in demonstrating its commercial viability, it could provide the prototype for energy production in the UK for the second half of the 21st Century. This would significantly support both national and local climate change commitments for becoming a carbon neutral county by 2050.
Equality implications
20.An Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) has been completed.
21.Cabinet Members should read and consider the EIA in order to satisfy themselves as decision makers that due regard has been given.
Page 20 Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
22.None
Social value implications
23.At this early stage the social value implications of the bid have not been fully quantified. Should the nomination bid be successful and progress to the ‘Final Report’ stage this will allow for a robust assessment to be undertaken as more detailed information on the proposed site are understood.
Consultation feedback
24.Stroud District Council and South Gloucestershire Council have held discussions with relevant members and officers, who were fully supportive of a joint approach.
25.A STEP Project Steering Group has been established with representatives of all three local authorities and key stakeholder partners such as: NSW; Business West; University of Bristol (South West Nuclear Hub); as well as the landowners – Horizon Nuclear Power; South Gloucestershire & Stroud College Group; the Nuclear Decommissioning Authority, Magnox and the Western Gateway. This group is leading on preparing the nomination form and managing the submission process.
Officer recommendations
26.That Cabinet endorses the submission by the Western Gateway (and Partners) of a bid nomination to the UK Atomic Energy Agency for the former nuclear energy production and new build sites at Berkeley and Oldbury to host a world first fusion power plant and associated innovation centre and business park as part of the STEP programme.
Performance Management/Follow-up
27.Officers from Gloucestershire County Council sit on the STEP Project Steering Group who will continue to meet on a regular basis to oversee and manage this project as it progresses through the assessment process. This group will manage any related performance issues in relation to additional information requests made by the UKAEA during the process to ensure the joint Berkeley and Oldbury bid is considered a robust proposition for siting the Fusion Technical Centre as part of the STEP programme.
Page 21 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 6
Report title: M5 J10 Funding Agreement - Infrastructure Recovery Strategy Progress Report
Cabinet Date 24th March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Nigel Moor Environment and Planning Key Decision Yes To set out the intention and purpose of adopting an Infrastructure Recovery Purpose of Report Strategy (IRS) to recover monies from development sites benefitting from publicly funded infrastructure improvements, such as M5 Junction 10. The Cabinet report will also detail feedback received from a public consultation into the IRS and seek approval to draft a consultation report, revise the IRS accordingly and determine appropriate next steps.
To delegate authority to the Executive Director of Environment, Economy and Infrastructure to:
1. Progress with the development of an Infrastructure Recovery Strategy, taking account of the responses received to the public consultation held Recommendations between 28th January and 11th March 2021.
2. Conduct a competitive procurement process in respect of a 2 years contract for the provision of advisors to support the delivery and implementation of an IRS and award such contract to the preferred tenderer. - Allowing the process of developing an IRS to continue will provide greater opportunity for GCC to recover funds. - The drafting of a consultation report allows officers to evidence feedback and adequately address comments raised during the consultation Reasons for process and make necessary changes to the IRS. recommendations - Addressing consultation comments will help ensure any IRS has been written openly and fairly and reflects the needs of GCC and stakeholders. - Procuring external expertise allows the implementation of an IRS at the earliest opportunity once approved.
Page 23 Resource Officer time – required and provided from within existing resources. Implications One off external support to review and develop methodology funded from existing revenue resources. External legal advice for consultation feedback funded under the M5 Junction 10 contract. External support to undertake IRS negotiations – this will be charged against the M5 J10 fund award, but if recovery monies are secured this external support will become self funding. The IRS could reduce the financial receipts received by GCC as a land owner where the Council has land that it is selling for development.
Background Appendix A - Draft Infrastructure Recovery Strategy (Consultation Documents document)
Statutory Authority Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as amended); Section 111 of the Local Government Act 1972; and Section 1 of the Localism Act 2011
Divisional The Infrastructure Recovery Strategy will be relevant to all divisional Councillor(s) councillors. Name: Colin Chick Officer Tel. 01452 328470 Email: [email protected]
Name: David Simmons Tel. no: 01452 425651 Email: [email protected] Timeline 24th March Cabinet 26th April Strategic Communities and Infrastructure Members Board (SCIMB) outline consultation feedback and seek approval to submit strategy to Scrutiny/Cabinet. Draft consultation report and revise IRS based on consultation feedback (April – June) April Officer review group meeting to discuss consultation feedback and drafting of a consultation report and associated revisions to the IRS. Subject to full review of consultation responses: Scrutiny (16th June) 21st July Cabinet,
Page 24 Background
1.1 The need for an Infrastructure Recovery Strategy (IRS) resulted from the Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF) award for M5 Junction 10 improvements/works. The premise of the IRS is to recover funds from development sites that benefit from publicly funded infrastructure through an uplift in land value. The following sets out the history of the bid and the development of the Strategy to date.
1.2 In 2017 Homes England announced a £2.3bn HIF for new physical infrastructure which will unlock sites in areas of great housing demand. Gloucestershire County Council (the ‘council’) was successful in their Housing Infrastructure Fund Forward Funding bid for an ‘All Movement’ improvement at M5 Junction 10. The improvement will facilitate improved access to and from the M5 motorway northbound and southbound. This will support growth plans both locally and throughout Gloucestershire as well as solving long standing traffic and travel issues in the area.
1.3 The Homes England HIF award for the Council was circa £250m, awarded on a funding agreement basis. The fund award is a recoverable grant, whereby the Council is required to use all reasonable but commercially prudent endeavours to secure recovery of the funding award from developer/third parties. This is to ensure that public funds do not subsidise developer/third party profit. Instead recovered funds are re- invested back into the county delivering growth where it is most needed to the benefit of the residents of Gloucestershire.
1.4 Council officers have sought legal advice on the means of recovering funds for this purpose. Based on advice received, imposing a planning obligation under section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as amended) on development sites is regarded as the most likely and preferable means of recovering the funds successfully. Such a planning obligation would be negotiated as part of the planning process when a site is brought forward for development with the amount of the contribution sought dependent on the particulars of the development and viability considerations affecting the site. Awareness of the IRS will be raised to interested parties such as land owners and developers by Council and district officers at the earliest opportunity. Although the IRS will primarily seek recovery funds via the section 106 approach it does also support alternative recovery means, if agreed during negotiations, such as agreements pursuant to section 111 of the Local Government Act 1972 or section 1 of the Localism Act 2011. An (IRS) will outline the need and means of recovery funds.
1.5 The IRS will set out the policy justification and mechanism for recovering funds. The status of the document is to be regarded as guidance only and not a supplementary planning document. However if the IRS is adopted by Cabinet, it will ensure it is afforded weight, which will help during planning negotiations. As the Council is not the local planning authority (LPA) in respect of housing and employment development, it will be for the district councils as LPA’s to attribute how much weight the IRS is given on a case by case basis when determining planning applications. The longer term aim, through collaboration with district council colleagues will be to seek integration of the IRS into District Council Local Plan/Supplementary Development Plan documents.
Page 25 1.6 The IRS will initially aim to recover funds from development sites in proximity to M5 Junction 10 on the basis that it will be those sites which recoup the most benefit from the improvements. However, the methodology within the strategy will provide a basis for recovering funds from future development sites that benefit from recovered J10 monies and future successful HIF bids, as well as potentially other future public funding streams aimed at delivering large scale infrastructure across the county that require recovery of funds.
1.7 The IRS is aligned with the District Councils’ planning policy as well as policy contained within Council adopted/emerging documents such as the Local Developer Guide (LDG) and Local Transport Plan (LTP).
1.8 The IRS negotiations will be undertaken by external specialists alongside GCC officers. The recoverable funds will be sought via contributions made pursuant to section 106 of the 1990 Act although other means, as previously discussed, can be agreed during negotiations.
1.9 The IRS’s recovered funds will be retained by the Council for a period to be agreed and used to help support further infrastructure delivery which will unlock or accelerate additional future growth across the county. Recovered funds could be used to provide highway capacity improvements, public transport improvements, other sustainable transport infrastructure improvement, or other ad-hoc infrastructure as deemed relevant to the delivery of further growth on a case by case basis.
1.10 The development, adoption and implementation of the IRS will have positive future implications for the County. The funds the IRS helps to recover, and their subsequent investment into infrastructure to support growth delivery, will help to unlock additional housing elsewhere in the county.
Options
2.1 There are two potential options;
2.1.1 Option 1: To continue development of an Infrastructure Recovery Strategy, taking into consideration public consultation feedback.
2.1.2 Option 2: Not to pursue with the development of an Infrastructure Recovery Strategy.
2.2 Should Option 1 be pursued the County Council will have greater negotiating powers to seek and secure contributions from development sites that benefit from large publicly funded infrastructure projects such as M5 Junction 10. This will enable delivery of growth enabling infrastructure elsewhere within the county. This option will demonstrate to Homes England (HoE) that GCC is using all opportunities to recover grant provided by HoE for infrastructure, and will strengthen GCC’s case for further inward investment of government grant in the future.
Page 26 2.3 Should Option 2 be pursued; the County Council will not have an adopted document to set out the mechanism for securing recovery contributions. This will potentially weaken the County Council’s ability to secure funds that can be used to deliver infrastructure elsewhere in the county, therefore potentially missing out on significant amounts of recoverable funds as well impeding further growth delivery. This option will potentially weaken GCC’s case for further government funding for infrastructure in the future, as the likelihood of recovery is low.
Risks
3.1 Failure to adopt an IRS will mean that GCC will not be able to recover, as easily, multi-millions of pounds from the development sites benefitting from publicly funded infrastructure.
3.2 It may still be possible to negotiate a fee with developers but without an adopted IRS it will be more difficult and result in a greater chance of failure to secure contributions.
3.3 The impacts of not being able to secure recovery funds, is the potential inability to fund infrastructure requirements to unlock land elsewhere for growth. This will delay and/or block future growth ambitions of the County and District Councils.
3.4 Failure to have appropriate resources or skills may impact upon the delivery of the strategy and securing of recovery funds.
Financial implications
4.1 The development and implementation of the IRS will afford greater weight towards negotiating a recovery fee from third parties. Without an IRS, negotiations could take place but without the IRS as a material consideration, lesser weight can be afforded to negotiations and any justification in statutory officer responses to, for example, planning applications by the LPA or Planning Inspector. This therefore increases the risk of unsuccessful negotiations and GCC suffering a significant loss of potential recoverable funds from those sites benefitting from the M5 Junction 10 improvements and other future infrastructure.
4.2 The IRS negotiations will be undertaken by external specialists alongside GCC officers. External experts will be procured to enable their expertise to be called upon on an ad hoc basis as needed.
4.3 The external resource costs can be met by the M5 Junction 10 fund in the first instance. Once monies have been recovered the costs of the external support can then be taken from this or agreed as part of the recovery fee being sought.
4.4 The IRS could reduce the financial receipts received by GCC as a land owner where the Council has land that it is selling for development. Although this is a possibility, the money lost on selling land available for development due to recovery charges would still come back to the council, albeit via a different channel for
Page 27 infrastructure use. Furthermore, the money that comes back to the Council via this channel would present a small proportion of the total received from all other developments that the IRS would be recovering against. Furthermore, without the public funding for M5 J10 for example and this IRS it is unlikely that development would have come forward in the areas in which GCC has an interest as a land owner.
Climate change implications
5.1 The use of any recovered funds would depend on the terms on which any public funding was provided or granted but could be used to provide highway capacity improvements, public transport improvements, or any other sustainable transport infrastructure improvement, or other ad-hoc infrastructure as deemed relevant on a case by case basis. These may have the ability to reduce congestion, improve air quality or encourage and sustain mode shift.
5.2 If the IRS is not adopted GCC may be unable to recover funding which may in turn impact on GCC’s ability to provide infrastructure as easily, that enables sustainable development or travel behaviour. In turn this could have implications for GCC’s climate change agenda and delivery of change.
Equality implications
Has an Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) been completed? Yes / No
If an Equalities Impact Assessment has been completed the following statement should also be included in this section:
6.1 Cabinet Members should read and consider the Equalities Impact Assessment in order to satisfy themselves as decision makers that due regard has been given.
6.2 The IRS in itself does not have any immediate or direct impact upon protected groups above or beyond what has already been assessed as part of the M5 Junction 10 Improvements Scheme.
6.3 Any future bid proposals and or infrastructure improvements will need to undertake their own EIA assessments at that time.
6.4 As this strategy will be utilised countywide, the evidence for protected groups has been utilised for those used as part of the emerging Local Transport Plan.
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
7.1 None
Social value implications
8.1 None
Page 28 Consultation feedback
9.1 A wide ranging formal public consultation commenced on 28th January and ended on 11th March 2021.
9.2 The consultation was open to all to respond with consultation notifications sent to a range of national, regional and local stakeholders, interest groups, organisations and consultancies. Media posts were also published via GCC’s media channels and notifications sent to those who have signed up to GCC’s consultation portal. A further email was sent to specific stakeholder groups as a reminder that the consultation was underway and that GCC officers welcome their feedback. The aim was to ensure that the consultation was as wide ranging as possible to allow interested parties to comment. A wide ranging consultation also minimises risk of legal challenge.
9.3 The public consultation has received 47 responses, of which 39 respondents left feedback. Of those 39, 31 were relevant to the strategy. 8 respondents provided feedback that was not relevant to the strategy and the information within but in relation to M5 J10 as a concept itself or other non-IRS issues.
9.4 57% of respondents were members of the public, 9% were local councillors with 12% being local government officers responding on behalf of their authorities. 11% of respondents were charities or organisations that have an interest in planning. 9% of respondents were housebuilders, land owners or promotors. 2% were transport related organisations.
9.5 Focus of representations received:
The majority of relevant responses received were supportive of the principle of an IRS and understood the Council’s ambition and reasons for producing one, but raised comments relating to the IRS content, that could be classified under the following key theme headings: 1. Environment and infrastructure 2. Growth 3. IRS document wording 4. Site viability/selection 5. Fairness/appropriateness of method 6. Collaboration/further consultation 7. Development Pace
Theme 1 – Environment and infrastructure:
The vast majority of the comments received were supportive of the principle but made reference to environmental implications and/or the type of infrastructure to be delivered by recovered funds.
The IRS’s principle aim is to recover funds to enable additional growth through infrastructure delivery. A number of respondents were not supportive of further highway infrastructure delivery or improvements that increase capacity.
Page 29 The focus of the recovered funds spend should be, in the views of these respondents, on sustainable infrastructure improvements such as Public Transport, walking, cycling and green infrastructure, or where highway capacity is required it can be offset by acquiring land for environmental or recreational purposes to create a biodiversity net gain. An environmental percentage levy taken from the recovered funds was highlighted as a mechanism for providing resilience to climate change. These respondents could therefore see the potential positive outcomes of the IRS if funds are recycled appropriately.
Objecting respondents raised the issue that the strategy does not give any indication of the additional infrastructure projects contemplated and that there should be a public record of where the recovery funds will be used that can be publicly scrutinised. The objections further stated that GCC has an obligation to identify their infrastructure needs and total cost of the infrastructure.
Theme 2 – Growth/Investment:
Respondents stated that growth should be sustainable and to the benefit of the whole county with the recovered funds not focussed entirely on the central Severn Vale. A widespread recycling of recovered funds will enable growth where it is most required which will help reduce economic and community inequality across the county.
Those respondents who objected to the IRS suggested that it does not provide certainty or confidence within the planning system and is likely to deter investment in the County as a result of the further burden being placed on development sites.
Theme 3 – IRS document wording:
The consultation feedback raised concern that wording and/or language used within the document could be interpreted in different ways by different parties.
Some respondents, particularly those raising objections, felt that the wording and content of the document was vague. They required more detail of the need for an IRS; a justification for the methodology proposed; clarification as to which developments an IRS would apply to and why; and likely recoverable costs as well as detail as to where the recovered funds would be recycled. Respondents felt that including this information would help with transparency between GCC and the parties most interested in an IRS and its implications. Respondents felt that further detail would help with justification and address issues of fairness as outlined in theme 5 below.
Theme 4 – Development selection/viability
Respondents stated that the IRS could impact on sites with marginal viability which could affect their delivery. Some respondents also felt that sites for which the strategy applies should be clearly outlined with a defined threshold and/or a defined area of benefit drawn around the infrastructure in question and that sites falling within that area would be applicable to an IRS. Engaging with landowners will then help with
Page 30 implementation of the strategy and overcome any sense of unfairness or viability concerns.
Some respondents acknowledged and understood that the IRS would take account of all necessary s106 obligations first and would not seek a recovery fee if it negatively impacted upon those necessary obligations, for example affordable housing provision.
Theme 5: Fairness and Appropriateness of Method.
Some respondents have objected to the IRS stating that the recovery fee would be unfair and challenged how it can be implemented across a range of sites moving forward. This linked closely with theme 4 – viability. The respondents believed the IRS would not relate to all developments across the county and would not help mitigate site- specific impacts. As such the respondents believed that the IRS was an unfair charging regime contrary to the requirements of the local economy and community. Respondents also challenged whether reliance on planning obligations secured through section 106 agreements was an appropriate method of recovering funds and its compliancy with the CIL Regulations, particularly regulation 122. This could open legal challenge when negotiating the recovery fee. Respondents also criticised the IRS for not outlining costs of the infrastructure being recovered against and expected recovery amounts. The respondents suggested a charging schedule approach or collaboration with Local Planning Authorities to implement the IRS within development plans and devising a CIL payment accordingly.
Theme 6: Collaboration/further consultation
A number of respondents felt that the collaboration and engagement with interested parties on the development of the strategy to date was not sufficient and no collaboration was made to develop a realistic and deliverable charging schedule. Some respondents, despite objecting to the IRS, suggested the need for greater collaboration in order to determine a strategy and method that they deemed was fair, transparent and just. Suggestions were made for further engagement with developers, land owners and Local Planning Authorities and for a further round of consultation on a revised/updated IRS prior to adoption.
Theme 7: Development Pace
A number of respondents objected to the development of the IRS stating that the mechanism could result in prolonged negotiations which will ultimately slow the pace of development. They regarded this as being contradictory to the recent Government planning reforms which aim to accelerate growth delivery.
9.6 Next steps:
The consultation results and responses received will be fully analysed, actioned and responded to in a consultation report. If, during the review of consultation responses and amendments to the recovery strategy, it becomes apparent that further consultation is required, this will be undertaken.
Page 31 These points will be considered fully within the consultation report and presented along with, where necessary, a reviewed/revised IRS.
Officer recommendations
10.1 Progress with the development of an Infrastructure Recovery Strategy, taking account of the responses received to the public consultation held between 28th January and 11th March 2021
10.2 To conduct a competitive procurement process in respect of a 2 year contract for the provision of advisors to support the delivery of the IRS and award such contract to the preferred tenderer.
Performance Management/Follow-up
11.1 Regular updates will be provided to Lead Cabinet Members detailing progress made. A review group has been formed which will provide feedback on strategy drafts. An IRS would be presented to Scrutiny and future Cabinet for adoption.
Page 32
Gloucestershire County Council Infrastructure Recovery Strategy (Consultation Document)
Page 33
Version 0.3
Last Revised January 2021
Review Date
Category Transport Planning
Owner Strategic Planning – Gloucestershire County Council
Contact [email protected]
District Councils
Target Audience Planning and Transport Consultants
Developers
Contents Amendment Record This report has been issued and amended as follows:
Issue Revision Description Date Signed
v0.1 Consultation draft November 2020 DS v0.2 Consultation draft December 2020 DS v0.3 Consultation draft January 2021 DS
1
Page 34
Contents 1. Introduction ...... 3 2. Policy Justification ...... 4 3. Recovery Methodology ...... 7 4. Implementation: ...... 9
2
Page 35
1. Introduction
Gloucestershire County Council’s (GCC) Infrastructure Recovery Strategy (IRS) sets out the policy justification, methodology and implementation mechanism for recovering funds from development sites that benefit from publicly funded infrastructure. The aim of the IRS is to ensure that development sites which see an uplift in land value from infrastructure that has been forward funded by public money do not unfairly benefit, by requiring such sites to make a financial contribution.
The methodology in the IRS, used to calculate the financial contribution that a development site will be asked to make, is based upon the uplift in land value of sites as a result of public funding awards. Each development site will realise a different level of benefit from infrastructure brought forward with public funding and it is this benefit that will be used to determine a capped recoverable value.
The IRS is in alignment with district and national planning policy as well as policy and guidance contained within GCC documents such as the Local Developer Guide and Local Transport Plan. It is also supported by government guidance relating to public funding, such as the guidance relating to the Housing Infrastructure Fund (HIF).
GGC will, through the IRS, use all reasonable but commercially prudent endeavours to secure the recovery of funds from development sites, with GCC’s preferred option to achieve this being through the use of a planning obligation agreement made pursuant to section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as amended). This would be done as part of the planning process relating to the relevant development site. Where necessary, funds may also be recovered through other mechanisms agreed with relevant parties. The IRS will also take account of any future planning reforms.
Recovered funds will be retained by GCC in perpetuity and used to help support further infrastructure which will unlock or accelerate additional growth delivery elsewhere in the county.
The M5 Junction 10 Scheme (‘M5 J10’) is an example of a case where GCC has received forward- funding in the form of the HIF and would wish to rely on this IRS to secure financial contributions from benefitting development sites. M5 J10 will see improvements to form an ‘All Movements’ Junction, as well as other scheme elements, with funding being awarded by Home’s England as part of the £2.3bn (HIF). In line with Homes England’s policy, GCC is committed to recovering funds from development sites that benefit from forward-funding where possible and to producing a recovery strategy to achieve this.
The IRS enables GCC to seek to recover the costs of the public funding, by way of negotiation with developers and Local Planning Authorities (LPA) based on the principles contained in the IRS, from development site allocations that will benefit from the infrastructure being delivered. The IRS will shape those negotiations by outlining the methodology to calculate recovery.
The IRS will also be applied to any future development (speculative/windfall/allocation) that comes forward and benefits from the publicly funded infrastructure, such as those at M5 J10.
3
Page 36
2. Policy Justification
The IRS has been developed from a review of existing policy and key material considerations in order to provide justification of the recovery methods and mechanisms within.
Joint Core Strategy:
The Joint Core Strategy (JCS), adopted in December 2017, is a partnership between Gloucester City Council, Cheltenham Borough Council and Tewkesbury Borough Council which sets out a strategic framework for the three areas. Within the framework there are two policies that support the application of a recovery strategy.
- INF1 (Transport Network) states that if there are likely to be severe impacts on the transport network due to a development, they must be mitigated to the satisfaction of the planning authority in consultation with the highway authority. - INF6 (Infrastructure delivery) states that for permission to be granted mitigation must be provided for the impact on existing infrastructure.
Stroud District Council Local Plan:
The Stroud District Local Plan was adopted in 2015 and contains policy CP6, which has also been retained in the emerging Stroud Local Plan currently undergoing review.
- Policy CP6 – Infrastructure and developer contributions ensures that infrastructure will be in place at the right time and will be achieved by a number of means, one of which is CP6.4 negotiating with appropriate planning obligations to mitigate any adverse impacts or proposed development – while avoiding duplication of payments made through CIL.
Forest of Dean District Council Core Strategy:
The Core Strategy was adopted in 2012 and contains Policy CSP.4.
- CSP.4 (Development principles, development at settlements). The policy discusses the additional infrastructure needs that can be sought by way of developer contributions.
Cotswold District Council Local Plan:
The Cotswold District Council Local Plan was adopted in 2018 and contains a specific infrastructure delivery policy.
- INF1 (Infrastructure Delivery) states that development will be permitted where infrastructure requirements identified to make the proposal acceptable in planning terms can be met. Provision of infrastructure will be secured having regard to regulatory and national policy requirements relating to developer contributions.
Gloucestershire Local Developer Guide (LDG):
4
Page 37
The LDG is being prepared by GCC and sets out how the county council plans to engage with planning proposals, which may impact upon the infrastructure and services it is responsible for. It is expected to be adopted in March 2021.
The IRS aligns with Paragraph 45 of the emerging LDG. Paragraph 45 states the following,
- “Paragraph 45: In certain cases, the use of developer contributions through s.106 planning obligations will remain important for securing infrastructure to meet the demands from new development. It is likely, for example, that s.106 contributions will continue to be used for securing infrastructure on strategic sites, as well as in instances where the infrastructure is to be provided on-site and is directly related to the development. In such cases and where appropriate, contributions from several geographically located developments may be pooled to provide the required infrastructure, or contributions secured from developers towards recovering the cost of large scale infrastructure, for example M5 Junction 10, where appropriate as set out in GCC’s financial Recovery Strategy Guidance note.
Additional S.106 contributions will still be sought where an authority chooses not to introduce CIL.
On the potential granting of a planning consent, the decision will be made between the LPA and the county council as to whether the infrastructure contributions sought will be best secured via S.106 or via CIL, as appropriate, duly noting that CIL is a mandatory charge on developments, which has already undergone viability testing at the development plan EiP stage. S.106 is subject to viability testing at the planning application stage.”
Local Transport Plan (2015 – 2031):
The Local Transport Plan (LTP) sets out the long-term transport strategy for Gloucestershire. The LTP supports delivery of adopted council-based strategy and plans, district led Local Plans, as well as maximising the opportunity and ability of GCC to successfully negotiate with developers to secure infrastructure associated with emerging development.
- Policy PD4.4 (Maximising investment in the highway): The council will seek contribution from developers towards priorities and schemes contained in the plan. The Connecting Places Strategies and Delivery Chapter identify infrastructure needs that planning obligations can be secured against/for.
NPPF/NPPG:
The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) sets out the government’s economic, environmental and social planning policies for England and how these should be applied. The policies set out in the NPPF apply to the preparation of local and neighbourhood plans and it is a material consideration in planning decisions.
- Paragraph 56 states that planning obligations must only be sought where they meet all of the tests as set out in Regulation 122 of the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations 2010. o Necessary to make the development acceptable in planning terms;
5
Page 38
o Directly related to the development; and o Fairly and reasonably related in scale and kind to the development. - The requirement on a development site to make a financial contribution will need to meet the CIL tests and this remains a question of planning judgement that will be taken at the time of planning application and the negotiations into planning obligations. - It can be argued that the seeking of a planning obligation to provide funds is directly related to the scheme for which funds are being recovered against, although it is acknowledged that these funds will be used to deliver infrastructure and associated housing elsewhere in the county. If the use of planning obligations is taken forward, the planning obligations sought must be fair and reasonable in scale and kind to the development and this is achieved by this recovery strategy which provides the mechanism of justification for the contribution being sought.
6
Page 39
3. Recovery Methodology
The IRS will seek to recover funds in accordance with the following aims;
1. The Infrastructure Recovery Strategy will seek to maximise the recovery of funds from sites that benefit from publicly funded infrastructure.
2. The recoverable contribution will be sought via planning obligations made pursuant to section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as amended), or other agreed methods during the planning process.
3. The Infrastructure Recovery Strategy will be applicable to housing and non-residential use classes as specified in the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (as amended) and implemented on a site-by-site basis.
4. Recovered monies will be retained in perpetuity by the GCC and used to enable the delivery of growth elsewhere in the county.
To determine whether a development site can support recovery, a recovery fund cap calculation, necessary to apportion benefit, and financial viability assessment, to ascertain surplus or loss, will be undertaken through engagement between GCC, Local Planning Authorities and applicants and/or other relevant third parties, during the site specific planning application stage.
Recovery Fund Cap:
The recovery fund will be capped and will be calculated by;
- Undertaking a dependent development analysis of an individual development site(s) to calculate the number of dwellings and level of non-residential use class land that is dependent on the publicly funded infrastructure. - An evidence base will be compiled to calculate the level of demand for the infrastructure scheme that can be linked to the dependent development. This will allow the calculation of recovery estimates that comply with state aid rules from the development site. This evidence base will utilise a variety of tools including council traffic model(s) and identify a suitable forecast year to be tested. - The proportion of trips travelling to/from the development site using the improvement scheme will be calculated. - The proportion will then be applied to the total cost of publicly funded infrastructure with the ‘cap’ being the monies to be recovered.
Financial viability:
Unless the developer accepts the recovery sum sought by GCC as part of the s106 contributions an assessment of the financial viability of the proposed development will need to be undertaken, at the planning application stage, by the developer for review by the Local Planning Authority, to assess whether a scheme generates a sufficient surplus to make the contributions sought.
7
Page 40
Government issued National Planning Guidance on Viability sets out the methodology of testing the financial viability of the site, taking into account, but not limited to, site specific costs, s106/CIL, grant funding etc. This guidance is supported by publications from the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveys (RICS) which guide Chartered Surveyors on what must be included in a Financial Viability Assessment and how the process must be conducted. Planning applications will be assessed by reference to the relevant published guidance.1
The IRS methodology will therefore follow these steps (the steps are not exhaustive);
Step 1: The publicly funded infrastructure benefit for each infrastructure scheme is calculated (See Recovery Fund cap section above)
Step 2: FVA will by default assess the following:
- Value of the Completed Development (GDV) Less the: - Benchmark Land Value - Development costs (including Policy costs) - Developer Profit.
Financial Viability Result:
If the calculation results in a surplus then viability is proven and the development is capable of paying the funds sought (up to the level of the surplus) through the IRS. However, should the surplus exceed the value of the recovery cap, only the value of the cap will be sought. If the calculation results in a loss, no recovery will be sought.
1 https://www.gov.uk/guidance/viability
8
Page 41
4. Implementation:
The IRS is a standalone document but closely aligned to existing adopted GCC documents such as the Local Developer Guide. The IRS whilst standalone can also be embedded within all relevant local planning documents such as Local Plans, Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan, Gloucestershire Local Developer Guide and Supplementary Planning Documents for the development sites benefiting from publicly funded infrastructure.
Transport Planning and Highways Development Management officers will raise awareness of the IRS during development pre-application discussions and the planning application viability appraisal.
The IRS is a mechanism to be used by GCC officers and appropriately chosen partners to seek appropriate contributions from developers of sites that benefit from infrastructure improvements, such as M5 J10, and from promoters of development that would be likely to have an impact on travel patterns in the vicinity of the infrastructure. GCC officers will work with developers through the planning application process to secure recovery monies in a timely manner and proportionate to their impact.
The IRS sets out the methodology to follow when calculating a recoverable figure. The means of achieving the figure and any associated trigger points will be negotiated during the application stage but will be based upon the methodology set out in the adopted IRS.
Each planning application will agree a payment profile based upon the cash-flow specific to that planning application. Recovery fund trigger points could be agreed by house sales, occupations, and prior to occupation or post occupation or any other agreed trigger. However, these are to be negotiated during the planning application process for a particular development site.
The IRS will be monitored by relevant GCC officers and recovered funds will be held by GCC in perpetuity and used to support further infrastructure which will unlock or accelerate additional growth.
GCC have sought legal advice into the use of planning obligations as a means of securing funds from development sites which benefit from public forward funding. In order to use planning obligations to secure funds the planning obligation will need to meet the test set out in Regulation 122 of the CIL Regulations 2010.
The use of planning obligations to secure funding from developments is preferable to GCC because of the enforcement powers and security afforded by a planning obligation agreement. Planning obligations run with the land and therefore offer GCC greater security as the obligation to pay a financial contribution would be enforceable against future occupiers of the land bound by the agreement.
However, GCC is aware that there are limitations on what constitutes a planning obligation and that to enforce the obligation as a planning obligation it will need to meet the CIL tests set out above. In the event that it is determined that the proposed obligation does not meet the CIL tests, GCC intends to use other general powers available to it to secure funds from development sites for this purpose. Those obligations would be contractual obligations, contained within a planning agreement
9
Page 42
but not themselves planning obligations, and would be enforceable by GCC against the person giving the covenant as a contractual obligation.
10
Page 43 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 7
REPORT TITLE: M5 Junction 9 & A46 Progress Report
Cabinet Date 24 March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Nigel Moor, Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning
Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report To delegate authority to the Executive Director for Economy, Environment and Infrastructure to procure three areas of work which include professional services, legal advisors and estate management to work towards delivering the M5 Junction 9 and A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme. To obtain approval to spend a further £5 million, at risk, on the Outline Business Case (OBC) for M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme in addition to the £3 million already approved by Cabinet on 17th June 2020. The OBC could unlock a potential funding package of up to £300 million for the County.
That Cabinet: 1. Agrees to allocate approximately £1,000,000 claimed as historical costs from the M5 Junction 10 Improvements Scheme, towards completing the Outline Business Case (OBC) for M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme. 2. Agrees the use of approximately £2,000,000 in 2021/2022 from the county council transport planning base budget for business case funding to be used specifically for the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme. 3. Notes that a request will be made as part of the year end process to carry forward the underspend from the county council transport planning base budget for business case funding for the use of Recommendations expenditure against the OBC for M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme. 4. Delegates authority to the Executive Director of Economy, Environment and Infrastructure to procure; the work (OBC delivery) under our Professional Services contract and estate management services under the ESPO 2700 Estates Management Professional Services framework 5. Delegates authority to the Executive Director of Economy, Environment and Infrastructure to commission legal advisors to support the scheme development under our EM lawshare agreement
Page 45 We wish to progress the Outline Business Case (OBC) on the M5 junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme with a view to seek funding from the Department for Transport’s (DfT) Large Local Majors (LLM) Fund and Reasons for possibly the “Levelling up” fund depending on the specific conditions recommendations required. The work on the OBC can be delivered through our existing contracts and the commissioned value is likely to be approximately £5 million. Resource A sum of approximately £8 million is required in total for the development of Implications the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme OBC of which £3 million has already been approved via the 17th June 2020 Cabinet paper. Please refer to the exempt page for details of the funding subject to the recommendations above being approved. The development work will be determined by the available budget, and although no overspend will be incurred, the available budget will impact the speed of scheme development. Whilst projects of this scale necessarily rely on support from many of the Council’s service departments, the scale of the development work will specifically include back filling positions in the GCC legal department, in order to support the delivery of the substantial legal aspects delivering a successful OBC in to the Department of Transport whilst ensuring continuity of service.
Background Cabinet report 17 June 2020: M5 Junction 10 Improvements Scheme; Documents revenue budget approval and Homes England contract conditions agreement February council meeting 2020 – Medium Term Financial Strategy and the council Strategy Department for Transport: Major Road Network and Large Local Majors programmes investment planning Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan (2015 – 2031) Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Gloucestershire County Council Manual for Gloucestershire Streets July 2020
Statutory Authority Highways Act 1980, Section 1(2)
Divisional Cllr Vernon Smith Councillor(s) Name: Dr Dave Land Officer Tel. no: 01452 425828 Email: [email protected] Timeline Cabinet approval, March 2021. Commission work for 2021-2022: March 2021 Outline Business Case (OBC) completed (including non-statutory consultation) and submitted to Department for Transport: Spring 2022 Development Consent Order (DCO) completed and submitted to
Page 46 Department for Transport: Spring 2023
Page 47 Background
1 The M5 Junction 9 and A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme is a proposal to upgrade the M5 Junction 9 near Tewkesbury and re-route the section of the A46 which currently passes through Ashchurch to the east of the M5 (between M5 Junction 9 and Teddington Hands roundabout).
2 The A46 is one of the country’s most important trade routes – the Trans Midlands Trade Corridor - operating at a national, regional and local level. It runs for 155 miles from ourselves here in Gloucestershire across to Lincolnshire. It is home to 5.5 million people and 2.9 million jobs, with an economic output of £115 billion – almost 10% of the entire English economy1. By 2041, the economic potential will have increased by 600,000 new residents, 150,000 new jobs and 250,000 new homes.
3 Key investments will be necessary to unlock this considerable economic potential, giving the lift up needed for the A46 to take on an even stronger role in national prosperity. Infrastructure investment will provide a strong opportunity to engage in the levelling up process across the nation. Making smart investment choices to deliver a viable, modern, fit for purpose, cross- country national trade route will deliver economic equality for areas outside London and the South East, and support the Government’s levelling up agenda.
4 The A46 also provides a strategic link between the South West and the Midlands, offering an important alternative to the A42/M42 for traffic travelling between the M1 and the M5. However, the section of the A46 through Ashchurch is currently acting as a key constraint on the route, with drivers experiencing significant delays, which is causing congestion, air pollution, and substantial impacts on the economy; locally and regionally. Alongside ourselves, Midlands Connect - the sub-national transport body – are also calling for improvements to be made, in order to unlock economic benefits, lower congestion and remove heavy traffic from beleaguered communities.
5 The aim of the scheme is to improve north-south connectivity for long distance traffic and Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGVs) travelling between Gloucestershire, Wales and South-West to the West Midlands, East Midlands, Lincolnshire and up to Yorkshire and beyond. The A46 could, if it were better developed, provide direct access for business to the A1, M1 and M6 and is hence critical for supporting future economic growth through the corridor and in our region
6 The scheme will help solve long standing traffic issues at this key location on the A46 corridor, including improving journey times and reliability for journeys between the M5 Junction 9 and Teddington Hands roundabout, and addressing mainline queueing on the approaches to M5 Junction 9 at peak periods due to congestion, which is currently a safety concern due to rear end shunts, and connected personal injury concerns.
Progress Update
7.The scheme is being developed with a view to supporting the delivery of future sustainable growth plans in Gloucestershire, such as the Tewkesbury Garden Town at Ashchurch (whilst not currently in the adopted Cheltenham, Gloucester and Tewkesbury Joint Core Strategy) a mixed-use development which will enable at least 10,000 homes to be delivered along with
1 https://www.midlandsconnect.uk/key-projects/a46-corridor/
Page 48 120 hectares of employment land at Ashchurch by 2041 and beyond. This will require significant investment in infrastructure in the local area.
8. Whilst the Department for Transport’s (DfT’s) funding has been reduced to a single year - in line with much government funding following the November 2020 Comprehensive Spending Review, we are progressing with a view to seeking funding from DfT’s Large Local Majors Fund (LLM). This has been encouraged by both Highways England and the DfT, who are keen to support the scheme.
9 The requirements of the Outline Business Case are set out below, and comes directly form the DfT’s ‘The Transport Business Cases’, (January, 2013).
An outline Business Case: is used continually to align the progress of the project towards achieving ministers’ objectives; confirms the strategic fit and the case for change; sets out a detailed assessment of the options to find the preferred solution; refines the investment/intervention proposal; and provides details of the project's overall balance of benefits and costs against objectives
10 Our consultants have submitted a substantial suite of documented evidence to Highways England to gain their approval for the scheme. This suite includes the Options Assessment Report, which details how the options for the route have been developed and the original 33 options narrowed down. Amongst other documents there are modelling and appraisal works, geotechnical reports, risk registers and preliminary environmental reports.
Some habitat surveys have been undertaken, with more to be undertaken next autumn/winter. Meanwhile materials for the non-statutory consultation have been developed and shared with relevant Cabinet Members and Officers. The consultation would have gone ahead in January except for a late request from DfT asking us to further engage with Highways England in respect of the options .
Options
11 To not delegate authority to the Executive Director and obtain funding approval. This would result in the loss of a considerable investments already made c. £3million, consisting of all the work that has already taken place (i.e. Pre-Strategic Outline Business Case, Strategic Outline Business Case, and current work on the OBC). This is a substantial reputational risk to GCC, and to individual members, given the level of investment already undertaken. It is unlikely another suitable funding source of the magnitude required would become available in the future, and so GCC either cancel the work, or try another funding route to acquire the external funding to deliver the scheme. We are unlikely to acquire other external funding of this size.
12 To delegate authority to the Executive Director and obtain funding approval to commission the work on the OBC. This will allow the preparation of the OBC to continue, and ultimately for GCC to access the finance from the LLM Fund. Should LLM funding be secured and the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme contract be in place, GCC
Page 49 would then be in a position to draw down any monies expended against the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme funding going forward.
Risks
13 Risk that COVID19 delays schemes. We have not seen a delay in the project to date. Public consultations are being held online, with good response rates (e.g. M5 Junction 10 and Highways England’s A417 Missing Link schemes). Site visits i.e. environmental and habitat assessments are being undertaken following strict COVID19 safe working guidance. All staff and consultants working on the scheme are doing so in a COVID19 safe way.
14 Risk that the OBC is not delivered on time. The purpose of the finance drawdown and delegation to the Executive Director is to enable the deadline for the OBC to be met.
15 Risk that the investments already made in the region of £3million is not recoverable, because the scheme does not proceed. Without taking the scheme forward for funding in the correct manner, then we will not be able to get into contract with DfT, and therefore will not be able to draw down against the historic costs, and hence replenish them.
16 Risk that a second purdah and election period delay production of the OBC. The project team have scenario-planned a variety of different possibilities, and as such are confident they are able to manage any interruptions to the timescale changes that a postponement of May 2021 local elections may present. Currently elections look as if they will continue as originally planned.
17 Risk that there are not enough resources to deliver the work. By delegating authority to the Executive Director to procure project delivery and legal support, this risk can be successfully managed.
Financial implications
18 A sum of approximately £8 million is required in total for the development of the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme OBC of which £3 million has already been approved via the 17th June 2020 Cabinet paper. Please refer to the exempt page for details of the funding subject to the recommendations above being approved.
The development work will be determined by the available budget, and although no overspend will be incurred, the available budget will impact the speed of scheme development.
Climate change implications
20 The recently published, updated, Local Transport Plan 2021-2041 addresses the climate change agenda and adaptation, the digitisation of transport, all transport user needs, sustainable economic growth, and the delivery of a safe, efficient and sustainable transport system.
Equality implications
21 Has an Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) been completed? Yes / No
Page 50 22 Cabinet members should read and consider the Equalities Impact Assessment in order to satisfy themselves as decision makers that due regard has been given.
23Design: Accessible design should consider: The movement of people who are who are pregnant or travelling with prams and/or pushchairs, Accessing places of worship All pedestrians, but especially those such as female pedestrians and others with protected characteristics who may feel more vulnerable, particularly when dark, through appropriate lighting of footpaths Movement of people with disabilities Movement of older people
Construction: There is a potential challenge of the impact of construction traffic causing barriers for older people and children to access facilities, services and other destinations, who are the more vulnerable pedestrians.
Contractors responsible for the construction of the scheme should adhere to appropriate codes of conduct and ensure they have the correct mechanisms in place so there is no discrimination by age, disability, sex, race, gender, maternity/paternity, religion/belief, or sexual orientation of any workers.
24 Operation: Potential reduction in congestion levels and fostering positive outcomes for pedestrians - could benefit those living in the local area, including young and old, people with disabilities, resulting in better accessibility and less barriers to local movement.
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
25 The DPIA has been completed.
26 GCC is seeking to engage with landowners, stakeholders and the public to gather feedback on the proposed route options in 2021. Views and comments received during the consultation will be considered and summarised in a public consultation report.
27 Landowners contact details will be sought and utilised to seek permission to access land to carry out surveys.
28 The information given by survey respondents will be treated as confidential and in accordance with UK data protection legislation. Responses received as part of the consultation will be anonymised, stored and handled in accordance with Gloucestershire County Council’s policy on General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).
29 The information provided will be treated as confidential and in accordance with UK data protection legislation. Gloucestershire County Council is the data controller for all information collected from surveys related to the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme. The lawful basis for processing this data is for the performance of task carried out in the public interest in line with the Highways Act 1980.
Page 51 Social value implication
30 Procuring locally as much as possible, means we can deliver added value; using local businesses and/or staff that are based in the area in order to deliver the M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme as a whole; ranging from the contractors delivering the OBC to construction firms actually building the scheme.
Consultation feedback
31 A non-statutory consultation is a major contributing factor to the Outline Business Case. The consultation is due to launch in summer 2021; statutory consultation is due for launch in summer 2022, following the preferred route announcement.
Officer recommendations
32 Officers recommend that authority is delegated to the Executive Director, and the supporting finance changes are implemented as set out in the recommendation section , to facilitate the completion of the OBC in a timely manner, in order to access the DfT’s LLM’s Fund and potentially the Levelling Up fund.
Performance Management/Follow-up
33 Progress is managed through weekly reporting from contractors working on the OBC.
34 Oversight is achieved through regular reporting via monthly SCIMB cabinet member meetings, and regular updates on the progress of the project will be given at Strategic Transport Board Member meetings.
35 An M5 Junction 9/A46 (Ashchurch) Transport Scheme governance process is being developed as part of the OBC
36 The steering group meetings every 6 weeks including representatives from Tewkesbury Borough Council and Highways England.
37 There are regular briefing rounds which consist of three different meetings, working from the same information. These are a) Cabinet members b) Tewkesbury Borough Council c) Highways England, Homes England, Department for Transport.
Page 52 By virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972.
Document is Restricted
Page 53 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 8
Road Safety Cabinet Panel Report
1. Membership
Cllr Dave Norman MBE (Chair) (Con) Cllr Tim Harman (Con) Cllr Terry Hale (Con) Cllr John Payne (PAB) Cllr John Cordwell (Lib Dem) Cllr Steve Robinson (Lab) Cllr Eva Ward (Green)
2. Panel Support
Colin Chick – Executive Director for Economy, Environment and Infrastructure Mark Astle – Assistant Chief Fire Officer Gavin Roberts – Assistant Chief Fire Officer Martin Surl – Gloucestershire Police and Crime Commissioner Philip Williams – Lead Commissioner for Community Infrastructure Kath Haworth – Lead Commissioner for Highways Andrew Parker- Mowbray – Road Safety and Transport Data Team Leader Anne Johns - Assistant Engineer (Improvements) Nigel Lloyd Jones - Priority Lead for Safe and Social Roads Paul Keasey – Det. Supt. and Director of Intelligence (Glos. Constabulary) Beverley Hannah – Regional Road Safety Coordinator (Highways England) Laura Powick – Democratic Services Adviser
3. Purpose
3.1 At the full Council meeting held on 11 September 2019, the following motion, Motion 843 – Enabling Road Safety Measures, was referred to the Adult Social Care and Communities Scrutiny Committee for consideration:
This Council notes that: road safety and traffic speeds are of significant concern to many residents in Gloucestershire, in both urban and rural areas. elected county councillors have a key role to play, working with local communities, to resolve these concerns, finding effective road safety solutions to help pedestrians, cyclists and all road users.
However, this Council further notes that:
1
Page 55 when County Councillors request measures to reduce traffic speeds, even when offering to put their highways local funds towards it, policy and financial constraints mean they rarely come to fruition. a key obstacle in securing some traffic calming measures is the cost of Traffic Regulation Orders (TRO) and the lengthy processes needed to secure changes such as yellow lines. Therefore this Council resolves to: a) Ask Cabinet to review County Council policies relating to traffic calming, including the use of physical design and vehicle activated signage, to aid councillors in securing evidence-based road changes. b) Write to the relevant Secretary of State to: i) Express our serious concern that national road safety guidelines are too restrictive and ask for the guidance to be reviewed to create a more enabling policy framework. ii) Clarify what progress has been made to simplify the TRO process. c) Consider increasing the road safety budget for 2020-21 through the budget setting process, which could include a ring fenced budget for each council division. d) Build on existing local road safety initiatives to establish “road safety partnerships” for each of the six districts where there are none, and to formalise the relationship between road safety partnerships and the highways authority and county councillors.
3.2 At the Adult Social Care and Communities Scrutiny Committee meeting held on 29 October 2019, members recommended that a Cabinet Panel be established to consider and take forward the resolution. The minutes for the meeting can be accessed at: https://glostext.gloucestershire.gov.uk/ieListDocuments.aspx?CId=774&MI d=9594&Ver=4
3.3 The Cabinet Member for Public Protection, Parking and Libraries agreed to establish a cross-party Road Safety Cabinet Panel that would be time- limited to ensure that recommendations could be agreed within the lifetime of the current Council. The Panel commenced its work in February 2020, and its ambitions were to:
2
Page 56 Review County Council policies relating to traffic calming, including the use of physical design and vehicle activated signage, to aid councillors in securing evidence-based road changes. Consider the road safety budget for 2021-22, including the suggested introduction of a ring fenced budget for each council division. Assess how to build on existing local road safety initiatives to establish ‘road safety partnerships’ for each of the six districts, and to formalise the relationship between road safety partnerships and the highways authority and county councillors.
4. Background
4.1 Members will note that the majority of councils operate a partnership approach to road safety with statutory, volunteer and charitable trusts working collaboratively to address road safety across the council areas. 3 examples of successful road safety approaches from other local authority areas have been outlined at Appendix 1. However, it must be made clear that many more successful road safety partnerships are in place nationwide.
4.2 Within Gloucestershire, both the County Council and the Constabulary have statutory responsibilities for road safety. Highways England works with local authorities, voluntary and charitable trusts, primarily on targeting the main issues on those roads for which they are responsible. However they are also able to work across the road safety agenda.
4.3 Historically, both statutory and voluntary groups have worked together targeting the main concerns around road safety with some very positive outcomes. This Panel has been charged with looking at the positives from history, but refreshing road safety delivery across Gloucestershire, ensuring all partners and potential partners deliver a strategy for road safety that has a vision to achieve a reduction in casualties (K&SI) on our roads.
4.4 A clear, targeted communications strategy doesn’t currently exist. All parties involved in pre-panel discussions understand that reaching all the communities we serve is fundamental if we are going to be successful with any proposed refresh to collaborative working.
5. Meeting Dates
The Panel met on 4 occasions to consider the following presentations:
18 February 2020
GFRS and Road Safety in Gloucestershire – Mark Astle, Assistant Chief Fire Officer
3
Page 57 Policing and Road Safety within Gloucestershire – Martin Surl, Police and Crime Commissioner GCC and Road Safety in Gloucestershire – Colin Chick, Executive Director for Economy, Environment and Infrastructure/ Philip Williams, Lead Commissioner Community Infrastructure Gloucestershire Road Safety Data – Andrew Parker-Mowbray, Road Safety and Transport Data Team Leader
20 October 2020
GCC policies relating to traffic calming, including the use of physical design and vehicle-activated signage; and data relating to accidents and traffic calming measures – Kathryn Haworth, Lead Commissioner Highways/ Andrew Parker-Mowbray, Road Safety and Transport Data Team Leader/ Anne Johns, Assistant Engineer (Improvements) Safer Driving in Gloucestershire – Gavin Roberts, Assistant Chief Fire Officer
20 November 2020
Safe and Social Roads – Nigel Lloyd Jones, Priority Lead for Safe and Social Roads Roads Policing and Enforcement – Paul Keasey, Det. Supt. and Director of Intelligence, Gloucestershire Constabulary
8 December 2020
The role of Highways England in Road Safety – Beverley Hannah, Regional Road Safety Coordinator, Highways England
6. Key Observations
Gloucestershire County Council
6.1 The Panel received a number of presentations from officers at Gloucestershire County Council, including Kath Haworth, Lead Commissioner Highways, and Andrew Parker-Mowbray, Road Safety and Transport Data Team Leader, on the Council’s statutory role regarding road safety.
6.2 Under the Highways Act, the Council has a duty to keep the highway network safe. The Council follows a data led approach to ensure resources are prioritised where they are needed most. A collision hotspot list is
4
Page 58 generated annually based on the number of collisions over a three year period, which highlights where drivers are most at risk of a collision.
6.3 Those with the highest risk are subject to a more detailed investigation, involving the Road Safety team, Highway Improvement team and the Local Highways Manager, to identify whether engineering measures could reduce future collisions. A priority assessment is then undertaken, and the Highways Improvement team works closely with the consultant design team to ensure the most appropriate solution is delivered and is cost effective.
6.4 Each site where measures have been implemented is monitored for three years after to allow for comparison and to identify which measures are most successful to inform future decisions. Notably, high friction surfacing, school safety zones, and junction improvements appear to have the biggest impacts.
6.5 Further information on Gloucestershire County Council’s responsibility for road safety can be found at Appendix 3.
Gloucestershire Fire and Rescue Service
6.6 The Panel received information on the road safety role of Gloucestershire Fire and Rescue Service (GFRS) from Mark Astle and Gavin Roberts, Assistant Chief Fire Officers.
6.7 GFRS has a particular role in educating the community on road safety, alongside partners including Gloucestershire County Council. Education packages are largely focused on 16-24 year olds, and include a ‘What If’ presentation given to schools and sixth form colleges, and ‘Wrecked’, a presentation focused on drink and drug driving. Joint media campaigns on road safety are also run by GFRS and Gloucestershire Constabulary.
6.8 Additionally, GFRS plays a key role in the Safe and Social Roads strategy, working alongside partners.
6.9 During the lifetime of the Panel, further up to date information on the road safety role of GFRS has been received. This can be found at Appendix 4.
Gloucestershire Police and Crime Commissioner and Constabulary
6.10 Martin Surl, Gloucestershire Police and Crime Commissioner, and Det. Supt Paul Keasey, Director of Intelligence, Gloucestershire Constabulary, attended meetings of the Panel to discuss their roles in addressing road safety across the County. Det. Supt. Keasey has also held the role of the
5
Page 59 National Police Chiefs Council’s head of National Roads Policing Operations and Intelligence for the last 7 years.
6.11 The Constabulary has two responsibilities relating to road safety: prevention, in collaboration with partners, and enforcement.
6.12 It was understood that roads policing is complex. It includes dealing with speeding, collisions, congestion, criminals using the road network, and environmental issues. It was also understood that there needs to be improved data sharing to establish an understanding of risk, which would enable better strategic foresight, and on the true volume of accidents.
6.13 Over the last few years, enforcement activities in the County have increased. In 2019, 31,000 speeding offences and just fewer than 1000 seat belt offences were enforced. Almost 500 distraction offences were enforced last year.
6.14 It was recognised that enforcement is not the only solution to road safety incidents. An environment where people should be compliant needs to be created.
Safe and Social Roads
6.15 Nigel Lloyd Jones, Priority Lead for Safe and Social Roads (S&SR), gave a presentation on his role, the remit of S&SR, and S&SR initiatives.
6.16 The Panel was informed that 2021 presents a transformative new chapter for S&SR, based on a holistic safe system approach, which has been inspired by a shared vision for zero road casualties in Gloucestershire by 2040.
6.17 The Panel understood that behavioural change is an area that can be addressed now under the holistic system approach to S&SR. By focusing on innovative preventative awareness for safer road users, accidents can be prevented through behavioural change.
6.18 This can be achieved firstly through nuanced analysis to understand the data and focus attention on where it needs to be.
6.19 Secondly, this can be achieved through cause champions. There is currently no clear road safety brand in Gloucestershire. There is a need for a powerful, clear brand to present information, and to develop community confidence behind the brand. There is also a need for a digital portal
6
Page 60 whereby the community can access all information relating to road safety in one place.
6.20 Thirdly, an empowered community can help to develop safer road users, which can be achieved through an understanding of the target market, and finding local organisations to become road safety ambassadors. This will require mentoring and funding. The community also needs to be equipped, through refreshed advice to schools, and town and parish councils, as well as equipping individuals to speak up regarding road safety concerns.
6.21 Nigel Lloyd Jones proposed an alliance delivery structure to work on road safety in the County, which would include lead organisations relevant to the holistic system approach, each leading on individual work stream activities, and with evidence led goals and tasks. This would be coordinated by an alliance delivery manager, which would be funded by alliance members, and overseen by a strategic board made up of key partners, such as GCC.
6.22 Presentations received by the Panel on the remit and ambitions of S&SR can be found at Appendix 5.
Highways England
6.23 Beverley Hannah, South West Regional Safety Coordinator, Highways England, provided the Panel with a presentation on her role in Highways England, and as to how she supports the road safety agenda across the South West of England.
6.24 In particular, her role is to coordinate road safety activity within the region and to attend partnership meetings. Her aim is to support the reduction of collisions and casualties on our roads. Furthermore, she works to promote a number of Highways England initiatives and campaigns, including: Load security training; encouraging load security interventions; and providing training for officers in conjunction with the Health and Safety Executive. She is able to share studies and toolkits with partners in order to assist with interventions.
7. HMICFRS observations on Road Safety
7.1 In the recent full inspection of GFRS by HMICFRS, it was reported that:
“The strategy for improving road safety isn’t clear. There is no formal road safety partnership in Gloucestershire. However the service does carry out some activities with the police and crime commissioner including a safe and
7
Page 61 social driving co-ordinator post and several programmes such as “what if” that targets new drivers”
7.2 Inspectors reported that GFRS ‘requires improvement’. In Appendix 1 examples of three other local authorities: Lincolnshire, Oxfordshire and Cornwall, which were all graded as ‘Good’ in their inspections in terms of their approach to road safety, have been detailed.
8. Safe & Social Roads Strategy Group
8.1 As Chair of the Road Safety Cabinet Panel, Cllr Norman was invited to present to the Safe and Social Roads (S&SR) Strategy Meeting on 7 December 2020, updating them on the work of the Panel to date. It also provided the opportunity to establish a conversation as to how to gain engagement from the County residents on road safety.
8.2 One of the outcomes following discussions with road safety partners at the S&SR Strategy meeting, was that one of the key recommendations of the Cabinet Panel could be to establish a ‘forum’ and ‘senate’ approach to partnership working, enabling residents to feed into the ‘forum’ and for the ‘senate’ to work proactively on road safety.
9. Panel Input
9.1 Each panel member was asked to consider three main issues they have regarding road safety within their district council area, as well as broader Gloucestershire concerns.
9.2 A number of issues have been raised by the panel members, with the main themes being: Speeding; Irresponsible parking (junctions/bends on housing estate roads); Cyclists; and Older drivers (education). Full details of the concerns raised by each panel member can be found at Appendix 2.
9.3 Panel members recognised that the approach to road safety in Gloucestershire over the last few years has become disjointed and therefore less effective. At every meeting of the Panel, members pressed for a clear communications strategy and a methodology of how we can engage with communities across the County on road safety.
10. Recommendations of the Panel
The Panel has considered all the information it has been presented with from key partners relating to road safety across the County. The Panel has subsequently identified a number of recommendations to cover the themes of Engineering, Education, Enforcement and Engagement, in order to
8
Page 62 improve the approach to road safety in Gloucestershire. These recommendations are as follows:
a) Through Engineering, Enforcement and Education, to significantly reduce the number of K&SI casualties across the County. Road safety initiatives should always be data led. The stretch target is to achieve zero road casualties in Gloucestershire by 2040. b) To build a collaborative approach to road safety through the establishment of a ‘SENATE’ where all statutory bodies responsible, voluntary groups and charitable trusts are represented and work together to achieve zero road casualties in Gloucestershire by 2040. c) To establish an Engagement “forum” for residents to feed their road safety concerns in to, either via local councillors or independently, and to receive feedback from the “senate”. d) For Gloucestershire County Council and others with a statutory responsibility to commit funding to enable the appointment of a full time officer post to lead on the collaborative approach to road safety delivery across the County. e) To ensure that all communications regarding any road safety messages are planned and delivered through a single channel to strengthen the message to Gloucestershire residents. f) To request, as promised, an update on the review of the TRO process. g) To encourage all parish and town councils to liaise regularly with their county councillor and also feed into the new road safety forum regarding local concerns around road safety. h) To establish meetings of all county councillors within each district authority area, supported by the officer post outlined above, with the aim of establishing priorities for action. i) To follow the examples of the successful partnership working that is evident in different areas of the Country.
Cllr Dave Norman MBE - Cabinet Member for Public Protection, Parking and Libraries
January 2021
9
Page 63 Appendix 1
Examples of local authorities identified as ‘Good’ in their approach to road safety by HMICFRS
Listed below are excerpts from three local authority HMICFRS Fire Inspection reports on road safety. These authorities have been judged to be ‘Good’ by HMICFRS in their approach to road safety. Full reports can be accessed at https://www.justiceinspectorates.gov.uk/hmicfrs/
Lincolnshire:
‘The service actively promotes road safety to cut the number of people who are seriously injured or killed on the roads. It is an active member of the Lincolnshire road safety partnership, which was set up in 2000. The service has identified very young drivers, the elderly and motorcyclists as especially at risk. It concentrates its partnership work on those groups.
The partnership provides all primary schools with road safety awareness lessons and offers an annual theatre production to all secondary schools. The partnership also offers a wide range of courses, tailored to the specific risk groups of young drivers, the elderly and motorcyclists. A fee is a charged for these. The service supports the innovative ‘2 fast 2 soon’ programme. This engages with young drivers at rallies and festivals. Several community events held at fire stations focus on road safety. Station-based teams regularly support the promotion and hosting of these events. The service’s website covers road safety thoroughly and provides clear and concise information to the community.’
Oxfordshire:
‘Oxfordshire FRS is responsible for providing road safety information and training on behalf of the county council. The service is prioritising four particularly vulnerable groups until 2022. These are:
motorcyclists, particularly those aged 34–55; cyclists; pedestrians; and young drivers aged 17–24.
The service works with partner organisations and with a range of audiences to implement its road safety programme. The cycling proficiency scheme develops road safety awareness and safe riding skills in younger cyclists. Biker Down is a national initiative run by bikers for bikers. It is aimed at riders but is also suitable for passengers. The workshop gives bikers the skills to keep themselves safe, give specific first aid and protect an injured motorcyclist at the scene of a crash.
As a member of the Thames Valley Road Safety Forum, the service helps promote and improve road safety. Recent campaigns included cycling safety, drink and drugs awareness and use of seatbelts. In partnership with the other emergency services across Thames Valley, the service will run the annual Safe Drive Stay Alive initiative
10
Page 64 in Oxfordshire with over 5,000 young drivers. The forum, along with the service, evaluates initiatives and uses marketing analysis to target specific audiences.’
Cornwall:
‘Road traffic collisions are presently the highest risk within the service’s risk-based evidence profile. The service’s analysis shows that 72 percent of deaths and injuries from road traffic collisions are from groups identified as vulnerable. This includes motorcyclists, older drivers, pedestrians, cyclists and young drivers. The service is currently leading a review of Cornwall’s road casualty reduction strategy.
The service has developed several projects to promote road safety. For example, ‘Where You Look Is Where You Go’ is a campaign aimed at reducing motorcycle injuries that result from excessive speed on bends. ‘Distraction’ workshops are aimed at year-seven students about pedestrian and cycle safety. The service runs many of the projects with the support of partner organisations.
Where analysis indicates high incidence and risk, local stations are expected to conduct targeted activities with local communities. We found evidence that local stations were doing this work.’
11
Page 65 Appendix 2
1. Top three road safety concerns raised by the Road Safety Cabinet Panel members
Cllr Steve Robinson:
a) Speeding b) Parking close to junctions, police not interested. c) Inspection of the highway surface, residents find it difficult to understand when you tell them it’s about underneath the cracking up tarmac, they see it dangerous.
Cllr John Cordwell:
a) Speeding, especially ignoring 20mph limits b) More safe crossing points across roads. c) Irresponsible parking including pavement parking
Cllr Eva Ward:
a) Speeding and enforcement (questions re lack of regular police presence and action; prevention of speeding) b) Traffic calming (questions are why can’t we have more VASs, more speed bumps, chicanes, signage, crossings) c) Cycling - this issue is growing hugely since Covid (the questions concern safe cycling provision and road surfaces/potholes)
Cllr Terry Hale:
a) Speeding b) Parking c) TROs d) Yellow lines e) Tractors on roads in rural areas
Cllr John Payne:
a) A review of traffic volumes and their impact on road safety as a consequence of large housing developments. b) Effective measures to control vehicle speed in urban areas. c) Improved infrastructure for walking and cycling.
Cllr Dave Norman MBE:
a) Speeding b) Dangerous parking in residential areas c) Older drivers who need update skilling (education)
12
Page 66 2. Road Safety Cabinet Panel member proposals for report recommendations
Cllr Steve Robinson:
Road safety is disjointed at present - We need to establish a road safety hub, similar to the MASH. This would be funded by GCC and the Police and made up of Police, Fire & Rescue and Highways. They would feed in regularly to a meeting of Police, Fire & Rescue, Highways, TRO Dept and Highways Design Team. All building developments carried out in the county need to be looked at by the Hub to consider road safety and how improvements could be made with funds from the developers. A more positive working relationship needs to be in place between Road Safety Team and Districts and Parishes. Parishes have local knowledge which would be beneficial. Is there a need for more staff in the TRO Department so that schemes can be processed much more quickly?
Cllr John Cordwell:
My main concern is to carry out the third reason for setting up the panel to:
assess how to build on existing local road safety initiatives to establish ‘road safety partnerships’ for each of the six districts, and to formalise the relationship between road safety partnerships and the highways authority and county councillors.
As I have mentioned the Stroud Road Safety Liaison Group was one of six set up many years ago by the County Council which until recent years was clerked by a GCC officer and its work led by a GCC road safety officer. They had/have two county councillors on each, one of whom chaired the group. I have a copy of the terms of reference. The Stroud one has continued to meet (except in the current Covid-19 situation). It is looking forward to action on the point above.
I think one still exists in the Forest of Dean, although mainly concerned with the A48.
Some many years ago now, the minutes of these groups were tabled for members of GCC’s then Planning and Transportation Committee at its meetings.
The main purposes of these groups, which involve a wide range of road user groups, has been to educate the public and to advise Gloucestershire County Council of the Groups’ views on the County Council’s Road Safety Plan. They specifically did not get involved in “parochial” issues which it saw as matters
13
Page 67 that should be referred directly by those interested to their local county councillor or to a local GH officer.
I would like to see these road safety liaison groups or something similar re- established where necessary and reinvigorated through leadership from an officer, either a GCC officer or perhaps someone from the police. Their remits should be largely standardised across the county with occasional joint meetings. (There used to be an annual meeting for all six.)
A now defunct recent local initiative in the Stroud DC area specifically involved parish councils on a subscription basis on issues such as TROs. I am unsure whether it is necessary to reinvent this role if better communications can be established between the County Council and parish councils.
The second reason for setting up the panel was to:
consider the road safety budget for 2021-22, including the suggested introduction of a ring-fenced budget for each council division.
I am not keen on the suggestion of a ring-fenced budget for each council division. To an extent this already exists through Highways Local. I think it would be better if done over a wider area such as meetings between all the county councillors within a district council area where priorities for action could be established. This has similarities to the divisional estimates meetings that used to exist where priorities were discussed.
14
Page 68 Appendix 3
Further information received by the Panel on GCC’s road safety role:
Road safety is a very important responsibility within Economy, Environment and Infrastructure – collectively this area of GCC covers highways/engineering, road safety data, active travel, ThinkTravel, and community engagement. Whilst the biggest improvements in road safety have come from vehicle design regulations, e.g. active and passive protection, and that this will further improve with the introduction of mandatory ISA speed limiting technology, there is more that can be done to invest in safety on our highway network as collision hotspots continue to be identified and addressed through an evidenced led accident remedial programme.
There is already a good foundation to work from, with close liaison with the police on investigating collisions and using this data to focus on hot spots in our capital programme. Local Highway Managers have established working relationships with parish and town councils across the county and road safety continues to be an important strand of this work.
It is vital that all road safety work is data-led using a strong evidence base to support not only engineering interventions but all facets of accident reduction including enforcement, education, training, publicity or encouragement thereby ensuring that all the resources available are used to maximum effect in a co-ordinated way. Equally, it should not be forgotten that it is imperative that all new proposals that affect the highway in any way go through a full safety audit process to ensure that all potential hazards and risks are engineered out at the design stage.
It is therefore clear that the County Council has a primary role in making our roads safer for the travelling public and, as ever, we are keen to work effectively with partners to achieve sustained improvements in road safety over the long term.
15
Page 69 Appendix 4:
Further information received by the Panel on the road safety role of GFRS:
It is argued that changing behaviours is key to making significant improvement to road safety and the way that people use our roads. One of the highlighted ways to achieving behavioural change is through preventative education, an area that the Fire and Rescue Service has been involved with for many years now, covering areas such as fire safety, water safety including boat safety, winter safety for elderly people and of course road safety.
Using our highly skilled flexible workforce, road safety education initiatives have been delivered with partners, out of our SkillZone facility and in locations across Gloucestershire, including a large number of schools. It is important to state that we have only been able to achieve this by close collaboration with stakeholders and by making use of our wholetime and on-call firefighters. Working with our partners, the Fire and Rescue Service has also started to explore how technology, such as virtual reality, can be used to enhance the educational experience, as it is imperative we understand our audience and the way they communicate.
The path however has not always been easy, as road safety in particular has a wide shared responsibility at a national, regional and local level, with a complex multi- sectoral context that at times can lead to competing interests. Still, this multi-sectoral context has also proven to be our strength, as it has delivered opportunities for a more holistic system wide approach, and focused partnership initiatives with strong community outcomes at their heart.
Therefore, moving forward, it is felt with robust governance through a county wide collaboration board, strong ownership, leadership and the right political will, the Fire and Rescue Service sees itself as one of a core group of services / agencies that working together can improve and enhance the safety of road users in Gloucestershire.
16
Page 70 Appendix 5
SAFE & SOCIAL ROADS
Page 71 Page Presentation to GCC Road Safety Cabinet on Priority Lead role, remit, & S&SR initiatives
20.11.20 2021: Transformative new chapter
Integrated alliance Inspired by a shared vision
Page 72 Page • Gloucestershire • VISION ZERO • Zero road casualties by 2040
• 50% reduction by 2030
2
Marketing comms career: Auto specialism
Page 73 Page
Victim testimony & road safety campaigner
Page 74 Page Discovery conversations
GCC colleagues • Gavin Roberts ACFO GCC
• Andrew Parker-Mowbray Road Safety & Transport Data Page 75 Page Team Leader
• Ruth Griffiths 60+ GCC Communications Team
• Richard Lloyd Senior Improvements Engineer
• Dr David Land Principal Transport Planner
• Ollie Hazel Cycling Coordinator
5
KSI&SI figures: Flatlined + 2020 concerns
1146 1168 1110 1123 Total 977 -2%
1200 892 888 Page 76 Page 806 796 Slight 1000 690 -10%
800
600 294 297 228 253 254 Serious 400 +30%
200 26 27 28 20 20 Fatal 0 - 23% 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 KSI&SI causal analysis: Flawed
Enriched national research • Commissioned by Det Superintendent Paul Keasey, NRPOII
Page 77 Page • Outcomes: - Accident reports often incomplete narrative* - Do not reveal core behavioural choices that led to the accident
• Highlighted in GCC Road Casualty Risk profile Cost: Underestimated
£2.13m Fatality
• Unreported accidents cost £0.24m Serious adds 116% to cost Page 78 Page of reported accidents
£0.025m Slight • Total cost of UK road accidents £35.3 bn
£0.02m Property
+116% Unreported International Transport Forum Road Safety Annual Report 2019*, United Kingdom
Cost: Underestimated
1,123 £350.15m* EMOTIONAL IMPACT Page 79 Page Fatalities 20 Cost of KSI Serious 297 & non-fatal Slight 806 not reported
2019
15’ -19’ £1.595bn International Transport Forum Road Safety Annual Report 2019*, United Kingdom Local activity: Unclear Page 80 Page
Cost of KSI & non-fatal not reported
2019 Insight: Key conversation outcomes
“There seems to be some sort of social acceptance that people will die on our roads.
Page 81 Page If the same number were murdered the community would be in uproar.” 60+
“If we carry on what we are doing…. nothing will change.”
11 Remit: Deliver ‘SAFE & SOCIAL ROADS’ PLAN SAFE SECURE SOCIAL S&S Plan: Dashboard 1. People should be able to move around our communities IN SAFETY & with as much ease & convenience as possible
2. The Constabulary will ENFORCE THE LAW when necessary, but we will all work to REDUCE OFFENDING & ANTI SOCIAL DRIVING
3. The Constabulary will LISTEN TO COMMUNITIES & provide proportionate response to local road safety concerns Page 82 Page 4. The Constabulary will explore options around WORKING WITH HIGHWAYS ENGLAND
5. The Constabulary & OPCC will work with partners to promote the benefits of safe & social roads in RESPECTING ROAD USERS & REDUCING POLLUTION
6. The Constabulary will develop LOCALISED INTERVENTIONS WITH PARTNERS alongside national campaigns
7. The Constabulary will DEVELOP INTERVENTIONS WITH MOST AT RIsK GROUPS on the roads
8. OPCC & Constabulary will work with others to make it a PLEASANT EXPERIENCE TO TRAVEL around the county & explore the beauty & tranquillity of Gloucestershire Role Page 83 Page
CONSTRUCTIVE SUPPORTIVE FOCUSING DISRUPTOR ENABLER PATHFINDER Insight: Focus on behavioural change
• Safer Roads: Time & funding
• Safe Speeds: Enforcing out of
Page 84 Page problem not feasible
• Safe Vehicles: Game changing technology decades away
• Post Crash Care: Stretched to limits
SAFE ROAD USERS: Where we can focus on NOW with INNOVATIVE preventive awareness & education
14
Key Initiatives: Highlights
Nuanced FOCUS ATTENTION ON WHERE IT NEEDS Analysis TO BE Page 85 Page
Cause ROAD SAFETY FRONT-OF-MIND Champions
Empowered THE POWER OF 1+1=3 Community Nuanced Analysis: Research
ACTVITIES OUTCOMES
• Community insight:
Page 86 Page • Identify disenfranchised OPCC GC GCC communities GAPTC • Sharing best practice • Mobilising action Annual Town & Project Road Parish Galileo Casualty • Predictive intelligence: Council informed Risk Profile • More effective & efficient Survey Police STRA & activities roads policing • Enriched data to target SAFE SYSTEM & inform awareness /education campaigns
Key Strategies
Nuanced FOCUS ATTENTION ON WHERE IT NEEDS Analysis TO BE Page 87 Page
Cause ROAD SAFETY FRONT-OF-MIND Champions COMMUNITY DEBATE
Empowered THE POWER OF 1+1=3 Community Cause Champions: Establish coherent brand Page 88 Page
Gloucestershire Cause Champions: Annual brand campaign
Page 89 Page
The People behind the Brand Cause Champions: Establish one-stop portal
• Hosted by OPCC website • ‘Safe System’ model Page 90 Page • Links to advice on : Safe Roads : Safe Speeds : Safe Vehicles : Safe & Social Road Users : Post-crash care
Cause Champions: High viz police presence
Once socially distancing viable
‘SPECIALS’ AWARNESS ACTIVITIES RE-ENERGISED POLICE PRESENCE
Page 91 Page Key Strategies
Nuanced FOCUS ATTENTION ON WHERE IT NEEDS Analysis TO BE Page 92 Page
Cause ROAD SAFETY FRONT-OF-MIND Champions COMMUNITY DEBATE
Empowered THE POWER OF 1+1=3 Community Empowered Community
Page 93 Page
PRE & OLDER PEDESTRIANS/ FAMILY BUSINESS RUNNERS HORSE CYCLISTS MOTOR YOUNG DRIVERS RAMBLERS RIDERS & DRIVERS DRIVERS CYCLISTS DRIVERS PASSENGERS
MENTOR, FUND & EQUIP
23 Empowered Community: Equipped to ACT
TOWN & PARISH COUNCILS & SCHOOLS COMMUNITY TOOLKIT
• Refreshed advice to Town & Parking buddies Page 94 Page Parish Councils on how to Gloucestershire Community develop & implement local ANPR Road Safety Group ‘Safe System’ schemes Dashcam usage Community speed watch COVID robust awareness & education ONLINE activities Paws on Patrol Location apps (what3words)
• Supported by: Community alerts NPT & Community PCSOs Crimestoppers Neighbourhood Watch
Empowered Community: Equipped to SPEAK UP Page 95 Page Future proofing
! COVID ! Distrust of public transport
Page 96 Page ! Internet shopping white vans ! Increase in walking, cycling, e-bikes, e-scooters ! Booming pensioner pop ! Mainstream electric & semi-autonomous vehicles ! Greta Thunberg factor ! Rural road user ‘newbies’
Alliance delivery structure & activities
• LEAD organisations
Page 97 Page for each component Alliance delivery STRATEGIC • Leading individual Manager BOARD workstream activities Funded by GCC, GC, alliance members • Each with evidence-led OPCC goals, tasks & KPIs
27 How can you support? Page 98 Page
28 2021: A Transformative new chapter
Your support is requested
• Adoption alliance ‘Safe System’& VISION ZERO
Page 99 Page • Part funding of Alliance delivery manager
• Establish new road safety brand
• Join PCC & Chief Constable & to support this briefing to S&SR Strategy Group 7th December
• Review, resource allocations & funding of local initiatives
29
SAFE & SOCIAL ROADS
Page 100 Page Presentation to GCC Road Safety Cabinet on Priority Lead role, remit, & S&SR initiatives
Status @ 19.11.20
Summary input to
Page 101 Page Strategy Group Meeting 02.12.20
Nigel Lloyd-Jones Priority Lead ‘Safe and Social Roads’ 02.01.21 Context
ROLE • Priority Lead role (PL) is a voluntary position to support the delivery of the Police Crime Commissioner’s (PCC) plan by listening to the community and working with statutory, commercial and voluntary sector partners to provide effective and measurable solutions. • PL is resource rich in passion and knowledge, but limited in personnel and budget resource. st
Page 102 Page • Since PL engagement on 1 July he has been involved in a parallel activity to the GCC Road Safety Cabinet. This has involved over 70 interviews with partner and community representatives. FINDINGS • Road casualty figures: Flatlined for many years. In ‘20 Glos considered an ‘outlier’ with no reduction in KSIs, despite reduction in traffic volumes. • Accident analytics: Causation often flawed. • Cost: Underestimated, as no accounting for unreported accidents. • Local road safety activities: No overall picture on what activity is taking place and its’ effectiveness. • Community: Often feel unheard and/or bogged down by labyrinth process. APCC survey: 24% feel unsafe or very unsafe on Glos roads. • Road safety brand: Non existent. • Road safety information for community: Often obscure. • Current Strategy Group: Blurred LEAD roles and limited accountability. • Consistent interviewee feedback: “ If we carry on what we are doing nothing will change.” Step 1: Forum adopts Safe System framework
LEAD ROLES Pros • Safe Roads : GCC • International/ national best • Safe Speeds: GC practice • Safe Road Users: OPCC • Holistic, transparent Page 103 Page • Post-Crash Care: Fire • Clarity of LEAD responsibilities • Safe Vehicles: GC • Minimises duplication of effort • Structured accountability
METHODOLOGY Cons • LEAD for each element • Potential in-balance of resource • Leading individual workstream available activities • Mutual support depending on expertise & resource
3 Safe Road User: OPCC Lead Page 104 Page
PRE & OLDER PEDESTRIANS/ FAMILY BUSINESS RUNNERS HORSE CYCLISTS MOTOR YOUNG DRIVERS RAMBLERS & DRIVERS DRIVERS RIDERS CYCLISTS DRIVERS PASSENGERS
Builds on existing PCC Fund activity to recruit, mentor, fund ambassador organisations.
4 Step 2: Forum oversight by Safer Gloucestershire
Pros • Safer Gloucestershire provides further S&SR FORUM DELIVERY MANAGER Page 105 Page DELIVERY MANAGER community ‘voice’ • Greater governance Co-funded accountability of Forum SAFER • Dedicated, full time focus Coordinator GLOUCESTERSHIRE of Delivery Manager Best practice champion Cons • Cost, timing of Delivery Manager recruitment • Additional workload on Forum members
5 Step 3: United by shared Vision
Pros • International & national best practice • Raises public & media awareness
Page 106 Page • Provides powerful road safety brand • Unifies stakeholders • Focuses & prioritises actions • Measures progress • Increases accountability • SAVE LIVES
Cons • Increased workload & cost
6 2021: Transformative New Chapter
Integrated Forum Shared Goal Page 107 Page • Gloucestershire • VISION ZERO • Zero road casualties by 2040
• 50% reduction by 2030 • 25% reduction by 2025
7 SAFE & SOCIAL ROADS Page 108 Page
Back Up Content
02.01.21 Cost: Underestimated
£2.13m Fatality
• Unreported accidents cost £0.24m Serious adds 116% to cost
Page 109 Page of reported accidents
£0.025m Slight • Total cost of UK road accidents £35.3 bn
£0.02m Property
+116% Unreported International Transport Forum Road Safety Annual Report 2019*, United Kingdom Cost: Underestimated
1,123 £350.15m* EMOTIONAL
Page 110 Page IMPACT
Fatalities 20 Cost of KSI Serious 297 & non-fatal Slight 806 not reported
2019
15’ -19’ £1.595bn International Transport Forum Road Safety Annual Report 2019*, United Kingdom KSI&SI figures: Flatlined + 2020 concerns
1146 1168 1110 1123
977 Total -2%
892 888 1200 796 806 Page 111 Page Slight 690 1000 -10%
800
600 294 297 228 253 254 Serious 400 +30%
200 26 27 20 28 20 Fatal 0 - 23% 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 PCC ‘Safe & Social Roads’ Plan: Summary
1. People should be able to move around our communities IN SAFETY & with as much ease & convenience as possible 2. The Constabulary will ENFORCE THE LAW when necessary, but we will all work to REDUCE
Page 112 Page OFFENDING & ANTI SOCIAL DRIVING 3. The Constabulary will LISTEN TO COMMUNITIES & provide proportionate response to local road safety concerns 4. The Constabulary will explore options around WORKING WITH HIGHWAYS ENGLAND 5. The Constabulary & OPCC will work with partners to promote the benefits of safe & social roads in RESPECTING ROAD USERS & REDUCING POLLUTION 6. The Constabulary will develop LOCALISED INTERVENTIONS WITH PARTNERS alongside national campaigns 7. The Constabulary will DEVELOP INTERVENTIONS WITH MOST AT RISK GROUPS on the roads 8. OPCC & Constabulary will work with others to make it a PLEASANT EXPERIENCE TO TRAVEL around the county & explore the beauty & tranquillity of Gloucestershire Input to GCC Road Safety Cabinet Page 113 Page on role of OPCC in Revitalised ‘Safe & Social Roads’ Forum
Nigel Lloyd-Jones Priority Lead ‘Safe and Social Roads’ OPCC 04.01.21 Introduction GCC GC
This report follows on from recommendations made by Nigel Lloyd-Jones, Priority Lead for ‘Safe and Social Roads, OPCC at a Strategy Group meeting on 7.12.20 for the future performance framework and vision for a revitalised Forum. In summary these were the adoption of international and national best practice in the form of : 1. ‘Safe System’ performance framework GC Page 114 Page This provides clear Lead roles for each ‘Safe System’ element, with each Lead directing OPCC measurable workstream activities, supported by Forum members depending on their expertise and resource. The benefits of this framework are a holistic, transparent approach with accountable Lead responsibilities, a more nimble and timely process, minimising duplication of effort. FIRE 2. Commitment to VISON ZERO This provides a powerful, high visibility, brand with which all Forum members can unite to prioritise activities and measure progress. The brand will significantly raise community safe and social roads awareness. 3. With a governance overview of ‘Safer Gloucestershire’ This creates further opportunities for community input and engagement through ‘Safer Gloucestershire ’ related organisations.
This report now goes on to explore the OPCC role in this Forum with Lead responsibility for the ‘Safe Road User’ element.
04 January 2021 Safe Road User: OPCC Lead Pedestrians
Runners The purpose of this element will be: 1. In the drive to VISION ZERO to champion the focus on the most vulnerable road user groups (RUG). Horse Riders 2. To track and report on the evolving, RUG market segmentation and issues. 3. By engagement with RUG representatives to provide a further conduit through which Cyclists the community can express their views. Page 115 Page 4. Manging community complaints through existing OPCC procedures. Micro mobility 5. With county, national and international research to heighten the knowledge and expertise of the Forum in developing preventive awareness and enforcement activities. Motorcyclists 6. From the above support GC in national and local campaigns. 7. To recruit, fund, and mentor RUG organisations, forming a network to mutually support each other in ongoing preventative awareness activities. Young Drivers 8. To unify RUG organisation behind VISON ZERO, including an annual conference at the Sabrina Centre and Force Open Day. Older Drivers 9. To provide a central ‘Safe & Social Roads’ information resource to the community. Family Drivers 10. To be a pathfinder for future proofing strategies to address incoming RUG issues.
Business User 04 January 2021 Safe Road User: OPCC Lead Pedestrians
Runners PROS 1. Good fit with existing PCC Plan, S&SR Priority Lead work profile, and Horse Riders purpose of PCC Fund. 2. S&SR Priority Lead able to gather further community input from other Cyclists Page 116 Page OPCC Priority Leads. 3. Many OPCC community relationships and intelligence gathering processes already in place through RUG organisations and GC. Micro mobility 3. Majority of activities set out in Lead role already activated by S&SR Priority Lead. Motorcyclists
Young Drivers What CONS if?
1. Limited personnel resource and budget. Older Drivers 2. Timescale to progress initiatives. Family Drivers
The above CONS can be mitigated by support from Forum partners. Business User 04 January 2021 PCC ‘Safe & Social Roads’ Plan: Summary
1. People should be able to move around our communities IN SAFETY & with as much ease & convenience as possible 2. The Constabulary will ENFORCE THE LAW when necessary, but we will all work to REDUCE OFFENDING & ANTI SOCIAL DRIVING Page 117 Page 3. The Constabulary will LISTEN TO COMMUNITIES & provide proportionate response to local road safety concerns 4. The Constabulary will explore options around WORKING WITH HIGHWAYS ENGLAND 5. The Constabulary & OPCC will work with partners to promote the benefits of safe & social roads in RESPECTING ROAD USERS & REDUCING POLLUTION 6. The Constabulary will develop LOCALISED INTERVENTIONS WITH PARTNERS alongside national campaigns 7. The Constabulary will DEVELOP INTERVENTIONS WITH MOST AT RISK GROUPS on the roads 8. OPCC & Constabulary will work with others to make it a PLEASANT EXPERIENCE TO TRAVEL around the county & explore the beauty & tranquillity of Gloucestershire Input to
Page 118 Page GCC Road Safety Cabinet of role of OPCC in Revitalised ‘Safe & Social Roads’ Forum
Nigel Lloyd-Jones Priority Lead ‘Safe and Social Roads’ 04.01.21 Agenda Item 9
Proposed adoption of the refreshed Gloucestershire Local Development Guide 2021
Cabinet Date 24th March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Nigel Moor, Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning
Key Decision Yes To obtain authorisation to adopt the revised and refreshed Local Purpose of Report Development Guide document for Gloucestershire
That Cabinet adopts the Local Development Guide as set out in Appendix A Recommendations as Council Guidance
The current, adopted Local Developer Guide is almost four years old. The revised guide has been updated to reflect local and national policies and Reasons for guidance and changes including the introduction of Community Infrastructure recommendations Levy (CIL) in various local authorities.
The purpose of this Local Development Guide is to provide information to Resource Implications local planning authorities, developers and all stakeholders on the types of infrastructure which Gloucestershire County Council is responsible for and may seek funding towards; and where S106 contributions and/or Community Infrastructure Levy payments may be necessary to mitigate the impacts of a development, and make it acceptable in planning terms.
Not having an updated guide may impact the county council’s ability to secure developer contributions for any necessary infrastructure or services required to mitigate the impacts of a development.
1 | Page
Page 119 Background Refreshed Local Development Guide 2020 Appendix A Documents https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/planning-and-environment/planning- policy/gloucestershire-local-developer-guide-infrastructure-and-services-with- new-development/ Current GCC Local Developer Guide. Adopted 2016 https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/14820/gcc-local-developer-guide- update-dec-2016.pdf
Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations 2010 (as amended)
https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2010/9780111492390/contents
National Planning Policy Framework February 2019 (NPPF)
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-planning-policy- framework--2
National Planning Policy Guidance (NPPG)
https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/planning-practice-guidance
Officer executive decision 30.4.2020 - Decision to consult on the revised version of Gloucestershire’s Local Development Guide 2020
https://glostext.gloucestershire.gov.uk/ieDecisionDetails.aspx?ID=1475
Statutory Authority Town & Country Planning Act 1990
The Town and Country Planning (Local Planning) (England) Regulations 2012
NPPF February 2019 NPPG
Divisional All Councillor(s) Name: Colin Chick - Executive Director of Economy, Environment & Officer Infrastructure
Tel. no: 01452 328470
Email: [email protected]
Timeline
2 | Page
Page 120 Background
1 Gloucestershire County Council’s (GCC’s) Local Developer Guide (LDG) was originally adopted by Cabinet in February 2014 and updated in December 2016. Since then, it has successfully been used to guide Local Planning Authorities (LPAs) in planning policy development and to provide guidance on the negotiation of infrastructure requirements arising from new developments.
2 It should be noted that the LDG is not a Development Plan Document, Supplementary Planning Document nor any other kind of Local Development Document. The LDG has been consulted on, reflects national guidance and local circumstances and is intended to be material to:
(i) discussions with LPAs over CIL (and new infrastructure funding statements); (ii) discussions with LPAs over any new Local Development Documents on developer contributions (whether joint or otherwise); and (iii) negotiations over the appropriate developer contributions for planning applications.
3 Gloucestershire is set to experience notable levels of development over the coming years, mostly in and around the county’s built-up areas. The quantum and location of future growth is a matter for the LPAs to determine. The creation of new places, neighbourhoods and expanded local communities increases the demand on local infrastructure such as roads, buses, schools and community infrastructure.
4 GCC is a key infrastructure provider. Most of the new or re-modelled infrastructure for the county is likely to remain the responsibility of and/or be commissioned by GCC. Infrastructure Delivery Plans (IDPs) identify that 70 to 80% of the future costed infrastructure required in the county is GCC infrastructure.
5 The LDG advises on the use of planning conditions and Section 106 obligations. CIL is an alternative means of securing developer contributions. CIL is now operational in 5 of the 6 LPAs (Cotswold District, Stroud District, Gloucester City, Tewkesbury Borough and Cheltenham Borough). Forest of Dean DC has given consideration to the introduction of CIL but is yet to take it forward. The precise governance arrangements around CIL expenditure need to be given consideration as GCC cannot become a CIL Charging Authority – again this is the role of the LPAs.
6 CIL allows a locally-set (i.e. by the LPAs), tariff-based fund to be generated, financed by new development. The key purpose of CIL is to help fund infrastructure that may benefit local communities more widely and not just those immediately affected by development.
7 In recent years, GCC has successfully secured an average of £17m per year in S106 obligations towards highways and transport, education, libraries and other infrastructure contributions.
3 | Page
Page 121 8 In addition to the infrastructure requirements and financial contributions, the LDG covers infrastructure which reduces demand for GCC services, or can help in the future. Encouraging Lifetime Homes (i.e. adaptable homes), broadband provision and smart technology and digital infrastructure sections in the LDG have all been updated.
9 Because GCC is not the LPA for the vast majority of development, it is unable to act unilaterally in influencing new development proposals. Under the statutory duty to cooperate, GCC must work collaboratively with the LPAs to resource infrastructure with new developments. The LDG provides a clear and consistent strategy for how GCC aims to handle infrastructure matters relating to new development. This will articulate the nature and scale of different types of GCC infrastructure likely to be considered necessary to support such development. The LDG has been updated to reflect legislative changes and clarify certain aspects.
10 As GCC cannot become a charging authority for CIL purposes, it is therefore essential for GCC to positively engage in the CIL charge setting process and attempt to achieve satisfactory arrangements for governing the CIL process. The updated LDG sets out how GCC expects to be involved in CIL charge setting, priorities, and expenditure, working with the LPAs.
11 The revised LDG covers the following County Council functions, with updates summarised below. For each subject area, the LDG sets out the approach expected when using S106 obligations, or if contributions will be funded through CIL.
12 Education (pre-school, primary, secondary and special): A number of additional changes proposed are to be reflected in the updated LDG. Principally, it refers to new evidence on pupil yields which demonstrates that the number of children requiring school places as a result of new development is higher than had previously been assumed. This is based on recent survey work from actual housing developments in the county. A detailed study has resulted in the recommendation to use the yields set out in the LDG. These yields have been in operation since November 2019 and need to be reflected in this revised LDG. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-planning-policy-framework--2
This additional survey work allows further confidence in the new yields. These have been amended to ensure that the yields reflect the best and most up-to- date available evidence, by allowing regular changes of pupil yield assumptions where new evidence is found, or presented to the Council.
Further changes have been made to ensure that new schools provided within developments are capable of future expansion to the required standards.
The approach to pre-school/nursery provision has also been updated. The introduction of up to 30 hours per week funded (term time) childcare has resulted in an increase in ‘need’ in this sector and is reflected in the updated LDG.
4 | Page
Page 122 Adult Social Care: This section has been updated to include greater reference to designed-in solutions (Lifetime Homes, Built for Life) and adaptable buildings.
Health and Public Health: Health and Public Health requirements both in terms of infrastructure such as new GP surgeries but also awareness of providing high quality homes of good design and supporting the natural environment and climate control have been included in the updated LDG. It recognises the various agencies involved, and supports the Clinical Commissioning Group in their role to ensure provision of health infrastructure.
Broadband: The updated LDG places greater emphasis on the role of developers and providers in broadband provision within new developments, and sets out what is expected in new developments and links to the approved (December 2019) revised Fastershire Broadband Strategy.
Fire & Rescue: The updated LDG ensures that provision of hydrants is agreed at the time that infrastructure is planned to serve new developments, with the involvement of the relevant Water Company as the infrastructure provider. The LDG also ensures that Gloucestershire Fire & Rescue Service agrees the location and number of hydrants. Further updates provide an opportunity, where it can be justified, to seek contributions from S106 obligations and/or CIL towards Fire & Rescue infrastructure.
Waste and Recycling: A new section has been inserted to ensure that growth in the county assists with mitigating the additional waste and recycling harm which may be caused – for example, by contributing towards new or expanded recycling facilities.
Sustainable drainage: Site-specific and flood alleviation measures are secured through the County Council’s role as Lead Local Flood Authority (LLFA), through the planning application process. Where flood alleviation is required to support growth more generally, or flood alleviation measures are required for existing flood risk from ordinary watercourses, pluvial and groundwater sources, the LDG clarifies that these can be funded through CIL.
Transport: Updated to reflect legislative changes, and GCC policy changes such as the most up-to-date evidence in the emerging review of the Local Transport Plan (LTP).
Libraries and Archive Services: The updated LDG confirms that contributions will be sought where a need arises from a development. The previous approach (an automatic tariff) had been challenged repeatedly at appeals and therefore clarification is provided within the revised LDG.
13 Other technical changes include further information on the approach to the following:
Bonding or other forms of security: The LDG clarifies that GCC will work with developers to secure the most appropriate method by which GCC’s risk is minimised such that any delay does not unnecessarily burden the public purse.
5 | Page
Page 123 Where a bond or other form of security is required it will be proportionate to the risk exposure at that point in time. An internal audit on the bonding process has guided this process.
Viability: The updated LDG is supportive of growth in Gloucestershire. It needs to, and does, recognise both the importance of infrastructure provision, and the benefits from economic growth which comes from development. Through the introduction of CIL, the developer contribution landscape has changed. All S106 contributions, where sought, need to be evidenced to the extent that the Council is certain that requirements meet strict legal tests in the NPPF, NPPG and Regulation 122 of the CIL Regulations. LPAs have provided feedback that, where a development’s viability is jeopardised by developer contributions, it will be the LPA as the decision maker that will balance the benefits of the scheme, against the mitigation measures required to make the development acceptable in planning terms.
There is clearly a balance to be struck in each case. This is reflected in the revised LDG. LPAs, for example, have particular concerns that their commitment to delivering affordable housing can be undermined by GCC, or other requirements from proposed developments. The LDG recognises the importance of LPA requirements, and the role that viability analyses will need to play in decisions and negotiations.
Where contributions are sought through S106 planning obligations, GCC will consider the impact on the viability of development. Evidence submitted by the applicant will be considered, and can influence decisions around timing of payments, triggers and the use of deferred contributions.
The level of consultation and scrutiny undertaken in formulating the LDG means that weight can be attributed to it in District planning decisions.
Monitoring, Cost Recovery, Pooling: The updated LDG has again been amended so that monitoring charges are sought where justified. Future legislation changes are likely to also clarify this.
The issue of ‘pooling’ S106 contributions has been rectified through national legislation. This previously meant that contributions through S106 agreements were limited, with no more than five separate planning obligations being sought and ‘pooled’ towards a specific project or piece of infrastructure. That restriction has now been removed. The revised LDG is updated to reflect this useful change which GCC had previously supported through responding to a national public consultation.
The requirement on CIL Charging Authorities to publish and maintain a Regulation 123 list of projects or types of infrastructure they intend to fund or may fund through CIL has also been abolished. This has been replaced with a requirement to publish annual infrastructure funding statements (IFSs) setting out how much money has been raised through both CIL and S106 obligations. Even though GCC is not a CIL Charging Authority is also has a duty to publish annual infrastructure funding statements.
6 | Page
Page 124 Community Infrastructure Levy: Many changes have been made to reflect the CIL regime which itself changes regularly. In particular, GCC needs to be assured that infrastructure will continue to be funded either through S106 obligations, or through CIL.
14 To maximise GCC’s influence in decisions on delivery of infrastructure, the LDG has been updated. A period of pre-consultation with the six District Councils took place for a period of three weeks from 25th February 2020 to 23rd March 2020 ahead of a further targeted consultation with stakeholders from 1st May 2020 to 29th May 2020. The targeted consultation was then extended to 19th June 2020, due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The proposed adoption of this updated LDG should enhance the importance given to GCC-responsible infrastructure, and the role of GCC in CIL.
15 The degree of weight given to these matters during the consideration of planning proposals by the LPAs will be further increased.
Consultation arrangements/feedback
16 A draft version of the updated LDG underwent a period of pre consultation with the six District Councils for a period of three weeks ahead of a further targeted consultation with stakeholders from 1st May 2020 to 19th June 2020.
17 Over 350 potentially interested stakeholders were specifically targeted for their input. These included: District, Town & Parish Councils within and adjoining Gloucestershire; Government Departments and devolved agencies with responsibly for public infrastructure; utility providers; infrastructure-related community and interest action groups; the development industry; representatives from the local business community and planning agents. This followed the same consultation arrangements as the currently adopted LDG.
18 Representations on the content of the draft updated LDG are set out in a summary report of consultation responses, and Council response to these is in Appendix B.
Options
19 The options for Cabinet are as follows:
Option A: To adopt the updated GCC LDG as set out in Appendix A;
Option B: Not to adopt the updated GCC LDG.
Risks
20 A decision not to adopt the updated LDG will result in the Council operating in an un-coordinated, ad hoc, and reactionary manner with regards to future partnership working on the provision of infrastructure with new development. This will result in inefficiencies in delivering infrastructure requirements across
7 | Page
Page 125 Gloucestershire, which will in turn adversely impact upon all others involved in development – developers, District Councils and local communities. It will also severely hamper the ability of the Council to influence local priority setting and weaken its position in negotiating future provision with development proposals.
Financial implications
21 No specific resources other than officer time to collate and draft the responses.
Climate change implications
22 Carbon Emissions Implications are positive and this decision is not vulnerable to climate change.
23 The LDG will promote infrastructure provision for partner organisations and partnerships, e.g. health, ecology, fire, etc.
24 The LDG engages with the planning system which concerns the built environment. It will influence planning decisions and planning policies, the outcomes of which will be beneficial to the new places being created.
Equality implications
25 Has an Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) been completed? Yes
26 Cabinet Members should read and consider the EIA in order to satisfy themselves as decision makers that due regard has been given.
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
27 None
Social value implications
28 The LDG has social value by promoting essential community infrastructure such as nursery/pre-school provision, and library space which are of benefit to communities and by promoting caring for people by providing for relevant infrastructure in appropriate circumstances.
Consultation feedback
29 Over 350 potentially interested stakeholders were specifically targeted for their input. These included: District, Town & Parish Councils within and adjoining Gloucestershire; Government Departments and devolved agencies with responsibly for public infrastructure; utility providers; infrastructure-related community and interest action groups; the development industry; representatives from the local business community and planning agents. This followed the same consultation arrangements as the currently adopted LDG.
8 | Page
Page 126 30 Representations on the content of the draft updated LDG are set out in a summary report of consultation responses, and the responses to these are provided in Appendix B.
31 Acting upon the consultation feedback, the LDG has been significantly amended taking account of feedback from consultees and accompanies this Cabinet report (as Appendix A) for recommendation for adoption. If Cabinet agrees to adopt the revised and refreshed LDG it will be adopted and published on the GCC website.
Officer recommendations
32 Officer recommendation is that Cabinet should accept Option A and adopt the updated GCC LDG, as set out in Appendix A.
Performance Management/Follow-up
33 Once adopted, the LDG will be periodically reviewed to ensure any changes in policy or process used to secure infrastructure resources remains inline with latest guidance. Any changes to the LDG will be initially discussed with district officers at the monthly County Planning Officers Group. Where substantive changes to the LDG may be required any proposed changes would be subject to stakeholder consultation before formally seeking Cabinet approval for any formal changes to the LDG.
9 | Page
Page 127 This page is intentionally left blank Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
The Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide 2021
Infrastructure to support new development
Final Draft
1
Page 129 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
Foreword
The National Planning Policy Framework sets out that the purpose of the planning system is to contribute to sustainable development. The provision of social and economic infrastructure, such as roads, schools, libraries, surgeries and community facilities, is crucial to that objective.
There are six local planning authorities in Gloucestershire, who determine most of the planning applications. However, much of the necessary infrastructure required to support that growth is the responsibility of Gloucestershire County Council.
The purpose of this Local Development Guide is to provide information to local planning authorities, developers and all stakeholders on the types of infrastructure which Gloucestershire County Council is responsible for and may seek funding towards; and where S106 contributions and/or Community Infrastructure Levy payments may be necessary to mitigate the impacts of a development, and make it acceptable in planning terms.
The Guide is not prescriptive, as each development proposal will be considered on its merits, and any obligations sought will need to meet the relevant tests. However, it is intended to aid, and improve transparency and consistency, in decision-making; and to provide guidelines to inform the preparation of development plans and other planning documents, as well as assisting in the determination of planning applications.
The Local Development Guide was presented and adopted at Gloucestershire County Council’s Cabinet meeting on 24 March 2021. It was subject to a targeted public consultation. Consequently, whilst it is not a Development Plan Document nor a Supplementary Planning Document, it is a material consideration in the determination of planning applications.
2
Page 130 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 Contents
Foreword ...... 2 Introduction...... 4 The Legislative and Planning Policy Context...... 5 Planning Conditions...... 6 The Community Infrastructure Levy...... 6 Planning obligations ...... 8 What Types of Infrastructure and Services will GCC seek Developer Contributions for? ...... 9 Education Infrastructure ...... 10 Pre-school Places...... 12 Primary and Secondary Schools ...... 14 Special Schools ...... 15 Academies and Free Schools ...... 15 Adult Social Care...... 15 Libraries ...... 17 Community-run Libraries...... 18 Archives ...... 19 Health and Public Health ...... 19 Fire and Rescue ...... 20 Sustainable Drainage (SuDS) ...... 21 Waste and Recycling Facilities...... 21 Transport ...... 22 Broadband ...... 24 Appendix 1: Approach to Bonding / Sureties in GCC Planning Obligations ...... 25 Appendix 2: Child Yields and Pupil Products...... 26 Appendix 3: Broadband Information ...... 27 Appendix 4: List of Acronyms...... 30
3
Page 131 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 Introduction
1. A fundamental aspect of achieving sustainable development is providing infrastructure in the right place and at the right time. Indeed, as part of its social and economic objectives, the National Planning Policy Framework (‘Framework’) sets out the importance of identifying and coordinating the provision of infrastructure and accessible services to reflect current and future community needs.
2. Gloucestershire County Council (‘GCC’) plays a key role in achieving sustainable development, partly through its role as an infrastructure provider. Indeed, whilst the local planning authorities (‘LPAs’) deal with most planning applications, all of the Infrastructure Delivery Plans (‘IDPs’) within Gloucestershire indicate that GCC is responsible for delivering most of the necessary strategic community infrastructure to support that growth. Whilst other funding sources will be explored, developer contributions are extremely important to achieving this.
3. Identifying infrastructure priorities and expectations early on in a scheme brings about a greater degree of consistency and certainty, which should assist developers in their negotiations with landowners, and ensure viability. This will also reduce delays at planning application stage, and enable development and infrastructure to be more promptly delivered.
4. For groups involved in neighbourhood planning, the Local Development Guide (‘LDG’) should enhance an understanding of the relationship between infrastructure and growth. GCC will support all groups involved in plan preparation to integrate infrastructure priorities into emerging proposals. GCC will also positively support the LPAs in identifying future infrastructure requirements through their IDPs; and funding mechanisms as set out in their Infrastructure Funding Statements (‘IFS’).
5. In summary, the LDG provides information to LPAs, developers and all stakeholders on the types of infrastructure that may be necessary to mitigate the impacts of development. It should inform the preparation of development plan documents, IDPs, IFSs and supplementary planning documents, as well as being a material consideration in the determination of planning applications.
4
Page 132 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 The Legislative and Planning Policy Context
6. The Framework sets out that the purpose of the planning system is to contribute to the achievement of sustainable development. This includes accessible services that reflect current and future needs and support communities’ health, social and cultural well-being.
7. At paragraph 20 it states that:
“Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and quality of development, and make sufficient provision for: a) housing (including affordable housing), employment, retail, leisure and other commercial development; b) infrastructure for transport, telecommunications, security, waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change management, and the provision of minerals and energy (including heat); c) community facilities (such as health, education and cultural infrastructure); and d) conservation and enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment, including landscapes and green infrastructure, and planning measures to address climate change mitigation and adaptation.”
8. It continues at paragraph 34 that:
“Plans should set out the contributions expected from development. This should include setting out the levels and types of affordable housing provision required, along with other infrastructure (such as that needed for education, health, transport, flood and water management, green and digital infrastructure). Such policies should not undermine the deliverability of the plan.”
9. As set out in the Framework, it is critical that contributions do not harm the viability of a proposal or the deliverability of the plan. Further advice on viability can be found in the Planning Practice Guidance (‘PPG’)1. Ultimately, it is the LPA’s responsibility to assess the necessity of requested contributions, and their combined impact on viability.
10. There are various mechanisms through which developer contributions towards infrastructure may be sought. Occasionally, this may be through planning conditions attached to a planning permission. Many LPAs also secure generic financial contributions towards infrastructure across their area through the Community Infrastructure Levy (‘CIL’).
11. However, in many cases, there may also be a need for a planning obligation attached to a planning permission to mitigate the direct impacts of a proposal on local infrastructure.
1 www.gov.uk/government/collections/planning-practice-guidance 5
Page 133 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
12. Finally, developer contributions and/or works in support of highways infrastructure may also be secured through provisions within the Highways Act 1980. These different mechanisms are described in greater detail below.
Planning Conditions
13. Whilst planning conditions are the preferred way for making development acceptable in planning terms, they are not usually appropriate to secure financial contributions. They may, however, cover minor infrastructure requirements, such as local site-related transport improvements, waste or water supply infrastructure or flood risk solutions.
14. Conditions should only be used to make otherwise unacceptable development acceptable. At paragraph 55 the Framework sets out that they should be: necessary; relevant to planning and to the development to be permitted; enforceable; precise; and reasonable in all other respects.
15. ‘Grampian conditions’ are negatively worded, and prohibit the commencement of development until a specified action on land not controlled by the applicant has taken place. Such conditions may exceptionally be considered by GCC. The Community Infrastructure Levy
16. CIL allows LPAs (known for this purpose as the ‘Charging Authority’) to secure support from chargeable development to help deliver new or improved infrastructure and services. CIL is applied on a formulaic basis to generate a pot of money which is spent on infrastructure across the CIL Charging Area. This is in contrast to S106 contributions which are site specific and required to directly mitigate the impacts of development and therefore make it acceptable in planning terms. 17. The PPG sets out that CIL is the most appropriate mechanism for capturing developer contributions from small developments of under 10 dwellings or 0.5ha, or for non- residential development of under 1,000sqm. 18. CIL should ensure that development makes a reasonable and proportionate contribution towards the cost of infrastructure across the area. Although not an exhaustive list, such infrastructure may include flood defence, open space, recreation and sport, roads and transport facilities, libraries, education and health facilities. 19. Charging Authorities are responsible for setting CIL rates and are also the Collecting Authority. CIL is charged per square metre on chargeable development and is index linked in accordance with the CIL Regulations 2010 (as amended). When deciding the CIL rates, an appropriate balance must be struck between additional investment to support
6
Page 134 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
development, and the potential effect on viability. Achieving the right balance is central to the charge-setting process. 20. A key purpose of CIL is to help meet envisaged gaps in funding for new infrastructure after other sources have been exhausted. Understanding funding gaps is an essential part of the local plan-making process, particularly in demonstrating how a development plan will be delivered. Consequently, CIL can only be introduced once an up-to-date plan has been prepared, or is sufficiently advanced, to properly understand the infrastructure requirements needed to support growth. 21. Some LPAs in Gloucestershire have adopted a CIL Charging Schedule. Please refer to the LPA websites for the most up to date information, the links to these at the time of writing, are set out below:
Charging schedule for Cheltenham Borough Council can be found at: https://www.cheltenham.gov.uk/info/46/planning_policy/1137/community_infrastruc ture_levy_cil
Charging schedule for Cotswold District Council can be found at: https://cotswold.gov.uk/planning-and-building/community-infrastructure- levy/calculate-your-cil-charge
Charging schedule for Gloucester City Council can be found at: https://www.gloucester.gov.uk/planning-development/planning-policy/community- infrastructure-levy-cil/
Charging schedule for Stroud District Council can be found at: https://www.stroud.gov.uk/environment/planning-and-building-control/community- infrastructure-levy-cil/liable-development-and-charging-schedule
Charging schedule for Tewkesbury Borough Council can be found at: https://www.tewkesbury.gov.uk/community-infrastructure-levy
22. As GCC is responsible for a significant proportion of strategic infrastructure provision, it will positively work with LPAs on their IDPs, and on strategic infrastructure analysis, in support of this process.
23. In many cases, even where there is a CIL charge in place, developer contributions through S106 planning obligations will also remain important to mitigate the direct impacts on local infrastructure; as well as where the infrastructure is to be provided on-site and is directly related to the development. In such cases and where appropriate, contributions from several geographically located developments may be pooled to provide the required infrastructure, or contributions secured from developers towards recovering the cost of large scale infrastructure, where appropriate, as set out in GCC’s Infrastructure Recovery
7
Page 135 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
Strategy guidance note2. While CIL can run alongside S106 planning obligations, there should be no situation where a developer is paying twice – through CIL and S106 - for the same specific element of infrastructure in relation to the same development. This is known as ‘double-dipping’. 24. Allowances also need to be made for up to 25% of CIL receipts to be spent on schemes supported by the local community through adopted Neighbourhood Plans. These schemes do not necessarily need to be listed in the IFS nor be included in the IDP. Such receipts could be used to help fund broader infrastructure needs where the Neighbourhood Plan and the local community is supportive. Also 5% of CIL receipts are retained by the Charging Authorities for administration purposes. Planning obligations
25. Legally binding agreements can be made between developers, landowners, local authorities and other interested parties. These agreements are used to secure planning obligations and are known as Section 106 Agreements (‘S106’) as they are covered by Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. 26. A planning obligation may also be secured by a Unilateral Undertaking (‘UU’). This does not require the agreement of the LPA, nor any other third parties. UUs are often seen as a simpler way for developers to commit to infrastructure and other matters, needed to make new development acceptable, and may be put forward at planning appeal, particularly where S106 agreements have not been secured. 27. Under S106 of the Town and Country Planning Act, a planning obligation may be used to:
restrict the development or use of the land in any specified way;
require specified operations or activities to be carried out in, on, under or over the land;
require the land to be used in any specified way; and/or
require a sum or sums to be paid to the authority on a specified date or dates or periodically. 28. In essence, planning obligations may be in the form of financial contributions, works, on site provision, or land. Further guidance on the use of planning obligations is set out in the PPG. At ID: 25-167-20190901it sets out that:
“The levy is not intended to make individual planning applications acceptable in planning terms. As a result, some site-specific impact mitigation may still be necessary for a development to be granted planning permission. Some of these needs may be provided for through the levy but others may not, particularly if they are very local in their impact. There is still a legitimate role for development specific planning obligations, even where the levy is charged, to enable a local
2 Infrastructure Recovery Strategy Guidance Note: https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/planning-and- environment/planning-policy/infrastructure-recovery-strategy/ 8
Page 136 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
planning authority to be confident that the specific consequences of a particular development can be mitigated.”
29. The tests for planning obligations relating to ‘chargeable development’ are set out at CIL Regs 122(2). This states that a planning obligation may only constitute a reason for granting planning permission if the obligation is:
necessary to make the development acceptable in planning terms;
directly related to the development; and
fairly and reasonably related in scale and kind to the development. 30. Those same requirements, but applicable to both ‘chargeable’ and ‘non-chargeable’ development, are also included as policy at paragraph 56 of the Framework. 31. The CIL Regs originally placed legal restrictions on the use of S106 agreements, particularly for infrastructure that might be eligible for funding through CIL. However, following amendments in 2019, planning obligations may be used for the provision of infrastructure which is to be funded, wholly or partly, by CIL; and more than five S106 agreements can be used to support a particular item of infrastructure. Charging authorities can therefore use both CIL and S106 contributions to fund the same piece of infrastructure, so long as there is no ‘double-dipping’ where a developer is, in effect, being asked to pay twice. 32. GCC will work with LPAs to an agreed format and in line with the 3 tests set out in the CIL Regs 122(2) to prepare S106 agreements to cover the necessary infrastructure requirements for a development.
33. All signatories to S106 agreements may request the reconsideration of planning obligations at any time where they were made before the 6th April 2010, or are over five years old. This is intended to help bring forward stalled developments, and to ensure viability where obligations were agreed under more buoyant market conditions. However, such renegotiations must not result in unacceptable development being permitted. When reconsidering planning obligations, GCC will follow the legal tests, planning policy, and the advice set out in the PPG.
What Types of Infrastructure and Services will GCC seek Developer Contributions for?
34. Developer contributions, whether through CIL or S106, passed to GCC will be spent in accordance with the agreed priorities and with details of the expenditure recorded and reported to the Charging Authority. 35. Where contributions are sought through S106 planning obligations, the decision on the type and scale of infrastructure and services deemed necessary for developer contributions will always be made on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with the CIL
9
Page 137 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
Regulations. This will occur following the careful consideration of demonstrable need, the policy aspirations of the development plan and other reasonable material factors that may inform decision makers as to the appropriate provision of infrastructure. Assessments should measure the degree of adverse impacts that might result from new development balanced against potential benefits or opportunities. In all cases the reasonableness and proportionate nature of any subsequent contributions must be in accordance with the legal tests and guidance that govern their use. 36. The following section of the guide outlines the type of infrastructure and services that GCC is likely to seek to secure with new development. These will be funded through CIL, and/or secured through S106 planning obligations. Applicants should check with the relevant LPA regarding their planning policy requirements for infrastructure and services provision which are not County Council functions.
Education Infrastructure
37. The two-tier system of local government in Gloucestershire requires GCC to ensure there are sufficient school places available in the locality to accommodate pupils. Where there is housing growth, the Education Place Planning team within GCC are consulted to assess whether there are sufficient places in an appropriate location to meet the demand for school places arising from new housing developments. If additional places are required to accommodate pupils arising from the development, developer contributions will be requested to provide new schools and land, or expansions to existing schools, depending on the size of the housing development being provided.
38. The Framework sets out the importance of education facilities. At paragraph 94 it states:
“It is important that a sufficient choice of school places is available to meet the needs of existing and new communities. Local planning authorities should take a proactive, positive and collaborative approach to meeting this requirement, and to development that will widen choice in education. They should:
a) give great weight to the need to create, expand or alter schools through the preparation of plans and decisions on applications; and b) work with schools promoters, delivery partners and statutory bodies to identify and resolve key planning issues before applications are submitted.”
39. The PPG provides advice on how LPAs should prepare plans to take account of education requirements. At ID: 23b-008-20190315 it sets out that plans should support the efficient and timely creation, expansion and alteration of high-quality schools. This should include contributions based on known pupil yields. It continues that requirements should include all school phases from 0-19 and special educational needs.
10
Page 138 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
40. The DfE Guidance ‘Securing Developer Contributions for Education’ (November 2019)3 (‘DfE Guide’) sets out at paragraph 4 that:
“In two-tier areas where education and planning responsibilities are not held within the same local authority, planning obligations may be the most effective mechanism for securing developer contributions for education, subject to the [relevant] tests. The use of planning obligations where there is a demonstrable link between the development and its education requirements can provide certainty over the amount and timing of the funding you need to deliver sufficient school places.”
41. The DfE Guide recommends that planning obligations allow enough time for developer contributions to be spent (often this is 10 years, or no time limit is specified). It also states at paragraphs 7, 28 and 29:
“Where new schools or school expansion is necessary to mitigate the impacts of development, and those new facilities are to be forward funded (for example by local authorities borrowing money to fund school development prior to receiving Section 106 monies or by using capital reserves), it may be possible to secure developer contributions to recoup the monies, including interest, fees and expenses as well as the principal sum spent.”
“Strategic planning of urban extensions and new settlements often includes place-making objectives about the early provision of infrastructure, to establish a sense of community and make the place attractive to residents. Early delivery of a school can be problematic if it precedes new housing and draws pupils from existing schools, threatening their viability and resulting in unsustainable travel-to-school patterns. We advise local authorities with education responsibilities to work jointly with local planning authorities and other partners to agree the timing of new school provision, striking an appropriate balance between place-making objectives, education needs and parental preference.”
“Schools can be delivered in single or multiple phases; the best approach will depend on local circumstances and characteristics of the development. Where appropriate, for instance in the early stages of development while the need for school places is growing, developer contributions can be secured for temporary expansions to existing schools if these are required, and transport costs for pupils travelling further than the statutory walking distance. This will allow a permanent new school to be provided in a single construction phase once the development has generated sufficient pupil numbers, rather than phased construction over a longer period. While the existing pupil cohort may not switch schools initially, children living in the development will usually have priority for admission to the new school and will take up these school places over time.”
3 Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/909908/ Developer_Contributions_Guidance_update_Nov2019.pdf 11
Page 139 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
42. The two-tier system of local government in Gloucestershire requires GCC to ensure that there are sufficient school places available in the locality to accommodate pupils. Where there is housing growth, its Education Place Planning team are consulted to assess whether there are sufficient places to meet the demand for school places arising from new housing developments. If additional places are required to accommodate pupils, developer contributions will be requested to provide new schools and land, or the expansion of existing schools, depending on the need and the size of the development. 43. In accordance with the PPG, GCC will assess the need for education infrastructure relating to pre-school, primary and secondary provision, as well as special educational needs. 44. In assessing this need, in accordance with the PPG, GCC applies a countywide calculation of the number of pupils expected to occur per 100 new ‘qualifying’ dwellings. This is known as the pupil product ratio (‘PPR’). A ‘qualifying’ dwelling is a house or flat that has no restricted occupancy for age or health reasons and at least two bedrooms. All one- bedroom units are excluded because the evidence suggests that the yield is small. However, ‘affordable housing’ affords no special consideration as it often appeals to family occupation and consequently generates significant pupil numbers. 45. The PPRs are periodically reviewed so that they reflect up to date circumstances. A review was undertaken in 2019 following the receipt of a report from an independent research company, Cognisant. That report, which was jointly commissioned by GCC and local housebuilders - Crest Strategic Projects, Redrow Homes Ltd and Taylor Wimpey Strategic Land, surveyed and assessed the numbers of children arising out of new housing developments. The report and the latest cost multipliers and PPRs can be found at: https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/planning-and-environment/planning- policy/gloucestershire-local-development-guide/
46. GCC will also consider any additional information brought to its attention. Contributions will be sought in line with current legislation to enable development to go ahead which would otherwise be refused. For education provision, in accordance with the DfE Guide, this will typically involve S106 obligations to ensure that the direct impacts of a development are mitigated.
Pre-school Places
47. GCC has a lead role in facilitating the local childcare market within the broader framework of shaping childrens’ services in partnership with the private, voluntary and independent sector. One of its key duties is to make sure that there are enough flexible childcare places to meet the free entitlement available for local children aged 3 and 4 years, and 2 year olds from economically disadvantaged families. 48. An extra 15 hours of free childcare has been made available in England from September 2017 for eligible 3 and 4 year olds who live in households where either a single parent or both parents work or otherwise meet the criteria. This is on top of the existing universal
12
Page 140 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
provision of 15 hours of free childcare4. This has had an impact on childcare provision in the County, as take-up rates are high. This is reflected in the latest PPRs that were updated in November 2019. 49. Childcare in Gloucestershire is principally delivered through day nurseries and pre-school playgroups, which provide full and sessional day care. Other local options include child- minders, nursery classes within independent schools, and privately operated nurseries. 50. Residential development creates demand for local pre-school childcare places. Where this adversely impacts on the ability of the existing local childcare market to provide a reasonable and flexible offer for parents, GCC will seek developer contributions to resolve this. 51. This funding will be used to increase capacity. Funds may be channelled into supporting the expansion of an existing facility – such as an extension or re-location to new, larger premises; increasing opening days/hours; or increasing places through additional or more efficient and adaptable equipment, or training. 52. Larger developments might reasonably require the provision of land and funding towards the construction of new pre-school childcare facilities. Where a new primary school is being provided, there is an assumption that it will include a pre-school/nursery. The DfE Guide states at paragraph 9:
“All new primary schools are now expected to include a nursery. Developer contributions have a role to play in helping to fund additional nursery places where required as a result of housing growth, however, they may be provided, in particular where these are proposed as part of school expansions or new schools”.
53. Reasonable access to facilities must be achieved for new residents. This means ensuring that people can carry out day-to-day activities (i.e. utilising childcare) within a reasonable walking distance of their home5.
Primary and Secondary Schools
54. It is the statutory responsibility of GCC to ensure that every child in the community has fair access to local schools and the highest standards of teaching.
4 For full details go to Gloucestershire County Council, School Places Strategy 2018-2023 Primary and Secondary Schools Place Planning Strategy November 2018 https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2085281/gloucestershire-school-places-strategy-2018-2023-final- web.pdf 5Statutory walking distances are set out in the DfE Home-to-school travel and transport statutory guidance, and are supported locally through the Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan. 13
Page 141 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
55. GCC will assess the impact of new development in terms of the ability of local primary and secondary schools to offer places to children arising from it. The impact from a new development will be assessed on the local schools within a 2mile statutory walking distance for children under 8 years of age and within a 3mile statutory walking distance for those aged 8 years and over , in the local school planning area. It may not be possible to expand the nearest school due to factors that could include the educational capacity or governance of the school, or site constraints such as the need to mitigate flood risk, archaeology or traffic or highways issues. 56. Where nearby schools have sufficient surplus places, the assessment will identify whether these can be matched up with the anticipated demand. However, where a school is at, or above, 95% capacity, it is considered to have no surplus places6. Developer contributions may then be sought for capital works to extend, remodel, upgrade and improve capacity. 57. For large scale schemes, and on strategic allocations, in accordance with the DfE Guide, the expectation will usually be that land and schools to meet the needs will be provided on- site. GCC will require a contribution to cover the full cost of building a new school, including site infrastructure, playing fields together with the necessary internal equipment (such as fixed furniture and ICT) to enable it to be opened as an operational school. All new schools provided in this way will need to meet applicable GCC design standards. 58. Where a new school is provided, the land on which it is located should be capable of future expansion, taking account of minimum site sizes for new schools (starting at 2FE) at Appendix 3. Consequently, whilst a development will only ever be required to contribute towards mitigation proportionate to its impact, there may be a need for additional land. 59. Where it is not possible to access a school place along a safe walking route within statutory distances from a proposed development, GCC will seek a contribution towards funding the provision of home to school transport. This will be determined on a case-by-case basis, in line with the DfE Guide and the statutory policy for provision of home to school transport. This states that where a child lives more than the statutory walking distance from the nearest school, transport arrangements are the Local Authority’s responsibility. 60. In addition, GCC may use the opportunity of new or reconfigured local schools to help accommodate other community infrastructure. Integrated solutions accord with a number of wider planning objectives7 and conform with a key GCC objective of “improving customer service and creating efficiencies by sharing facilities”8. Shared uses may include pre-school and after-school childcare; parental support including access to information and family learning opportunities; and community access for life-long learning, sport, arts and ICT.
6The Audit Commission recommends authorities plan for a 95% occupancy rate across an area in order to achieve a match between pupils and places, efficient and educationally effective outcomes and to offer diversity and choice to parents. 7The National Planning Policy Framework refers at paragraph 92 to the need for an integrated approach to community facilities and shared spaces and services. 8This is set out in the Gloucestershire County Council Strategy 2019 – 2022 - ‘Looking to the Future’ 14
Page 142 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
61. The decision on whether an integrated solution will be pursued will be taken on a case-by- case basis. As new schools may be set-up and managed by organisations other than GCC, they will also need to deliver shared-use facilities. Some shared good practice can be found in the Turley Report9. Special Schools
62. Special schools require more space per pupil than mainstream schools10. It is recommended that developer contributions for special or alternative school places are set at four times the cost of mainstream places. This is reflected in the cost multipliers. Academies and Free Schools
63. The expansion of academies and the introduction of free schools have not diminished the responsibility of GCC in ensuring sufficient school places are made available for local communities. Therefore, developers must continue to negotiate directly with GCC and not with individual education establishments when considering schools infrastructure with new development. An in-principle agreement made with an individual school or group of schools may not accord with GCC’s more holistic position and may result in a development proposals being objected to and recommended for refusal. Adult Social Care
64. Adult social care involves a variety of services aimed at providing care and extra support through local authorities and partner organisations11. It is primarily concerned with older people, those with learning disabilities and/or physically disabilities, and people with mental health problems, drug and alcohol dependency problems and carers. Adult social care services are a core function of GCC and are underpinned by a number of laws, regulations and national guidance across health care and local government. 65. Adult social care traditionally incorporates residential care homes, day centres, equipment and home adaptions, meals services and home care. However, it may extend to other measures such as: – funding for gym membership; art therapy; life coaching, personal assistants; emotional support counselling; well-being and life-skills classes. It also covers the services made available to carers. 66. Despite being one of the healthiest Counties in England12, adult social care and services focused on aged-related conditions has become a high priority for Gloucestershire. The
9 Turley Report https://www.turley.co.uk/comment/s106-education-contributions-key-lessons 10 Department for Education Securing Developer Contributions for Education, 2019 paragraphs 10 to 13 https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2085281/gloucestershire-school-places-strategy-2018-2023-final-web.pdf
11For Gloucestershire (after April 2013) partner organizations will include: - Clinical Commissioning Groups CCG’s responsible for commissioning most local health-related services; the specialist mental health services provider – 2gether Foundation Trust; and Gloucestershire Care Services – the core local provider of community and social care services. 12 See for example Public Health England’s local overviews: https://fingertips.phe.org.uk/static-reports/health- profiles/2019/E10000013.html?area-name=Gloucestershire 15
Page 143 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
county already has a higher than average older population13, which is set to expand at a faster rate compared with the rest of the country14. This circumstance will lead to more people living with long-term conditions and chronic diseases that need caring for and extra support. It will also generate a significant demand for more carers within the local population. 67. Modern adult social care services are strongly focused on supporting adults to live fulfilling and independent lives for as long as possible to delay the need for residential or nursing care. Where illness or surgery has occurred, services are geared towards getting people back to an optimal way of living through re-equipping them to attain lost skills or by making good use of technology to assist in independent living and / or to monitor their condition15. 68. These demographic challenges facing existing local provision should not be exacerbated by new residential development. This means GCC must seek to ensure that adult social care is not adversely affected or degraded as a result of additional demands that are attributable to new development. 69. In the majority of cases, GCC will focus its attention on facilitating greater efficiency in the delivery of local services through ‘designed-in’ solutions with new housing as a means of expanding service capacity. LPAs will be advised by GCC on the use of conditions rather than seeking planning obligations. 70. ‘Designed-in’ solutions may include adherence to “Lifetime Homes” standards for new social and open market housing16, or a requirement to install or enable the future conversion to assistive technology in homes and community facilities linked to the development17. GCC considers this a reasonable and proportionate approach to assisting Gloucestershire’s LPAs with local housing need18. 71. The increasing numbers of people who are limited in their mobility often need equipment or support from one or two carers to get on the toilet, or other assistance with toileting or changing. Standard accessible toilets (disabled toilets) do not provide changing benches or hoists and most cannot accommodate carers, which can put the person with disabilities at risk.
13 Data taken from the Census 2011 - the proportion of Gloucestershire’s population of older people stands at 13.6%, compared with 10.9% for England and Wales. 14 Data as headlined within Your Health, Your Care – The 5-year Action Plan for Health & Social Care prepared by Gloucestershire County Council and the Gloucestershire Health Community in March 2012. 15 These form part of the two overarching principles from the adult element of Your Health, Your Care – The 5-year Action Plan for Health & Social Care. 16 Lifetime Homes are ordinary homes designed to incorporate 16 Design Criteria that can be universally applied to new homes at minimal cost. Each design feature adds to the comfort and convenience of the home and supports the changing needs of individuals and families at different stages of life. http://www.lifetimehomes.org.uk/pages/revised-design-criteria.html 17Assistive Technology is an umbrella term that includes assistive, adaptive, and rehabilitative devices for people with disabilities and also includes the process used in selecting, locating, and using them. AT promotes greater independence by enabling people to perform tasks that they were formerly unable to accomplish, or had great difficulty accomplishing, by providing enhancements to, or changing methods of interacting with, the technology needed to accomplish such tasks. 18The NPPF sets out the policy framework for assessing and influencing the requirement for new homes. The considers the need for different types of housing for different groups in the community such as (amongst others) older people and people with disabilities 16
Page 144 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
72. GCC accepts and expects that everyone has a right to live in the community, to move around within it and access all its facilities. Government policy promotes the idea of community participation and active citizenship, but for some people with disabilities the lack of a fully accessible toilet is denying them this right. Although the numbers are increasing, there are not enough Changing Places toilets across the country, and Gloucestershire has very few at all. Working with LPAs, GCC will promote provision in public places to make a dramatic difference to the lives of thousands of people who need these facilities. 73. Developer contribution monies will be spent by GCC to provide appropriate adult social care infrastructure. Outside of CIL Charging Authorities, or where CIL is not applicable or the most appropriate mechanism to directly mitigate for the impact of a planned development, GCC will assess major new development and may seek a financial contribution through S106 planning obligations. This may be either solely, or in conjunction with other key healthcare partners to support an increase in service capacity. Libraries
74. GCC has a statutory duty to provide a comprehensive and efficient library service for all persons desiring to make use of it and who live, work or study in the County19. This duty applies not only to the existing population of the County, but also to new residents generated through new development which add to the demand on a specific library that those new residents can be expected to use.
75. The current Library service is provided through a network of local public library buildings, customer access points, e-resources and a virtual online reference library. A modern library service is not just about book stock and information provision, libraries offer free public access to PCs, Wi-fi and digital equipment. They also provide activities and events aimed at all age groups within their local communities and support job and home seekers, address social isolation and support those wanting to gain new skills.
Approach to Planning Obligations
76. New housing development will be assessed by GCC to determine its likely impact on existing local library services and the scope of resultant mitigation works required.
77. As part of this assessment, qualitative considerations are taken into account, together with the existing physical capacity of the local library which is currently calculated having regard to the national recommended floorspace benchmark of 30 sq metres per 1,000 population (as set out in the Public Libraries, Archives and New Development: A Standard Charge Approach, 2010). GCC periodically reviews and updates its benchmark for levels of local library provision.
19 The Public Libraries and Museums Act 1964 17
Page 145 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
78. Where GCC identifies that improvement works are required to local library provision to mitigate the impact of increased demand from a new housing development, it will usually seek to secure this via a planning obligation, and typically in the form of a financial contribution proportionate to the size of the development. The planning obligation must comply with the legal tests set out at Regulation 122(2) of the CIL Regulations 2010 (as amended).
79. Details of the requested planning obligation, including the name of the local library to which it will be directed, are provided as part of GCC responses to planning application and pre-application advice consultations.
80. In the majority of cases, financial contributions are requested towards increased customer access to existing services and can include (but are not restricted to): increasing existing lending capacity through additional stock, furniture and fittings; facilitating an increase in opening hours; increasing accessibility and support for digital and IT facilities; and/or reconfiguration and refurbishment of library floorspace.
81. Where new development generates a requirement for a planning obligation towards new library floorspace and fit out (e.g. extension to an existing building or construction of a new building) GCC will consider the details, including the financial contribution, on a case- by-case basis. Any such requirement will also be explored in terms of its potential to facilitate shared local facilities.
Community-run Libraries
82. A number of community-run libraries are in operation across Gloucestershire. These are library services for local communities that occur outside the provision made by GCC. GCC may factor in this local provision on a case-by-case basis when determining the anticipated impact of new development upon existing libraries services.
18
Page 146 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
Archives
83. GCC is required to make proper arrangements for the security, preservation and access of public documents and records it belongs to or it has become a custodian of20. This includes an array of local material from councils, churches, schools, estates, businesses and individuals. Archives are an increasingly important social resource, which supports local communities to develop their community identity. 84. Gloucestershire Archives is the county’s record office. However, it also includes a substantial resource for the neighbouring unitary authority area of South Gloucestershire, which formed part of a larger historic Gloucestershire. The Archive comprises a central storage facility with space for users – individuals and visiting groups, to consult material onsite. An electronic ‘virtual’ resource is also being developed to allow increased remote access. 85. As with library services, any CIL expenditure will be in accordance with the Charging Authorities’ priorities. Where development occurs that is not liable for CIL contributions, GCC will determine whether existing demand for the local archive service is not unduly exacerbated as a result of new development. In doing so, careful consideration will be given to current levels of provision compared against the nationally recommended benchmark of the Arts Council - formerly put together by Museums, Libraries and Archives Council (MLA)21. 86. Where an undue impact is identified and mitigation deemed justified, GCC will look to secure a proportional financial contribution through a S106 planning obligation. Funds would be used to support capacity improvements such as increasing the amount of the physical archive space available or facilitating increased public access to records through longer opening times and/or an expansion of the evolving online resource. Health and Public Health
87. LPAs should ensure that health and wellbeing, and health infrastructure are considered in local and neighbourhood plans and in planning decision making. Public health organisations, health service organisations, commissioners and providers, and local communities should refer to the NPPG to help them work effectively with LPAs in order to promote healthy communities and support appropriate health infrastructure. 88. The link between planning and health has been long established. The built and natural environments are major determinants of health and wellbeing. Links to planning and health are found throughout the NPPF22 e.g. in the core planning principles and the policies on transport, high quality homes, good design, climate change, and the natural environment.
20Local authority archiving requirements are set out within the Public Records Act (1958) and Local Government Act (1972) 21 The Public Libraries, Archives and New Development A Standard Charge Approach (May 2010) sets out a recommended benchmark of six square metres of new or refurbished archive space per 1,000 population. 22 The National Planning Policy Framework (Paragraph 17, 156 & 162) https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-planning- policy-framework--2 19
Page 147 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
89. GCC will expect LPAs to engage with relevant organisations when carrying out their planning function. In the case of health and wellbeing, the key contacts include GCC Public Health, and the Gloucestershire Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG). Engagement with these organisations will help ensure that local strategies to improve health and wellbeing, and the provision of the required health infrastructure (NPPF paragraphs 7, 156 and 162) are supported and taken into account in local and neighbourhood plan making and when determining planning applications. 90. Appropriate infrastructure will be secured either through S106 planning obligations, or where health infrastructure is required to be funded through CIL and a CIL Charging Schedule is in place, CIL monies may be used to provide infrastructure in accordance with local IDPs and agreed priorities. Fire and Rescue
91. GCC is the local Fire and Rescue Authority (FRA): It is responsible providing the services of extinguishing fires, protecting life and property, rescuing people from road traffic accidents, undertaking urban search and rescue and dealing with industrial incidents23. Gloucestershire Fire & Rescue Service (GFRS) carries out the functions of the Gloucestershire FRA. 92. It is essential that new development is provided with effective fire and rescue infrastructure. In the majority of cases this can be achieved through the provision of fire hydrants affixed to water mains and the carrying out of other appropriate engineering works to ensure the correct and consistent volume and pressure for the water supply. The preference of GCC is for this matter to be dealt with through planning conditions and GCC expect sufficient hydrants to be provided within all appropriate new developments. 93. Provision will need to be agreed at the time that infrastructure is planned to serve the new development, with the involvement of the relevant Water Companies (Severn Trent and Thames Water) which, in most cases, will be the infrastructure provider. GFRS will need to agree the location and number of hydrants. GCC will provide relevant informatives when responding to planning applications and will expect planning conditions to ensure provision where appropriate. 94. The provision of sprinklers or other automatic fire suppression systems may also be considered where local fire risk could demonstrably be heightened. This may include, new residential neighbourhoods where groups of more vulnerable residents are anticipated to live and, or congregate (e.g. residential care homes, supporting living accommodation, community centres, day facilities and schools etc.). A risk-cost-benefit analysis may be applicable to determine the reasonableness of any requirement for this level of fire & rescue infrastructure24. GCC expects that providing for, or facilitating, the future
23 The Fire and Rescue Service Act 2004 and Fire and Rescue Services (Emergencies) (England) Order 2007 24 Information and advice on the installation of sprinklers and other automatic fire suppression systems in domestic, residential care and school premises can be found on the Chief Fire Officers Association (CFOA) website. http://www.cfoa.org.uk/10043 20
Page 148 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
installation of sprinklers and associated water supply infrastructure can also be achieved through planning conditions and compliance with building regulations rather than planning obligations. 95. There may be circumstances where more significant developer contributions, sought through S106 planning obligations may be necessary. This is likely to cover substantial major development, where the existing capacity of local services could be unduly impacted. Funding may be sought to help expand local physical infrastructure – stations and equipment. Where major re-modelling is anticipated, GCC may also look to promote an integrated approach that would facilitate a shared solution in partnership with other local infrastructure services. Sustainable Drainage (SuDS)
96. SuDS infrastructure should be properly planned and integrated into new development. As Lead Local Flood Authority (“LLFA”), GCC is a statutory consultee for SuDS on major developments. Appropriate sustainable drainage measures will be an important material consideration with planning proposals25, including ongoing maintenance of SuDS. Compliance with existing national SuDS standards will be a key factor for all proposed drainage systems 26.
97. Site-specific SuDS and flood alleviation measures will be secured through GCC’s role as LLFA, and statutory consultee on major developments. Where flood alleviation is required to support growth more generally, or flood alleviation measures are required for existing flood risk from ordinary watercourses, surface and ground water sources, County Council will look to solutions from other funding sources including CIL. GCC will spend CIL monies in accordance with the Charging Authorities’ IDPs and agreed priorities. This means that it could be appropriate to spend CIL Money on strategic flood defences, enhanced SuDS or Natural Flood Management (NFM).
Waste and Recycling Facilities
98. GCC is the Waste Disposal Authority. It commissions the services of five Waste & Recycling Centres across the County. The service has been benchmarked against other comparable authorities, and provision is lower in Gloucestershire than in many other parts of the UK. 99. There is likely to be a need for an additional HRC(s) (Household Recycling Centre) to meet the needs of housing population growth.
25 This will be especially important for development proposals in areas of risk of flooding, wherein the NPPF stipulates that all major developments and those in in areas at risk of flooding ‘should incorporate sustainable drainage systems’ (paragraph 163/165). 26In March 2015, the Department for the Environment, Foods and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) published English non-statutory SuDS standards: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainable-drainage-systems-non-statutory-technical-standards. These should be applied in conjunction with the CIRIA SuDS Manual: https://www.ciria.org/ItemDetail?iProductCode=C753F&Category=FREEPUBS 21
Page 149 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
100. The HRC(s) will need to be funded and GCC will look to source capital and grant monies where possible. Developer contributions, either through CIL or S106 planning obligations may also be sought to fund the HRC(s), or to site a facility where it is justified. 101. Future large-scale site allocations will need to demonstrate the availability of access to HRC facilities for the likely growth in population, as well as complying with other GCC guidance on provision of space for waste and recycling materials on a household scale. Transport
102. GCC has a duty to manage the local road network (other than special and trunk roads) with a view to securing the expeditious movement of traffic. 103. The LPAs in Gloucestershire look to the advice of GCC on most transport related matters, particularly regarding the maintenance of highway safety and in assessing and identifying solutions to resolve transport challenges resulting from new development. This process of engagement can be obtained by contacting the County Council’s Highways Development Management team [email protected]. 104. Nearly all types of development create a level of new or re-directed travel demand, for all modes and including freight and home deliveries. Typically this results in more cars using the local transport network. Those involved in promoting new development are expected to demonstrate that any impacts on the transport network are insignificant, that they demonstrate consideration of modal shift, public transport accessibility and increasingly, electric vehicles. They are also expected to demonstrate that improvements can be cost effectively undertaken and that the reliability of the transport network will not be severely degraded27. 105. GCC expects to be fully involved at the earliest possible stage in assessing new development proposals. This should avoid unnecessary delays in decision making process and help facilitate the best possible transport solutions28. GCC’s suite of highway traffic models are available to assist in assessing the impact (Local and Strategic) of any given land use proposal or scheme. Details of how to access the suite of models and associated access charges can be provided by contacting Highways Development Management; [email protected]. Where a mitigation package for transport is needed, GCC will look favourably upon proposed measures that will seek to limit the number of additional car journeys upon the local network; deliver modal shift and aid walking and cycling over short distances29; stimulate the use of local public transport for accessing community services, leisure purposes and school based journeys; and which will facilitate opportunities to use regionally or nationally orientated public transport including rail and coach for long distance travel. Other important outcomes include assisting access for
27 Paragraphs 108-109 of the NPPF sets out the criteria by which transport issues associated with new development should be assessed. 28 Detailed information on Travel plans, transport assessments and statements can be found on the following link www.gov.uk/guidance/travel-plans-transport-assessments-and-statements 29 Specific local advice on this matter is set out in https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2090454/s-transportplanningprojects- strategy-planning-cwis-csv-cwip-2018-combined-report-20190701-ii.pdf
22
Page 150 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
efficient local deliveries of goods and services incorporating for community social care providers and preventing the degradation of key local environmental indicators such as noise and air pollution. 106. Demonstrating the deliverability of a transport mitigation package is of key importance to GCC. Therefore, where the existing local transport infrastructure is insufficient, GCC will require that developers provide the necessary transport infrastructure to mitigate any significant impact of proposed development on the highway and transport networks and ensure that the opportunities for sustainable travel have been taken up. Travel plans, along with Delivery and Servicing Plans, will be required where appropriate to promote sustainable modes of transport. Developers are to identify and incentivise sustainable transport mitigation measures ahead of delivering necessary highway capacity deficit. The mitigation package will be secured through a combination of planning conditions and/or S106 planning obligations or via provisions within the Highways Act 1980. 107. The developer contributions sought through S106 planning obligations must solely assist in mitigating the adverse impacts of new development on the local transport network. They cannot be used as an alternative funding stream for addressing pre-existing infrastructure issues, unless in doing so it can be justified as a demonstrable mitigation measure. However, there may be circumstances where proposed mitigation aligns with pre- identified infrastructure priorities set out within the adopted and emerging Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan30. Consequently, GCC will seek to promote technology based ‘smart’ solutions which future proof infrastructure and allow demand management and travel solutions to make use of advances in technology. 108. GCC will spend CIL monies in accordance with the Charging Authorities’ IDPs and agreed priorities. This means that CIL monies can appropriately be spent on more strategic infrastructure for walking, cycling, public transport and highways in combination with S106 planning obligations which may be required to mitigate the site-specific issues where they are justified including mitigating the impacts of overspill parking in neighbouring areas, plus the encouragement of car/permit-free developments, etc. 109. All new infrastructure concerned with the local highway must be designed in accordance with either national guidance set out in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB)31 or relevant local guidance, which is presently contained within Gloucestershire’s Technical Specification for New Streets 2nd Edition February 202032. For all transport-related mitigation proposals, appropriate audits must be undertaken covering road safety, mobility, walking, cycling and quality, before any final designs can be approved. Broadband
30The Gloucestershire Local Transport Plan 2015 – 2031 (LTP3) www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/transport 31 http://www.standardsforhighways.co.uk/ha/standards/ 32 https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2095270/technical-specification-for-new-streets-2nd- edition.pdf 23
Page 151 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
110. Improving the provision of local broadband is an on-going infrastructure priority for Gloucestershire. The recently approved (December 2019) revised Fastershire Broadband Strategy33 follows GCC’s economic stimulus package, Grow Gloucestershire34 and as a consequence GCC is continuing to make a significant investment into a major cross– authority joint project with Herefordshire Council that aims to enable all Gloucestershire residents and businesses to access the connectivity they need and encourage people to use faster broadband to do more online, boost business growth and achieve their potential. 111. The project known as “Fastershire” is a non-profit making collaboration between Herefordshire Council, GCC and several broadband infrastructure providers.35 112. Therefore, GCC is keen to work with LPAs and developers to support the provision of the digital infrastructure required at the outset of any new development. GCC is keen to ensure that early discussions are held with developers and telecom providers to ensure the necessary delivery of ducting at the outset of any new housing or employment development. More detail can be found in Appendix 3.
33 https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/gloucestershire-county-council-news/news-december-2019/faster-broadband-on-its-way-to-the- county-s-hardest-to-reach-properties/ 34 Grow Gloucestershire is an economic stimulus package for investing in and encouraging further investment in skills and infrastructure improvements across the county. One of its three priorities include: ‘… connecting the county through improved infrastructure, from roads to broadband.’ http://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/grow 35 Details regarding the ‘Fastershire’ project can be found online at:- http://www.fastershire.com 24
Page 152 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 Appendix 1: Approach to Bonding / Sureties in GCC Planning Obligations
The following process flowchart will be used for determining whether or not a bond or other form of surety is required to guarantee third party security in connection with planning obligations. Where a bond is required it should normally be in place prior to commencement of the development.
Does delivery require the letting of Y Y contracts to 3rd Bond required parties? Y/N
Does the Planning Obligation require delivery via the County Council? Y/N N Bond Not Required**
N Are there any further reasons* why the contribution should N be bonded? Y/N Y
*Such reasons for bonding include:
Provision of infrastructure in-kind through third party contract; Risk assessment-based consideration of delivery of infrastructure warrants bonding of contribution, or for an individual component or part of the value of the obligation; Other factors on a case-by-case basis at GCC’s discretion.
**Where a bond is not required, consideration should be given to any other assurances which might be required
25
Page 153 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 Appendix 2: Child Yields and Pupil Products
The current PPRs have been in operation since November 2019, based on data collected in 2018 and 2019. The following PPRs are adopted and have been in operation since November 2019:
30 pre-school children per 100 dwellings
41 primary school children per 100 dwellings
20 secondary school children (11-15) per 100 dwellings
7 post 16 children (16-18) per 100 dwellings
0.52 Special Educational Needs per 100 dwellings at primary and secondary level
Full details of the PPR study are available on the GCC website at: https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2093765/gloucestershire-county-council-ppr- report-703.pdf Costs and multipliers are reviewed annually and updated where required. The most up to date costs for education contributions are set out on the Local Development Guide page of GGC’s website:
Minimum Site Sizes – Primary schools 1FE* (210 places): 1.2ha to 1.5ha 2FE (420 places) 1.8ha to 2.0ha 3F (630 places): 2.6ha to 2.8ha 4FE (840 places): 3.2ha to 3.4ha Secondary Schools – minimum size for 11-16: 5 FE (750 places): 5.8 hectares 6 FE (900 places): 6.8 hectares 7 FE (1,050 places): 7.7 hectares 8 FE (1,200 places): 8.7 hectares 9 FE (1,350 places): 9.6 hectares
*1Form Entry (FE) is below the size which DfE suggests is viable, so generally a new school will be 2FE. For Primary – minimum sizes, range indicates whether or not Early Years provision is made on-site.
26
Page 154 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 Appendix 3: Broadband Information
In the coming decades, fixed and mobile networks will be the enabling infrastructure that drives economic growth. The Government is committed to providing the UK with world-class digital connectivity that is gigabit-capable, reliable, secure and widely available across the UK - and to do so at pace. They have set an ambitious target of making gigabit-capable networks available to 15 million premises by 2025, with nationwide coverage by 2033.
Whilst previously targets of making gigabit-capable networks available to 15 million premises by 2025, with nationwide coverage by 2033 were set by the previous Government. It is becoming increasingly apparent with the new Government that these targets will become even more ambitious with commitments being made for gigabit capable networks being delivered UK wide by 2025.
To enable this aspiration of delivering Gigabit connectivity and improving mobile coverage, legislation and policy instruments are currently being reviewed which it is believed will address perceived barriers to deployment, promote investment and accelerate delivery in the current months and years.
The availability, reliability and speed of mobile and fixed broadband provision is now a key consideration for most house buyers as well as visitors and many view it as essential as the traditional utilities. Similarly, it is also a key concern for the business sector.
LPAs, through local planning policy and engaging early with developers, can play an important role in helping to achieve the transformation in mobile and broadband provision. Local authorities have a pivotal role to play in encouraging and supporting developers to future-proof their developments and maximise their value by installing high-speed broadband and by working with mobile telecoms companies to ensure the provision of the appropriate infrastructure.
There is a comprehensive and reliable network that minimises the impact on the Gloucestershire landscape. It is in this context that LPAs must consider their strategies and guidelines for developers in the knowledge that such measures are likely to be superseded by Government policy and potentially legislation in the future. However, whatever the outcome to these impending reviews and projected changes, this fibre aspiration needs to be seen as an opportunity for local authorities to play a key enabler role.
As a County Council we welcome and actively support the move towards Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) as the de facto technical solution. In particular, GCC welcomes the commitment of key parts of market to work with developers and invest, at their cost, in delivering a fibre to the premise solution in all new developments of over 10 dwellings.
In contributing to this enabling role, LPAs should give due consideration to the progress of a series of options and work streams outlined below:
27
Page 155 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
Broadband Fibre to the Premises: FTTP uses fibre-optic cable direct from the exchange to a business or home.
Recommended Way Forward – Fibre to the Premises Enabling Role
Promotion of the Fibre to the Premises (FTTP): All residential developments over 10 dwellings and all employment developments will enable FTTP. For schemes under these thresholds the Council’s expectation is that provision for FTTP will be achieved, where practical. Where it can be demonstrated that fibre to the premises is not practical due to special circumstances then non Next Generation Access (NGA) technologies that can provide speeds in excess of 24Mbps should be delivered wherever practical.
Policy: Adopt as part of any respective Local Plans and subsequent Telecom Supplementary Planning Document (SPD) the following requirement:
Market Awareness: LPAs to support the Fastershire programme in engaging with fibre providers to determine any future deployment plans.
Developer Engagement: Engage with developers at a pre-application stage with a view to ascertaining what provision developers are making in the provision of digital infrastructure with their applications
Notification: Involve any interested fibre network providers at the pre-application stage of residential and commercial planning applications36. Fibre providers to be notified as part of the pre-application utility notification stage of impending development applications referencing the issue in pre-application discussions and adding it to planning application validation lists as a consideration.
Council Assets: Where possible local authorities identify ways in which Council owned infrastructure and assets could be utilised to extend or encourage digital infrastructure deployment e.g. access to ducting.
Highway Policy: Implement wayleave policies that only seek to cover costs and work with landowners to improve connectivity.
Fastershire Programme: To continue to work with and support the Fastershire Team to ensure that the enhanced broadband infrastructure is delivered to those remaining properties and any new developments within the county.
36 Under non-disclosure agreements where required 28
Page 156 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021
Mobile Coverage Improvements Enabling Role:
Market Engagement: To support Fastershire team in engaging with mobile operators to determine future deployment plans in Gloucestershire and to understand how the Shared Rural Network (SRN) will be delivered across the County.
Council Assets: Where possible local authorities identify ways in which Council owned infrastructure and assets could be utilised to improve mobile coverage (access to street furniture assets/buildings/fire towers).
Policy: Ensuring Local Plans and Economic Strategies recognise the benefit of reliable connectivity and include actions to be taken at local level to support the improvement of connectivity. LPAs should consider the inclusion of aa policy for new major development sites (over 10 dwellings) and large scale buildings should include infrastructure design from the outset to sympathetically locate masts, and/or provide backhaul ducting to negate the need for retro-fix infrastructure
Guidance: Respond positively to requests for any pre-application advice, where new or upgraded infrastructure is proposed the potential impacts on the local environment will need to be considered.
29
Page 157 Gloucestershire County Council Local Development Guide Update March 2021 Appendix 4: List of Acronyms
CCG Clinical Commissioning Group
CIL Community Infrastructure Levy
CIL Regs Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations (as amended)
DfE Guide DfE Guidance ‘Securing Developer Contributions for Education’ November 2019
DMRB Design Manual for Roads and Bridges
FTTP Fibre to the Premises
FRA Fire and Rescue Authority
GCC Gloucestershire County Council
GFRS Gloucestershire Fire & Rescue Service
HRC Household Recycling Centre
IDP Infrastructure Delivery Plan
IFS Infrastructure Funding Statement
LDG Local Development Guide
LLFA Lead Local Flood Authority
LPA Local Planning Authority
MLA Museums, Libraries and Archives Council
NFM Natural Flood Management
NPPF National Planning Policy Framework
PPG Planning Practice Guidance
PPR Pupil Product Ratio
S106 Legal agreement made under S106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990
SPD Supplementary Planning Document
SRN Shared Rural Network
SUDS Sustainable Drainage
UU Unilateral Undertaking
30
Page 158 Appendix B
Local Development Guide Refresh Draft Local Development Guide Refresh 2021 - Targeted Consultation Summary Note
Introduction
The purpose of the note is to provide a high-level summary of the representations received during the recent targeted consultation process undertaken on the draft Local Development Guide (LDG). This note will also outline officer views on what the next steps are, so that GCC can move towards finalising the LDG refresh and seek formal approval from Cabinet to adopt the revised LDG.
The Engagement Process
A three-week pre consultation took place between 25th February and 23rd March 2020 with the six Gloucestershire district councils ahead of the targeted consultation.
The consultation included the circulation of the draft LDG to senior planning colleagues in each of the six district councils.
A four-week consultation took place between 1st May and 29th May 2020 with the targeted consultees. This was extended by a further three weeks to the 19th June 2020 in respect of Covid 19 as requested by consultees.
The targeted consultation included the circulation of the draft LDG to approximately 350 consultees.
Stakeholder Engagement
A total of 53 representations were received. Each was classified under one of five stakeholder groups:
Consultants on behalf of Developers – 23 responses Consultants/Planners – 10 responses Trusts - 4 responses Councils – 9 responses Others – 7 responses
The majority of responses, approximately 62%, were from Planning Consultants either directly or on behalf of Developers.
1
Page 159 Appendix B
Notable stakeholders commenting on the draft plan include:
Consultants on behalf of Black box – Taylor Wimpy Developers RPS – Miller Homes RPS – Richborough Estates Consultant for – Redcliffe Homes Consultant for – McTaggart and Mickel Consultant for – Redrow Consultant for – Persimmon Pegasus x2 Tetlow King Planning Associated Planning for - L&Q Estates White Planning - Dunstall Partnership Ridge and Partners for Bloor Homes Strategic Planning Manager Persimmon Homes Operations Director - EPDS Consultants Ridge and Partners LLP for Metacre Tetlow King Planning on behalf of West of Chelt Development Santec on behalf of Vistry Homes (previously Bovis and Linden Homes) David Lock Assoc. on behalf of Hallam Land Management Ridge and Partners LLP - on behalf of Sharpness Development LLP Savills on behalf of Vinci St Modwen and the DIO Knight Frank on behalf of Spitfire Bespoke Homes Ltd LRM Planning on behalf of the Trustees of Mrs C Ground’s No. 6 Settlement
Consultants/Planners Bruton Knowles SF Planning x2 Powells Grass Roots Planning Gladman Rapleys Home Builders Federation EPDS Senior Land and Planning Manager MF Freeman Group of Companies
Trusts CPRE Woodland Trust Wildlife Trust RSPB
Councils Cotswold District Council
2
Page 160 Appendix B
GCC Highways Transport Planning GCC Libraries – GCC Forest of Dean District Council Cheltenham Borough Council Tewkesbury Borough Council Stroud District Council Public Health GCC
Others DfE P Duncliffe Ltd Paul Holliday Gfirst LEP FOI Request Coal Authority Land Promoters & Developers Federation
Notable stakeholders that have not provided comments on the draft LDG include:
Homes England Neighbouring Authorities Utility Companies
Focus of representations received
The majority of feedback was focused on the changes to the Pupil Place Ratio (PPR) increases to the Education S106/CIL contributions.
Based on the information provided and to assist with outlining a high-level summary of the comments received these have been classified under five headings including:
Pupil Product Ratios Timescale and duration of the consultation CIL v S106 and the concern over the potential of “double dipping” Viability and economic recovery Unlawful process of consultation
The overwhelming concern from over half of the consultees in relation to the changes in the Pupil Product Ratios (PPR’s) was that the PPRs had been increased with the refresh of the LDG that was out for consultation. There were also concerns regarding the question of S106 v CIL and the potential for “double dipping”. The timescale and viability issues were also high on the list of concerns. There was also a consultee comment that argued that the consultation process may have been unlawful. Most wanted a revised LDG that was a collaborative version between GCC and the six Local Planning Authorities (LPAs).
3
Page 161 Appendix B
When reflecting on the feedback received, the following headlines standout:
The belief that the PPRs have been increased with this refresh of the LDG The issue of ‘double dipping’ or paying twice has been raised on numerous occasions The process of consultation was unlawful
Proposed response to representations received
When each of the 53 representations was received and processed a further classification was made in relation to how the Council should respond. It was agreed that we
Review the document Revise the LDG where it made sense to do so following feedback
Emerging Themes
Based on the assessment undertaken to date there are three main emerging themes that needed to be addressed before the LDG can move towards being formally adopted.
Theme 1 – The belief that the PPRs have been increased with this refresh of the LDG.
Officer Response
The PPRs or pupil yield figures are reviewed annually. They do not always change, but if relevant information or data changes, then this can influence the need to review and update the figures in use. The current PPRs were updated in November 2019 and have been in operation since then. This information including the link to the PPR report is provided in all community infrastructure consultation responses and is on the LDG page of the Gloucestershire County Council (GCC) website.
https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2093765/gloucestershire-county-council-ppr-report- 703.pdf
The PPRs have not been increased with the refresh of this LDG. This refresh of the LDG simply reflects the PPRs that have been in operation since November 2019.
The current PPRs were updated in November 2019 following receipt of a report from an independent research company, which was commissioned to survey and assess the numbers of children arising out of new housing developments. At that time GCC consulted with a number of local and national housing developers and they agreed to work with GCC to commission a wider study across the county.
4
Page 162 Appendix B
A collaborative approach was agreed between the developers and GCC, agreeing the methodology and approach undertaken and that the findings of the report would be collectively accepted. That work was completed in the Summer of 2019 and the final report and findings were published on GCC’s website in November 2019.
https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2093765/gloucestershire-county-council-ppr-report- 703.pdf
The latest LDG refers to the latest PPR figures updated in 2019.
Other concerns raised were the question of why should affordable housing pay for education contributions and do current and operational PPRs take account of pupil migration across planning areas and local authority boundaries. In answer to these two specific questions, GCC currently discounts all one-bedroom properties from the PPR calculations and therefore only 2 beds or more of 10 dwellings or more are considered qualifying for education contributions. Almost 100% of homes with 2 or more bedrooms are allocated to families with children and therefore the number of children in affordable housing is always substantially higher than private ownership or private rental and this puts extra pressure on the number of school places required. All properties are backfilled with more families with children and therefore it does not reduce the number of children in area when families move or houses are reallocated.
Additionally, CIL contributions discount affordable housing so no funding is allocated through CIL and GCC must therefore include the affordable housing in the PPRs calculations that inform S106 assessments. If GCC excluded them, then it would not be able to provide sufficient school places to meet demand from new housing development.
The PPR does not take into account migration or movements between planning areas as they relate to the assessed yield from a number of developments across the county. GCC’s pupil projections do, however, take into account a number of factors when calculating the numbers of pupils expected across the county and in specific planning areas.
Pupil projections are reviewed and updated annually as part of the school planning process and in order to inform the annual Schools Capacity Survey (SCAP) provided to the Department for Education (DfE). There are two key data sources that inform future projections:
Anonymised birth and population data, relating to pre-school children, based on GP patient registers and provided by NHS Digital; and
Pupil numbers from the DfE School Census.
5
Page 163 Appendix B
GCC produces pupil projections for individual schools across both the primary and secondary school phases. Bespoke automated systems generate figures in the early stages of the process. To inform the process of forecasting primary school numbers, GCC uses the health data to track the numbers of births and location of pre-school age children across the county.
Theme 2 – The issue of S106 v CIL, ‘double dipping’ or paying twice has been raised by a number of consultees
Officer Response
CIL is a District-wide levy to be used for development across the District. There is no guarantee that CIL money will be available for education – or any GCC infrastructure for that matter. CIL is paid to the LPA. The use of it is subject to the priorities of the LPA not GCC. Furthermore, in most cases, it will not meet the full infrastructure spending gap but will be just a contribution to it. CIL is a contribution to a central pot; S106 is site-specific and therefore helps to mitigate the impact of development and has an important role to play in responsible place planning. S106 agreements can be required when they are necessary, directly related to the development and fairly and reasonably related in scale and kind to the development (reg 122).
In a two tier authority system, the District LPAs set the CIL rate and receive the CIL from appropriate developments. The level at which it is set in the 5 applicable LPAs in Gloucestershire does not provide sufficient funding to meet the costs of the essential infrastructure requirements for Education, Highways, Libraries, Social Care, etc. Therefore any developments that create a shortfall in school places, as a direct result of the development, are expected to provide an additional S106 contribution of funds and/or land where applicable.
The District Councils are responsible for determining how any CIL is allocated. After affordable housing discounting, contributions to town or parish councils to meet local district requirements and 5% goes to the District Council for administration, there is very little CIL funding available to allocate to the county for infrastructure. Additionally the funding is received by the LPA on a drip feed basis and does not meet the timescales for delivering infrastructure. At the time of writing (February 2021), none of the three Joint Core Strategy (JCS) authorities (Cheltenham Borough Council, Tewkesbury Borough Council and Gloucester City Council) have distributed any of their CIL monies.
Theme 3 – The process of consultation was unlawful
Officer Response
6
Page 164 Appendix B
There were a number of concerns regarding the timing and length of the consultation period in relation to Covid 19 and the fact that home working had just been introduced. In light of the number of requests for an extension to the consultation period, an extension was granted.
The targeted consultation that took place for this emerging GCC guidance is considered by officers to be lawful.
Finally there were calls for a new LDG to be co-authored between GCC and the six LPAs. Work has started on this process and it is proposed that a new co-authored LDG will be produced for the next LDG refresh.
Next steps
Based on the representations received, the following actions have been identified to finalise the LDG:
Policy Review
Lead Officer / Review the document – the document has been reviewed and Consultant/ rewritten where it made sense to do so following feedback from the Management consultation process. Team
Approval Process
The aim is for the revised LDG to be adopted at Cabinet in March 2021..
7
Page 165 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 10
GLOUCESTERSHIRE SCHOOL PLACES STRATEGY (SPS) 2021 - 2026 AND IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
Cabinet Date 24 March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Patrick Molyneux, Cabinet Member for Economy, Education and Skills
Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report To consider and approve the updated Gloucestershire School Places Strategy (SPS) 2021 - 2026 and it’s Implementation Plan. The Implementation Plan will in turn inform future school capital programme priorities. It is recommended that Cabinet approve the Gloucestershire School Places Recommendations Strategy (SPS) 2021 - 2026 and its Implementation Plan
To agree the strategy and policy framework for the assessment of sufficient Reasons for school places in Gloucestershire to ensure the Council meets its statutory recommendations duties. Resource Whilst this report and decision does not commit any capital resource Implications funding directly, the proposed implementation plan will be used to inform future school capital programme basic need priorities. The school capital programme and individual schemes will be subject to separate individual decisions.
Background School Places Strategy 2018 – 2023 Documents Cabinet Report 18 Dec 2018 on the School Places Strategy 2018-2023
Statutory Authority Gloucestershire County Council’s statutory duty under the Education Act 2011 Directors of Childrens Services and Lead Member for Children’s Services statutory responsibility to promote a diverse supply of strong schools, including by encouraging good schools to expand, and where there is a need for a new school, seeking proposals for an Academy or Free School. Statutory guidance April 2013.
Divisional All Councillor
Page 167 Name: Chris Spencer Director Executive Director of Children’s Services Tel. no: 01452 583578 Email: [email protected]
Timeline On-going
Page 168 Background
1. Gloucestershire County Council, like all local authorities, has a statutory duty to ensure sufficient local school places are provided for all children and young people of statutory school age in its area. It is a commissioner of places rather than being a direct provider – working in partnership with providers and stakeholders to meet current and future demand across the county.
2. A key objective of the Council Strategy for 2019 – 2022 is to work with schools to make sure children have access to a good quality education that prepares them for adulthood, all of which will be supported by developing and delivering a School Places Strategy.
3. Cabinet approved the Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2018 – 2023 in December 2018 and this report provides an update of this strategy for the period 2021 – 2026.
4. The Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026 is a key framework document for the Council in considering any statutory proposals for changes to school organisation, including the commissioning of new schools, and will inform future capital investment priorities.
School Places Strategy
5. The Gloucestershire School Places Strategy (SPS) 2021 – 2026 sets out the latest context and background for the Council’s strategic planning of school places and the issues that impact on places and demand across the Local Authority area.
6. The SPS provides the latest overview of demographic information for the county and includes a more detailed analysis of each school planning area, including historic trends and future projections. School planning areas align to the geographical locations of primary and secondary schools across the county and are agreed by the Department for Education (DfE). This information informs priorities for school place planning in the short (1-2 years), medium (3-5 years) and longer (5-10 years) term and will inform capital investment priorities moving forward.
7. The SPS and Implementation Plan can be found at Appendix A. A summary position statement and more detailed analysis are provided for each of the planning areas and can be found in Section D of the Strategy.
8. The SPS Implementation Plan at Section E provides a summary overview of the latest identified need across Gloucestershire and will inform future capital programme priorities for the commissioning of additional places and new school provision.
Main Considerations
9. The SPS contains proposals for, and focusses on, the continuing increase in supply of places across both the primary and now secondary phase of mainstream school provision. Moving forward, there may be the need to review and rationalise
Page 169 provision or reduce places where there are significant surpluses or where organisational change is needed to maintain and improve outcomes for children. The local authority has a robust process for assessing need and commissioning sufficient places to ensure we meet our statutory obligations in providing the right number of places in the right locations. This is further evidenced by the high percentage of parents/carers getting their preferred choice of school at both primary and secondary level. The local authority continues to achieve value for money in the delivery of capital works to provide new places and effectively manages school place planning in a very complex operating landscape.
Primary Provision
10. Since 2008 the Council has provided over 5000 additional primary places of which over 700 (or 23 forms of entry) were for Reception age children alone, to meet the increase in population arising from demographic growth, birth rate, migration and new housing. The growth continues and this SPS highlights the anticipated demand for further additional places across both phases in the short, medium and longer term and also where demand is able to be met from existing provision. This SPS will be kept under review and updated biannually.
11. Alongside the provision of new primary schools in new housing development areas and the expansion of existing schools required to meet the demand for places in existing communities, there will be a need to keep under review the admission numbers in schools and, where appropriate, seek to increase admissions at schools where a temporary admission number breach may suffice. Any formal changes to admission numbers will be in consultation with schools/academy trusts and will be proposed as part of the annual round of consultation on admission arrangements. Own admission authority schools may, in consultation with the council, also consider a change to their admission numbers as part of their own review of admissions policy.
12. Commissioning of additional places includes new provision to meet basic need in existing communities and to accommodate additional pupils generated from housing developments identified in the Housing Audits and local Core Strategies - developed in partnership with the six District Councils in Gloucestershire.
13. Where there is a significant enlargement, relocation or new school provision, or where an extension to the age range of a school is proposed, statutory proposals and individual decisions will be required. The Council or individual schools and academies will undertake the statutory process of consultation with individuals, stakeholders and organisations that may be affected by the proposal, alongside the timescale for determining the admission arrangements.
14. It is anticipated that new primary schools will be required, to meet demand from strategic developments still to come forward and subject to house building in Bishops Cleeve, Winchcombe, Fiddington (Tewksbury), Chesterton (Cirencester), Stonehouse, Uckington and Hesters Way (NW Cheltenham). Looking to the future any new development sites brought forward as part of the Local Plan process will need to be assessed on the basis that a new primary school may be required.
Page 170 Secondary Provision
15. For several years, secondary schools have been collectively managing surplus places as numbers were low. Numbers are now starting to climb as the growth in the number of pupils from the primary phase feeds through. The impact on secondary school places very much depends on the extent of local demographic growth and new housing proposed in a schools designated area. Some secondary schools will only feel a moderate impact in the short to medium term as numbers take up surplus places - whereas in areas where a significant amount of housing is planned or where there has been significant demographic growth through an increase in the birth rate or inward migration, the impact will be much greater and there will be a need for expansion and possibly new school provision. To date over 2000 additional secondary places, of which over 400 (or 13 forms of entry) have been for year 7 pupils, have been provided predominantly in the more urban areas of the county.
16. Looking forward, in addition to the new secondary school planned in Leckhampton, there will be a need for a further 6FE secondary school as part of the new Uckington development in NW Cheltenham and with the continuing expansion of housing in the Gloucester surrounds, a new 6FE secondary school ideally located in the south of the city.
Specialist Provision
17. Separately from this SPS, an analysis of specialist need has been undertaken by the Specialist Commissioning Team to determine the expected need and growth of specialist school provision through development of the independent sector and new maintained Special School facilities. That work is being managed separately from mainstream provision and aligned to the proposals coming out of the recent High Needs Strategy consultation and the level of funding in the High Needs Block. To date there has been very limited funding made available by government for SEN basic need. The Council has approved capital funding for the delivery of a new 75 place Special School for children and young people with Social Emotional and Mental Health needs, which is scheduled to open in September 2022. The Council has also approved capital funding for providing additional places at existing maintained and academy special schools to meet rising demand for places and reduce high needs spend on independent placements.
Options
18. (1) To approve the Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026 and its Implementation Plan which will then inform future basic need capital allocation programme priorities.
(2) To approve the Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026 and its Implementation Plan, with any amendments agreed by Cabinet.
(3) To not approve the strategy This would mean that the Council would be unable to plan strategically and would have to consider the need for school places in isolation and on a reactive basis.
Page 171 Risks and assumptions
19. This SPS provides a detailed analysis of the latest demographic trends impacting on the supply of school places across Gloucestershire. This information is based on birth data, current school population trends, an assessment of inward/outward migration, parental choice in applying for school places and the impact of new housing. All these factors can change over time and therefore need to be kept under constant review to ensure the most up to date position is known.
Risks that may arise if the proposed decision and related work is not taken
20. The following are risks for the Council if the SPS is not approved and the proposed work cannot be progressed :-
a) The Council will be failing in its statutory duty to provide sufficient school places for the children and young people of Gloucestershire.
b) Failure to provide sufficient school places in the right locations and at the right time to meet the demand arising in local communities and in areas of new housing. This will have a direct impact on a parents’ right to express a preference for and be allocated a local school place for their child. This would also be contrary to the council’s policy of providing local provision for local children – with an on-going additional transport liability being created for the council each year as more children become entitled to support with home to school transport if places are provided away from where they are needed and over the statutory walking distance for children.
c) The SPS has identified the short, medium and longer term priorities for the provision of school places, which in turn will inform the Council’s capital investment priorities and need to allocate resources to ensure the effective delivery of new provision in a strategically planned and timely way. Without an effective strategic framework the council is at risk of responding to changes in the school population by providing reactive, short term and ad-hoc provision at increased cost.
d) If new school places cannot be provided in key areas, then this will have a direct impact on the housing strategies proposed across the County and future economic growth of Gloucestershire.
Risks that may arise if the proposed decision is taken and actions that will be taken to manage these risks
21. The following risks will need to be considered if the SPS is approved:
a) Risk 1 - Changing patterns of need are not accurately reflected in pupil forecasts
Page 172 Mitigation - the Local Authority will refresh the pupil forecasts annually, using information from NHS Digital birth data, early years data, admission trends and updated school capacity information.
b) Risk 2 - There is insufficient capital funding to deliver additional provision
Mitigation - the council will continue to review and update requirements for submission to the DfE as part of the annual Schools Capacity (SCAP) Return, which informs future annual capital allocations. The council will continue to negotiate Section 106 (S106) / Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) developer contributions and ensure contributions are based on latest Pupil Product Ratios, as assessed in 2018 and 2019.
Annual returns including school capacities, changes in demographics, housing build rates and migration inform the Department for Education Basic Need allocations and negotiated S106/CIL contributions required to adequately resource programme requirements. The Council has successfully secured Basic Need allocations to 2021 and will continue to negotiate S106/CIL contributions where required. However if S106/CIL contributions are not secured then there will be significant pressure on the Basic Need funding available and not all priorities will be able to be funded.
c) Risk 3 - The council does not own land on which to site new school provision
Mitigation - the council will carry out land searches, and continue negotiations with developers for land contributions. The council will consider the longer term needs of development proposals arising from the 2050 vision.
Land will be acquired either through negotiation or by use of statutory powers and in line with the County Council’s Property Acquisition Policy.
Equality implications
22. An Equality Impact Assessment (EIA) been completed. This proposal does not discriminate against any of the protected groups and actively seeks to ensure equality of opportunity to improve outcomes for all children and young people. Each separate proposal for change will also have its own assessment.
Data Protection Assessment (DPIA) implications
23. A DPIA is not required for this decision because it does not involve the collection, storage or use of personal data.
Social value implications
24. The Council will seek to use the SPS and its Implementation Plan to maximise the additional social, economic and environmental benefits to the local area by procuring goods and services above and beyond the benefits of merely the goods and services themselves.
Page 173 Consultation feedback
25. Consultation has taken place with the Lead Cabinet Member, service areas and other organisations where appropriate in the development of this strategy.
Officer Recommendations
26. Officers recommend that Cabinet adopts Option 1 and approves the Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026 and it’s Implementation Plan.
27. The Local Authority has a statutory duty to provide sufficient school places and in approving the School Places Strategy, this will enable the Council to plan effectively and in a timely way to ensure school places are provided where they are required and at the right time. The infrastructure needs arising from new strategic housing developments will be incorporated into the Implementation Plan and ensure sufficient school places are made available for new housing communities and enable advance planning for Vision 2050. This will ensure the Council’s limited capital resources will be used in a proactive and cost effective way and will minimise the potential for additional transport costs.
28. If the Strategy is not approved then there is a risk that the planning of school places will be reactive rather than planned strategically in advance using the most up to date pupil forecasts. This would increase costs as more short term temporary arrangements may be needed in advance of planning permanent facilities; children may not be able to attend a school in their locality due to the places not being available at the right time, resulting in increased transport costs and adversely impacting on social cohesion and children not being able to attend schools with their neighbours and friends. Additionally if there is no effective or approved strategy for planning and commissioning school places, the council would be open to challenge as we would be unable to evidence need for places when required.
29. The Draft Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026, has been updated using the latest school capacity information, birth data and latest pupil projections arising from demographic trends and future house building proposals to provide the best possible position statement on the demand for school places across the County. If approved, the Gloucestershire School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026 and Implementation Plan will continue to inform future capital investment priorities for the Council in order that the Council can meet its statutory obligations to provide sufficient school places in a timely way, across Gloucestershire.
Performance Management/Follow-up
30. This Strategy and its associated Implementation Plan will be kept under review by the Head of Commissioning for Learning. The Implementation Plan will inform the future Schools Capital Investment Programme from 2021/2022 onwards.
Page 174
School Places Strategy
2021 - 2026
Page 1
Page 175
School Places Strategy 2021 – 2026 (Statutory School Age Only)
Table of Contents
Page number A Executive Summary 4 – 9 Context 10 - 13
B Policies and principles relevant to the provision of school places 13 - 25
B1 Corporate aims B2 Principles of school place planning B3 School performance B4 Place planning B5 Access and diversity B6 Re-organisation of schools B7 Academies Free Schools B8 Location of new schools B9 Capital investment B10 Accessibility of schools B11 Meeting special educational needs B12 Provision for permanently excluded students B13 The expansion of schools B14 Schools in the wider community B15 Admissions policy B16 Early years and childcare B17 14-19 Education and skills (to 25 years for children with learning difficulties and disabilities) B18 Post 16 (information only)
C School organisation and planning issues 25 - 31
C1 Influencing factors C2 Population overview
D Detailed planning area assessments 32 - 284
D1 9161100 Tidenham D2 9161110 Lydney D3 9161120 Coleford D4 9161200 Brooks Dean D5 9161210 Longhope D6 9161220 Cinderford D7 9161230 West Severn Page 2
Page 176
D8 9161240 Newent D9 9161250 Hartpury D10 9161300 Tewkesbury D11 9161310 Bishops Cleeve D12 9161320 Winchcombe D13 9161400 Chipping Campden D14 9161410 Stow on the Wold D15 9161420 Bourton on the Water D16 9161430 Northleach D17 9161500 Fairford D18 9161510 Cirencester D19 9161520 Tetbury D20 9161600 Nailsworth D21 9161610 Eastcombe D22 9161620 Stroud Town D23 9161630 Cainscross D24 9161640 Painswick D25 9161700 Stonehouse D26 9161710 Frampton / Saul D27 9161720 Berkeley D28 9161730 Dursley D29 9161740 Wotton under Edge D30 9161800 Swindon Road D31 9161810 Whaddon D32 9161820 Hester’s Way D33 9161830 Charlton Kings D34 9161840 Hatherley D35 9161900 Churchdown/Innsworth D36 9161910 Elmbridge/Longlevens D37 9161920 Barton/Tredworth D38 9161931 Hucclecote/Barnwood D39 9161932 Abbey/Matson/Upton D40 9161940 Tuffley D41 9161950 Linden D42 9161960 Quedgeley D43 9161961 Quedgeley South East D44 9161970 Brockworth
D Secondary Schools D45 Forest North 285 - 286 D46 Forest Central D47 Forest South D48 Tewkesbury D49 Cotswold North D50 Cotswold South D51 East Stroud D52 West Stroud D53 Cheltenham D54 Gloucester D55 Berkeley
E Implementation Plan 2021 – 2032 287 - 304
Page 3
Page 177
Executive Summary The School Places Strategy (SPS) examines the duties placed upon the Council by the Department for Education (DfE) and provides an analysis of current primary and secondary school provision. This is to help key stakeholders and partners understand how school places are planned and developed. The role of the Council is set within a legal framework of statutory duties to ensure that there are sufficient school places in its area. The Council is seen as a commissioner of places rather than being the direct provider. Between 2015 and 2019 the Office for National Statistics (ONS) estimates that the number of 0-19 year olds increased by approximately 3,315, this compares to a rise of only 78 in the last period of 2010 to 2015 with the largest growth in the 5-10 age range currently in our primary schools. The greatest growth for this age range is seen in the Gloucester and Tewkesbury areas.
Age Range 0-19 0-4 5-10 11-16 17-19 Cheltenham 26,086 6,648 7,471 7,490 4,477 Cotswold 17,666 3,919 5,392 5,541 2,814 Forest of Dean 18,354 4,163 5,239 5,394 3,558 Gloucester 31,714 8,868 9,495 8,636 4,715 Stroud 26,090 6,082 8,109 8,152 3,747 Tewkesbury 19,281 5,128 5,953 5,623 2,577 County total 139,191 34,808 41,659 40,836 21,888 Source: ONS 2015 Mid-Year Population estimates
Age Range 0-19 0-4 5-10 11-16 17-19 Cheltenham 26,162 6,181 7,923 7,898 4,160 Cotswold 18,275 4,218 5,732 5,836 2,489 Forest of Dean 18,404 4,153 5,598 5,431 3,222 Gloucester 31,762 8,176 10,153 9,010 4,423 Stroud 26,468 5,830 8,455 8,495 3,688 Tewkesbury 21,435 5,591 7,048 6,216 2,580 County total 142,506 34,149 44,909 42,886 20,562 Source: ONS 2019 Mid-Year Population estimates
Age Range 0-19 0-4 5-10 11-16 17-19 Cheltenham 76 -467 452 408 -317 Cotswold 609 299 340 295 -325 Forest of Dean 50 -10 359 37 -336 Gloucester 48 -692 658 374 -292 Stroud 378 -252 346 343 -59 Tewkesbury 2,154 463 1,095 593 3 County total 3,315 -659 3,250 2,050 -1,326 Source: ONS 2015 & 2019 Mid-Year Population estimates - difference table
Page 4
Page 178
In Gloucestershire the school numbers on roll increased by almost 4,436 pupils. The growth in primary schools is evident and this pressure is now moving into our secondary sector increasing year by year, although during this period the post 16 numbers fell.
Sector Overall Primary Secondary Post 16 County total 83,493 44,987 32,080 6,426 2015 County total 87,929 47,908 33,898 6,123 2020 Difference 4,436 2,921 1,818 -303
Source: October School Census Returns in 2015 and 2020
The County Council has a good record of actively planning school places through its annual planning cycle of forecasting, review and change. Every year, the available data is analysed and the areas of greatest basic need are identified for options to expand or change. Trend-based pupil projections for individual schools across both the primary and secondary school phases are produced annually. The County Council uses health data to track the numbers of births and location of pre-school age children. Information about expected levels of new housing from the six district councils is also taken into account in the planning but in the past we have not directly included this data in the forecasts. As a result, the forecasts appeared to under estimate the need. We address this by incorporating the housing data in our School Capacity Return (SCAP) to give an overall forecast including housing. All county councils must inform the Department for Education annually of the net capacity of each school in its area. To this end, schools must inform the Council of any physical change to the buildings that might change the area or capacity measurements. This information is then reported through an annual mid-summer statutory data collection which captures school capacities, pupil forecasts and details of capital spend (SCAP) The County Council has a good record of actively planning school places to ensure that supply is in line with forecast demand and that parents are given the best possible chance of securing one of their preferences. The Universal Commissioning Team receive new pupil forecasts in February each year, when we start examining the data to identify action that may be required to provide additional places to meet basic need for September of the following year. Priority projects are included in the SPS Implementation Plan and officers engage with schools to discuss the findings and explore how additional capacity might be realised. Site visits will establish the suitability of a site for expansion and then architects will carry out initial feasibility studies with indicative costings which are also shared with schools. Once a scheme is approved in the Council’s Schools Capital Programme plans are drawn up in consultation with all stakeholders and planning applications are submitted where required. Capital works are progressed in accordance with the timescales required to deliver additional capacity on a school site ideally at the start of the new academic year (September).
Page 5
Page 179
In addition, after the Christmas break, a review of preference data from the Admissions Team is undertaken. We identify the need for any urgent or temporary expansions not already planned for, that have emerged at this point due to a change in patterns of parental preference.
The County Council must follow a statutory process if . a proposed enlargement to the premises of the school is permanent (longer than three years) and would increase the capacity of the school by: • more than 30 pupils; and • 25% or 200 pupils (whichever is the lesser)1; . a proposal involves the making permanent of any temporary enlargement (that meets the above threshold).
There are four stages for a statutory proposal: Publication, Representation (formal consultation), Decision, Implementation
The authority receives an annual capital allocation from the Department for Education (DfE) for basic need and maintenance. Where new places are required as a result of new housing developments, it is necessary to look to other funding, specifically developer contributions (S106). The County Council works closely with all six local planning authorities in relation to S106 and Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) contributions, which are sought on an individual development basis to meet the necessity tests. In general, contributions relate to the number of children likely to come from the new development multiplied by DfE building cost factors. If there is likely to be sufficient capacity at the nearest school to accommodate all the children anticipated from a development, then this would mean that a request for a contribution would not be justified.
Since 2011, the council has had a programme of expansion in the primary sector although this is now levelling off. Primary school forecasts indicate a decrease in the total pupil numbers by approximately 1872, between the September 2020 forecast and September 2023 forecast for the county as a whole. There are pockets of localised pressure on primary places, in particular in the large urban centres of Cheltenham and Gloucester and to meet new housing. The demand for additional places has now moved into the secondary schools. The latest forecasts suggest that we will need to continue some further expansion in more urban areas over coming years. Lower cost options, using existing spare capacity in school buildings, are becoming exhausted, leading to increased costs in order to provide additional new build for expansion. We are currently responding to need arising from strategic housing sites and large urban extensions, seeking S106/CIL funding to provide new primary schools and additional secondary places. As the majority of schools are full to capacity, increasing numbers of in-year applications continue to prove difficult to address. In 2017/18 2296 in-year applications
1 As an example: if the proposal is to increase a five-form of entry school with a net capacity of 750 to a six-form of entry school with a capacity of 900 pupils then no proposal is required as although the increase is by more than 30 pupils, it is less than 25% of the current capacity Page 6
Page 180
were received for 1265 places from children previously unknown to the LA, either out of county or from outside of the UK. This equates to approximately one-third of all in- year applications that year. Roughly 75% of all applications are for primary school places. The Council is exploring new models of expansion that would enable a better solution for the growing number of in-year applicants
Primary Pupil Numbers (Areas) In general, supply is meeting demand for places in the Forest of Dean, and there are a few areas where numbers have been dropping which impacts on the sustainability of smaller schools. In some areas of the Forest of Dean additional places may be required as a result of planned new housing developments. Where we have secured S106 funding, this will be used to increase provision to meet that demand. Housing development in Tewkesbury town and surrounding areas will also impact on the supply of primary places locally. We have recently completed the expansion at John Moore Primary and Mitton Manor Primary Schools. Schools in Bishop’s Cleeve have expanded to meet the demand from new housing developments locally. Further developments now in the pipe line require a new primary school to be provided. Large strategic housing developments are impacting on demand in pockets around the Cotswolds, where S106 funding will enable suitable expansions and the provision of new schools. Planning Areas of notable growth are Bourton-on-the-Water, Moreton in the Marsh, Rissington, Fairford and Cirencester. Following a recent review of school places in the Stroud area, two of the smaller village schools have or are about to be closed which will help maintain the viability of other small schools There should be sufficient capacity in the local primary schools to meet demand in the area and the large strategic development at Stonehouse (Great Oldbury) is in the process of delivering a new primary school as part of the S106 agreement. Cheltenham has continued to experience pressure on places. A number of schools have been permanently expanded to meet demand in the South East of the town. Further housing developments are expected to impact on demand but timing of the delivery of these plans can be fluid. Large strategic housing to the West and North West of Cheltenham will be addressed with new schools as part of the S106 agreements. New housing developments planned for the Tewkesbury planning area that sits close to the Gloucester city boundary at Churchdown, Innsworth, Twigworth and Brockworth are all underway and will provide new schools as part of the S106 agreements. Pressure to the south of Gloucester in Quedgeley, Kingsway and Hardwicke will be met by the new Clearwater and Hunts Grove primary schools as they fill from the impact of further housing. Any further new housing planned will be required to provide new schools.
Secondary Pupil Numbers (Areas) Secondary school forecasts now show a slight decrease in pupil numbers between the forecast years Sept 2020 and Sept 2025 for the county as a whole. It should again be noted that the impact of new housing is not taken into account in those forecasts. There will be pressure on places resulting from rising numbers in specific localities across the county and in some areas current supply levels will not be sufficient. In Cheltenham, the demand for Year 7 places has been growing and a new secondary school in Leckhampton is planned to open in 2021. Year 7 numbers across Gloucester have been rising gradually, with demand exceeding supply in some areas by 2020 and across the whole district by 2023.
Page 7
Page 181
In the Tewkesbury planning area, forecasts suggest that intake numbers will increase and exceed available places in 2021 and in 2024 some permanent expansion will be required to ensure parental preferences and attendance at a local school can be met. We continue to explore options to increase capacity in our secondary sector, with full co-operation of our secondary leadership teams. We have large numbers of secondary pupils coming through from significant housing developments for which we were unable to secure sufficient S106 funding and as a consequence local Academy Trusts have been encouraged to submit bids for new Free Schools. In the Forest of Dean, the legacy of surplus places means that in most cases, the extra places that will be needed will be accommodated contained within existing schools. A number of secondary schools have already been expanded or will be expanded to meet expected demand including Cleeve Secondary School, Winchcombe Secondary School, The Cotswold School and the Grammar Schools. The large strategic site to the north of Cheltenham at Uckington will provide a new secondary school as part of the S106 agreement. Demand for secondary places in the Gloucester area is expected to rise gradually throughout the 2020s decade. If all of the proposed housing development is delivered to the expected timescales, then, we will have a shortfall of secondary places and require an extra 6FE on a permanent basis. The Department for Education announced in February 2021 that a Free School funding bid for a new secondary school to the south of Gloucester city has been successful.
Post 16 Numbers
Post 16 places are predominantly within local academy 6th forms or local FE college provision. The number of Post 16 places has reduced for a number of years but with the introduction of new legislation requiring all young people to be in education, employment or training until the age of 19, the numbers are rising again. Demand for High Needs places is also rising.
Conclusion For the next five years we expect to see an increase in primary places predominantly in more urban areas or to meet new development, although the demand will be levelling off or even dropping in some areas. There will be a continuing rise in secondary places and the Local Authority will continue to monitor pupil forecasts each year and increase availability of places at existing schools or in new schools to meet basic need as currently outlined in the Implementation Plan. The Local Authority will respond to planning applications as they arise and where we have insufficient capacity in schools.
Page 8
Page 182
Context
A1 Statutory duties
Gloucestershire County Council has a statutory duty to plan the provision of school places and to ensure there are sufficient appropriately located places for all 4 to 16-year-old young people in the county. This includes the provision of suitable accommodation to support the promotion of high educational standards, ensuring an admissions process to allocate school places and ensure vulnerable learners get fair access to educational opportunities. The council as the local authority manages the impact of rising and declining pupil numbers and helps to create a diverse community of schools. This document has been prepared as a planning tool to respond to the continuing need to review the number and nature of school places alongside any new housing developments, any changes in the birth rate, migration and in line with any government policy change.
A core ambition of Gloucestershire County Council is that all children and young people living in Gloucestershire are entitled to the highest quality education so that they are able to fulfil their potential. Through the commissioning of school places, as outlined in the School Places Strategy, the aim is to produce an effective match between pupils and places by providing an infrastructure of high quality school buildings and facilities, where all schools, regardless of status, are of an appropriate size and standard to deliver the curriculum effectively.
It should be noted that use of the term ‘school’ throughout this document refers to schools of all status including Academies, UTC’s, and Free Schools etc.
A2 What is the School Places Strategy?
Commissioning is the overall process by which services are planned and delivered. This Strategy pulls together the information required to form a strategic view of the need for mainstream school places across Gloucestershire and provides a revised and updated policy framework for considering statutory proposals (opening, closing and defining the size of schools); implementing new school competition arrangements and encouraging free school proposals where needed; facilitating the development of collaborative and federated arrangements and where appropriate and there is capacity to do so encouraging all through school models.
To be effective, the commissioning process requires the strategic planning of services based on an analysis of need, a set of policies and principles by which decisions will be made and well defined processes for the implementation of proposals. The Strategy therefore sets out demographic trends in Gloucestershire, including a summary of major new house building, details of current school and post-16 provision, an analysis of the latest pupil projections, emerging proposals and guiding policies and principles upon which decisions will be informed.
A3 Who is this Strategy for?
This Strategy is intended to help key stakeholders and partners in Education, including the Local Authority, schools, governors, trustees, parents, the churches, local communities, housing developers, business and other providers of education, to understand what mainstream and specialist school places are needed in Gloucestershire, both now and in the future, and how they might be provided.
A4 Geographical and population context
Page 9
Page 183
The planning and organisation of school places in the Local Authority (LA) is a complex task, not least because of the size and diversity of the county.
Gloucestershire is a predominately a rural county, with two large urban areas in Gloucester and Cheltenham. It has a population of approximately 637,070i, with almost 40% living in these two urban districts; the remaining population is spread across a large rural area. There are 12 areas of Gloucestershire in the most 10% deprived nationally for the overall Indices of Multiple Deprivation (IMD), a decrease from 13 areas in 2015. These 12 areas account for 29,593 people (3.1% of the county populationii).
IMD LSOA (Lower Super Output Area) Name District national rank
PODSMEAD 1 Gloucester 621 MATSON AND ROBINSWOOD 1 Gloucester 735 WESTGATE 1 Gloucester 1183 KINGSHOLM AND WOTTON 3 Gloucester 1456 WESTGATE 5 Gloucester 1579 St MARK'S 1 Cheltenham 2178 MORELAND 4 Gloucester 2221 St PAUL'S 2 Cheltenham 2368 CINDERFORD WEST 1 Forest of Dean 2729 TUFFLEY 4 Gloucester 2801 MATSON AND ROBINSWOOD 5 Gloucester 2948 BARTON AND TREDWORTH 4 Gloucester 3126
The Armed Forces have some light presence, particularly in South Cerney, Fairford and Innsworth. Currently there are around 2330 serving military personnel, including 380 civilians, based in the county.2
Gloucestershire County Council is a two tier Authority, comprising six district councils. Gloucestershire borders seven counties, Herefordshire to the northwest, Wiltshire (including Swindon) to the south, Bristol (including South Gloucestershire) and Somerset to the south west, Worcestershire to the north, Oxfordshire to the east, Warwickshire to the northeast, and the Welsh county of Monmouthshire to the west. Gloucestershire is a largely rural area encompassing many natural and historic features which make it distinctive, including Areas of Outstanding Natural beauty, the Royal Forest of Dean, the River Severn, over 1128 listed buildings, over 260 conservation areas. Including all of Cheltenham town, Gloucestershire also includes the Cotswold Way and significant green belt area. Deprivation is generally low and communities benefit from safe environments. Gloucestershire enjoys strong sub-regional links and is within commutable distance of London, Bristol, Swindon, South Wales and the south coast. Gloucestershire is made up of two large urban settlements, several market towns and numerous villages and small settlements reflecting the rural nature of the county. The two large settlements are the historic cathedral city of Gloucester to the west of the county and the Spa Town of Cheltenham to the east of the county.
Gloucestershire has a considerable variety of school buildings in terms of age and type. The Designation of Rural Primary Schools (England) 2014 Order came into force on 1 October
2 Mid year population estimates 2019 ii Overall index of Multiple Deprivation 2019 Page 10
Page 184
2014 which determines that 90 of Gloucestershire’s primary schools are ‘rural’ with a presumption against their closure.
A5 Major contextual issues
Gloucestershire County Council faces two specific issues in managing school places:
The demographic trend in the school population age range is largely driven by the birth rate – births in Gloucestershire averaged approximately 6612 births per calendar year between 2009 and 2019.
The pressure on primary school places since 2012 has been significant and will continue to be so as the higher numbers feed through primary and secondary education. These figures do not account for the high number of children moving into the county due to migration, house moves, army relocations etc. All these issues are covered in more detail under the School organisation and planning issues section of the document.
Significant housing development across the county – 42,730 new homes delivered across the county between 1992 and 2009/10. The six district councils have varying timescales for future delivery of additional housing up to 2031. The Joint Core Strategy (JCS) has outlined a further 35,446 homes, of these 14,360 for Gloucester, 10,917 for Cheltenham and 10,169 for Tewkesbury between 2011 and 2031. Stroud have published the need for 11,400 new homes between 2006 and 2031.Cotswolds have published the need for 9614 new homes between 2011 and 2031 and Forest of Dean have published the need for 6200 between 2006 and 2026. Many of these developments are predominately concentrated around the outskirts of the two urban areas however there are pockets of new development being approved in more rural towns and villages in particular in the Cotswolds, resulting in the need for additional school places or the take up of remaining surplus places. The timing of some of these developments is uncertain but the extent of housing is detailed in the District plans for Stroud, Cotswold and Forest of Dean together with the Gloucestershire JCS which covers Cheltenham, Tewkesbury and Gloucester .
Gloucestershire County Council, the Diocese of Gloucester and Clifton, the Education and Skills Funding Agency (ESFA) and the governing bodies/trusts of schools and academies are all key partners and have important roles in school place planning. With 295 schools and nearly 88,000 pupils to consider, finding workable strategies for planning sufficient school places is demanding and challenging for all concerned.
Planning for school places is based on probabilities and while pupil projections are derived from sound data and methodology they are often influenced by external factors such as sociological and economic changes, parental preference for certain schools, new Government policy and the need to raise standards. Planning must also respond to internal and external findings on the quality of schools as well as the need to ensure that limited resources are used efficiently.
Gloucestershire County Council will need to respond to changes in demand over time by:
Negotiating the expansion of (or increasing the PAN of) existing schools and academies (where sites allow) Commissioning new schools as academies/free schools Improving facilities at existing schools (when resources are available) Reducing places at existing schools to ensure that provision matches demand
Page 11
Page 185
Closing and amalgamating schools as well as facilitating federation when numbers fall.
The School Places Strategy provides comprehensive information on school place planning in the county and outlines how the local authority, in securing the provision of primary, secondary and special education, will support the promotion of:
Raising standards Improved outcomes for all pupils Diversity of provision Increased collaboration between schools Greater community cohesion.
The Strategy provides the context for the future organisation and commissioning of school places in each secondary school pyramid - defined as the primary schools which feed into a specific secondary school or town - or Multi Academy Trust in Gloucestershire and sets out the principles needed when planning school places. It will help Gloucestershire schools, academy trusts, sponsors, parents and local communities to understand the rationale behind the provision of school places and establish future demands. The Strategy will be reviewed and updated biennially to ensure provision continues to be matched with demand.
The anticipated scale of expansion of population in Gloucestershire will require the review of school provision in a number of areas. The timescale and order of priority for such reviews is significantly influenced by the districts individual housing strategies, changes in the birth rate and migration etc.
B Policies and Principles Relevant to the Provision of School Places
B1 Corporate Aims
Gloucestershire County Council’s vision is to improve outcomes for children and young people in Gloucestershire, in particular vulnerable children, to promote safeguarding, reduce the effects of child poverty and enable resilient individuals, families and communities.
Gloucestershire County Council states that more children and young people will be educated in high quality buildings as a result of the implementation of the vision. This can only be achieved by careful management of the estate, of school place supply and of funding streams such as:
Maintenance and Basic Need capital allocations Targeted Capital e.g. Priority School Building Programme (PSBP) School contributions and Devolved Formula Capital funding Developer contributions – Section 106, CIL and other capital receipts.
B2 Principles of School Place Planning
Pupil Forecasting - How we project pupil numbers The County Council has a good record of actively planning school places to ensure that supply is in line with forecast demand and that parents are given the best possible chance of securing a place at one of their preferred schools. The planning cycle - the process of forecasting, review and change – is a continual one.
Page 12
Page 186
The County Council produces pupil projections for individual schools across both the primary and secondary school phases. Bespoke automated systems generate figures in the early stages of the process. To inform the process of forecasting primary school numbers, the County Council uses health data to track the numbers of births and location of pre-school age children across the county. The pre-school age population is projected into primary school rolls according to trend-based intake patterns at each school. Secondary school forecasts are calculated by projecting forward the Year 6 cohort, also according to trend-based intake patterns. If the size of the Year 6 cohort is forecast to rise, the projected Year 7 cohort size at Secondary schools will also be forecast to rise. Pupil forecasts are compared with school capacities to give the projected surplus or deficit places. It is important to note that where a deficit is identified within the next few years, work will already be underway to address the situation. The forecasting process is trend-based, which means that relative popularity and intake patterns from the previous five years are assumed to continue throughout the forecasting period. The annual refresh offers an opportunity to take account of recent changes in these trends. The County Council receives information from the six district councils about expected levels of new housing through the yearly Housing Audits and local Core Strategies. This is the most accurate reflection of short, medium and long term building projects at the local level. Where a large development is expected, compared with little or no previous housing-building in the area, a manual adjustment to the forecasts may be required to reflect the likely growth in pupil numbers more accurately. The pupil yield rate is the expected number of pupils generated by new house-development. We have recently commissioned an independent review of our pupil yields, endorsed by a number of local housing developers, this has evidenced that the number of children arising from new developments has increased substantially. We have therefore amended our pupil ratios and will be applying the new pupil yields from January 2021 as follows. The pupil yield from housing developments across the county will be applied for each 100 dwellings as follows: 30 Pre-school children 41 Primary school children 20 Secondary school children (11-16) 7 Post 16 children (17-18) Children with SEND
Forecasting future demand for school places can never be absolutely accurate given the broad assumptions which have to be made about movements in and out of any given locality, the pace of individual developments, patterns of occupation and not least the parental preference for places at individual schools. This will be a function of geography, school reputation, past and present achievement levels and the availability of alternative provision, hence the need to review on an annual basis.
In areas where pupil numbers are increasing the LA will identify where additional places may be required, either by expanding existing schools or by commissioning new schools on new sites within the community.
Page 13
Page 187
As a local authority (LA), Gloucestershire County Council is responsible for planning and providing sufficient school places in appropriate locations. To do so the LA must monitor the supply of school places against forecasts of future demand. The size of the revenue budget for distribution to all schools is determined by pupil numbers. This means that where pupil numbers reduce schools may have insufficient budget to maintain standards and retain and recruit teachers, particularly head teachers. By taking out surplus places and facilitating the closure or amalgamation of schools that are unviable, the LA can ensure effective overall provision within an area and within the school system.
School place planning and ensuring schools are of the right size for the future enables (where appropriate) surplus space to be considered for alternative uses, including community purposes, although surplus space in our urban areas is almost non existent. Accommodation released can be re-allocated to a wide variety of purposes including additional early years and childcare places, health care, libraries, adult and children’s services bases and community facilities.
Falling rolls in some rural areas have already necessitated the closure or amalgamation of some village primary schools. The LA would consider the concept of 4 to 19 ‘All-through’ schools to serve some areas, particularly where numbers of secondary pupils are low and a local school could serve the whole community or where school sites are more limited. Where possible the use of extensive transport to alternative schools will be avoided so that our limited funds can be devoted to other educational purposes.
The LA will, in all cases, consult with the head teacher, staff, governors, academy trustees, the relevant Diocesan Authority (where appropriate) and the local community where any major re-organisation or closure of provision is proposed. Such factors as the number of available and required places, school performance, the condition and suitability of the school buildings as well as parental choice, community issues and resources available will be considered in respect of both general and specific place planning.
B3 School Performance
Raising achievement for all learners is one of the key priorities for the LA and all school planning decisions should support and promote the improvement of educational standards. This means that the performance of an existing school, or group of schools, is an important factor to be taken into consideration when proposals to add or remove capacity or make other structural changes are being formulated. Any proposals for reviewing school organisation will take account of OFSTED inspection reports and other relevant performance data on the school(s) involved. Although in some more rural areas there may only be one school to serve the community.
The LA works with head teachers and governors to ensure that schools and settings are supported in the development and planning of facilities in the form of information, advice and guidance to improve outcomes for young people and support high quality learning.
B4 Place Planning - School Planning Areas
The planning of school places in Gloucestershire is based on the geographical areas defined by the secondary school catchments and feeder schools aligned to them. These are the same demographic planning areas that the council is required to report on annually to the Department for Education (DfE) to inform future capital basic need allocations.
Place planning can be influenced by parental preference in terms of selecting a school. Applications for school places are considered in line with the relevant Admission Authority Admission Policy and over-subscription criteria.
Page 14
Page 188
B5 Access and Diversity - Categories of schools
Gloucestershire has a wide diversity of mainstream school provision with:
Community schools (infant, junior, primary, secondary and special) Voluntary Aided schools (primary and secondary) Voluntary Controlled schools (infant, junior and primary) Foundation schools (infant, junior, primary and secondary) Academies/Free Schools (primary, secondary, special, UTC and Post 16).
As at October 2020 there are 196 maintained schools and 99 academies/free schools in Gloucestershire giving a total of 295 schools overall. The table below gives a breakdown of schools in Gloucestershire by category.
Category Primary Secondary Special Total Community 85 1 4 90 Foundation 15 4 19 Academy 56 34 6 96 Voluntary 38 38 Aided Voluntary 49 49 Controlled Free School 1(UTC) 3 Total 245 40 10 295
Encouraging Diversity
The County Council is committed to providing children and young people with equal access to high quality education provision. It recognises that local communities are diverse and supports the local management of schools to help reflect this diversity. Schools need to serve their local community so if the needs of the community are best served by some specialisation or federated/trust type governance then the County Council will support it. Gloucestershire County Council is committed to maintaining the current diversity of provision and extending it where possible.
The development of new schools, including the academy conversion programme, is co- ordinated by members of the Universal Commissioning Team. The County Council is supportive of schools as self-governing institutions and is committed to raising standards. The LA believes if schools can work collaboratively with other schools to improve the life chances of all children and young people within the local area then this will support the raising of standards.
The current pattern of school provision includes several schools with a religious foundation and/or background. The Diocesan authorities work closely with Gloucestershire County Council in the planning of school places to provide opportunities for parents to express a preference for denominational education.
B6 Re-organisation of Schools
Primary Schools
Page 15
Page 189
The preferred size for new primary schools is within the range of 420 places to 840 places (2FE to 4FE) and Gloucestershire County Council will only seek to open new primary schools of full or half forms of entry.
Where a new primary phase school is required this will be built as an all through primary school, rather than separate infant or junior schools. The County Council will continue to seek opportunities to amalgamate separate infant and junior schools where the combined numbers are less than 420 and the sites lend themselves to a single institution.
The County Council recognises the government’s presumption against the closure of village schools and will only bring forward proposals to close a village school where it can be demonstrated that one or more of the following criteria can be met:
There is only very limited demand for places at the school from children living within the designated area. Surplus places at the school exceed 25%. Standards are low and there is little confidence in the likelihood of improvement. Recruitment of a head teacher has not proved possible. The necessary improvements to the school accommodation are either not possible or not cost effective. The school has a deficit budget without realistic prospects of recovery.
For all schools with fewer than 90 pupils on roll Gloucestershire County Council will actively encourage the governors of the school to consider further collaboration and ultimately federation or amalgamation with one or more neighbouring schools or by joining a Multi Academy Trust.
Secondary Schools
The optimum size for an 11 to 16 secondary school is 900 (6FE) to 1,200 (9FE) pupils. Gloucestershire County Council however recognises that provision in some communities may fall outside the ideal size of secondary school and demand for additional places could be met either by expanding existing schools, if there is sufficient capacity on the site, or by new provision located within a new housing community.
Gloucestershire secondary school provision includes grammar or selective and two faith schools as an option for students transferring to Y7. In the autumn term, Y6 pupils are invited to sit an entry test for grammar schools. There are five selective single sex grammar schools and two selective co-ed grammar schools in Gloucestershire places are open to all students both in county and across county borders, subject to meeting the criteria.
All of the grammar schools have recently increased in capacity and there are now a total of 1,050 selective places in Year 7
The schools are:
Pates Grammar School (Co-educational) – Cheltenham Marling School (Boys) – Stroud Stroud High School (Girls) – Stroud Denmark Road High School (Girls) – Gloucester Ribston Hall High School (Girls) – Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich’s School (Boys) – Gloucester The Crypt Grammar School (Co-educational from 2018) – Gloucester
Page 16
Page 190
Gloucestershire secondary provision also includes a Catholic secondary school located in Gloucester which attracts pupils from across the county, subject to meeting the admission criteria. All Saints' Academy in Cheltenham is a Church of England school sponsored by the Diocese of Gloucester it has a non-selective admissions policy, admitting pupils of all faiths and none. The mix of secondary provision on offer to Gloucestershire pupils and also pupils from out of the county adds to the complex process of forecasting and planning for school places at Y7 intake.
Special Schools
Special schools need to be of sufficient size to provide appropriate facilities and opportunities to meet the needs of the range of pupils they admit and to act as resource and outreach centres for other schools and pupils. Their size will depend on the age range of pupils and the type/nature of special educational needs that they cater for. Work is currently ongoing to review special needs provision across the county to ensure future demand can be met moving forward.
There are currently 10 maintained special schools and academies in Gloucestershire. These have been commissioned to capacity to provide 1339 places across the county. A new 75 place special school to meet the needs of pupils between the ages of 11 and 16 with SEMH (Social, Emotional and Mental Health) needs is being developed for opening in 2022. This is in response to a rising need in this area in the county. Expansion work is currently underway at Alderman Knight School in Tewkesbury to provide 10 additional places for complex pupils and plans are also underway for Heart of the Forest Community School, Coleford to provide support for 10 SEMH primary pupils.
Further information on specialist provision can be found in GCC’s SEND Commissioning Strategy, which is available at the link below www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2094439/approved-send-commissioning-strategy-jan- 2020.pdf
School Size
Whilst the County Council does define optimum sizes for schools it recognises that there will be many schools falling outside this range which provide excellent education. Factors that can affect the size of a school include local population, site constraints, availability of funding and deployment of revenue resources.
Gloucestershire County Council will plan to provide school places in schools of sizes which promote:
Sufficient curriculum coverage and, where appropriate, adequate curriculum choice Viable and sustainable schools which do not require disproportionate financial support and may attract DFE capital funding Viable class organisation structures Adequate non-contact time for staff Meet the needs of the local community
B7 Academy Free Schools
Academy free schools are publicly funded schools which operate outside of council control. A key difference is that they are funded directly by central government, instead of receiving their funds via the council.
Page 17
Page 191
Some academy free schools are sponsored, while some schools simply converted to academy/free status without a sponsor. From the point of view of the county council, all academies and free schools form part of our overall school provision and in that sense, they are no different from the maintained schools. The County Council coordinates the admissions system and allocation of places for all schools, including academies. Academy free schools will be eligible to receive S106 developer contributions but will be required to adhere to the established protocol with regard to the use of the funding. Where the LA considers there is a need for a new school in its area it must seek proposals to establish a free school. The LA is responsible for providing the site for the new school and meeting all associated capital and pre-/post-opening costs. All new free school proposals require the Secretary of State’s approval and it is the Secretary of State who will enter into a Funding Agreement with the sponsor. The Secretary of State will consider the assessments and preferences of the LA carefully before determining and approving the preferred sponsor for the new school. However, he reserves the right to put in place a sponsor of his own choice. The role of the Regional Schools Commissioner The Regional Schools Commissioner (RSC) for South-West England is responsible for making decisions about the academies and free schools in Gloucestershire. RSCs are responsible for approving and monitoring academies and free schools in their area on behalf of the Secretary of State for Education. Their main responsibilities are to: monitor the performance of the academies in their area take action when an academy is underperforming decide on the development of new academies address underperformance in local-authority-maintained schools through sponsored academy arrangements make recommendations to ministers about free school applications encourage organisations to become academy sponsors approve changes to open academies, including: - changes to age ranges - mergers between academies - changes to multi-academy trust arrangements When the LA is seeking to establish a new school in their area, they must seek expressions of interest from parties who would like to be the sponsor of that school. The LA can make recommendations to the RSC of their preferred sponsor from those who have expressed an interest, but the decision is ultimately his/hers on behalf of the Secretary of State. An academy is a public funded independent school; (not maintained by a LA) accountable to the Department for Education (DfE) and funded directly by the Education and Skills Funding Agency (ESFA). Academies directly employ staff and have freedoms to set their own pay and conditions of service, are free to deliver the curriculum as they see fit and can vary the length of school terms and the length of the school day. Academies must follow the same admissions guidance, exclusion processes and meet the statutory processes for pupils with Special Educational Needs (SEN) however they may set their own admissions criteria. Academies are inspected by OFSTED using the same framework as other state funded schools.
The LA works closely with the Regional Schools Commissioner to ensure all new school proposals including bids for new Free Schools are supported by approved academy trusts that understand the needs and aspirations of the community.
Page 18
Page 192
B8 Location of New Schools
The fundamental aim in planning school places is to provide places near to where children live, to meet parental preferences as far as possible; to locate schools at the heart of their communities and to minimise travel to school distances. Gloucestershire County Council believes that where additional school places are needed because of new housing development, as far as possible the costs should fall on the landowners and/or developers, by way of contributions falling within the concept of planning obligations. Gloucestershire has an agreed methodology for calculating the infrastructure needs arising from new development and a policy for requesting contributions from developers and for the use of such funding is in place.
It is Gloucestershire County Council policy that new primary schools should be provided, wherever possible, within major new housing developments. The site should ideally be within a 2 mile walking distance of most of the development and Gloucestershire County Council will seek, through the planning processes, to provide for safe routes to school for pedestrians and cyclists. Sites of a suitable size for future expansion if required will be sought, this may require the LA to purchase additional safeguarded land in addition to the land supplied by the developer to ensure that the school can be expanded in the future to maintain the location where the school can provide a natural focus for the local community, possibly in association with other local facilities such as shops or other community buildings.
Where a new secondary school is planned, a site will be sought that provides safe pedestrian and cycling routes and, because of the longer distances travelled, good access for those pupils arriving by public and school transport. To discourage the use of private cars, schools are expected to prepare and maintain a Travel Plan. Again additional land may be sought to futureproof any expansion needs.
Gloucestershire County Council recognises the importance of considering distance of travel from home to school when planning new developments to reduce dependence on subsidised bus travel and encourage safe walking and cycling to school.
Home to School Travel
Gloucestershire County Council has a statutory requirement to ensure that children aged 4- 16 are able to access compulsory school age education. Transport assistance for most students aged over 16 is a discretionary provision. Different arrangements are in place for children with special educational needs, where support with travel to school is stated in their Education and Health Care Plan (EHCP).
To meet this requirement Gloucestershire County Council will encourage the use of walking and cycling. Where this is not an option Gloucestershire County Council’s 4-16 Home to School Transport policy will provide bus passes to entitled children who are able to travel to a maintained school or academy by public transport. Students aged over the age of 16 years are not entitled to receive free transport to their school/college. However, Gloucestershire County Council will continue to meet best practice expectations set out within Home to School Travel and Transport Guidance.
More information on the Home to School Transport Policies can be found at www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/transport/school-and-college-transport .
The key challenges that Gloucestershire County Council has in terms of providing access to compulsory education are summarised as follows:
Page 19
Page 193
Providing truly flexible choices for young people is a challenge for the Council Managing down the costs of school transport within the context of a growing population and increasing fuel costs Ensuring new housing growth areas are well connected by walking and cycling routes (where appropriate) to minimise demand on school services provided under statutory regulation Encouraging young people to take up active modes where convenient as a substitute for car use through means such as Safer Routes to School, Bike It and cycle training. This will help form positive lifetime travel habits amongst the future generation
Expected Policy Outcomes
The implementation of the Home to School Transport policy will ensure that all children in Gloucestershire are able to access compulsory school age education, which will result in a reduced reliance on the private car for school drop offs and increased use of more active and sustainable forms of travel which will develop into positive travel habits that will continue on with the next generation of transport users in Gloucestershire.
Detailed information can be found at the following links
The overarching strategy can be accessed here: https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/transport/gloucestershires-local-transport-plan- 2015-2031/overarching-strategy/
The bus policy document here: https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/transport/gloucestershires-local-transport-plan-2015- 2031/bus/
B9 Capital Investment
It is recognised that pupils benefit from high quality learning environments and equipment. Capital investment priorities are based on requirements to:
Provide sufficient places to meet the needs of local communities Provide healthy and safe environments Meet curricular and organisational needs Enhance physical access to buildings Replace temporary accommodation with permanent where possible Implement key strategic initiatives.
Gloucestershire County Council uses condition surveys alongside net capacity assessments to determine investment priorities for the schools it remains responsible for. Where basic need expansion is required, government grant, council resources and developer contributions are used to fund the necessary capital investment alongside any centrally acquired monies through a national bidding process. Capital resources are however becoming increasingly stretched. Condition work in Academies and Free Schools is no longer the responsibility of the Local Authority and these schools receive capital funding direct from the ESFA.
At present, there are two main funding streams allocated by Department for Education (DfE) for school building projects - one which is solely for maintenance (Condition funding) and the other is for the provision of additional pupil places (Basic Need). The Priority School Building
Page 20
Page 194
Programme (PSBP) is a separate Education and Skills Funding Agency (ESFA) funding stream which invites bids for the replacement or substantial refurbishment of schools in the worst condition. We are currently awaiting information from the DfE following the latest Comprehensive Spending Review, on any new capital funding plans. .
B10 Accessibility of School Buildings
Improving access to education and securing educational achievement for pupils with a disability is essential to ensure equality of opportunity, full participation in society, access to employment opportunities and inclusion within mainstream schools.
Gloucestershire’s inclusion vision is that every disabled child and young person in the county should achieve their potential educationally, socially and in their personal life. The Accessibility Strategy is a core component in realising this vision. It is available at the link below https://glostext.gloucestershire.gov.uk/documents/s61004/Accessibility%20Strategy%202020 -22%20Appendix%201.pdf
Gloucestershire County Council is committed to increasing the accessibility of schools, wherever possible and where reasonable adaptations can be made, for wheelchair users and pupils with sensory impairment.
This does not mean however that every school will be fully accessible as older buildings may not be able to be adapted for full access. All new schools are designed to be fully accessible in line with latest DDA legislation and guidance.
B11 Special Schools
It is acknowledged that there has been increasing numbers of children and young people in Gloucestershire who have an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP[1]) and this number is expected to continue to rise due to a combination of population growth, improving medical care for children with complex health issues and increasing numbers of children being diagnosed with additional needs or on the autistic spectrum.
The aim of Gloucestershire County Council is to provide the required level of support for as many of young people as possible within mainstream settings and within the child’s local community. Where this is not possible, suitable special school provision will be made available.
Further detailed information on SEN specialist commissioning and place planning, can be found by following the link below www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2094439/approved-send-commissioning-strategy-jan- 2020.pdf
B12 Provision for Permanently Excluded Students
Gloucestershire County Council has a duty to ensure that any child permanently excluded from school has access to full-time education through alternative provision.
In Gloucestershire we have 3 Alternative Provision Schools (APS) to meet this duty: Gloucester & Forest APS (GFAPS), Cheltenham & Tewkesbury APS (CTAPS) and Stroud & Cotswolds APS (SCAPS). Places are commissioned to meet the needs of excluded children and, in exceptional circumstances, for those whom no other maintained school provision can be secured. In the 2019/20 academic year we commissioned 216 places at the APS.
Page 21
Page 195
The High Needs Strategy and the SEND Commissioning Strategy both identified that the APS structure and the offer required some change. The guiding principles for this include lower level of provision for primary aged pupils (following a new approach to meeting the needs of children on the verge of exclusion within primary school clusters/hubs), a more focused APS offer assisting children to return to mainstream school in a planned way, and a longer-term alternative provision option for those excluded children who require a different pathway to mainstream KS4 education.
Provision for primary aged pupils will now be offered on different sites to that of secondary pupils and two sites have been identified and are currently being developed. Further information on GCC’s High Needs Strategy and SEND Commissioning Strategy can be found via the link below www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/2094439/approved-send-commissioning-strategy-jan- 2020.pdf
B13 Expansion of Schools
DfE guidance gives a strong emphasis towards the expansion of successful and popular schools where possible. Gloucestershire County Council is committed to examining ways of increasing parental choice in school admissions and ensuring places are located where parents want them, ideally serving the local community. In a more rural county, it can sometimes be difficult to provide diversity, when there is only one school serving a local community, however, as the population continues to grow, the council will seek to meet the increasing demand wherever school places can be expanded or provided new in local communities.
B14 Schools in the Wider Community
Gloucestershire County Council recognises that schools should act as a focus for the local community in a way that extends beyond the education of children who attend the school. The council recognises the importance of schools engaging with their local communities to promote social inclusion and community cohesion as an integral part of ensuring success for all children. This is particularly important for communities with a high proportion of vulnerable families.
In co-operation with agencies and other organisations, many schools have facilities which are made available to the wider community including sports and leisure complexes, ICT facilities, playgroups, childcare facilities, adult education and youth provision. School facilities are increasingly being made available for evening, weekend and holiday use making more effective use of the resources available.
B15 Admissions Policy - Access to Education
Admissions Policy
The Coordinated Admissions Team administers Gloucestershire’s admissions scheme when children start Reception class, move from Infant to Junior and move from Primary to Secondary School.
All applications to move school at any other time are called ‘In Year’ admissions, and these applications are managed by schools directly, and the Access to Education In Year team at Shire Hall will offer advice and guidance to parents and schools. The In-Year team also works in conjunction with schools and alternative provision school providers with the admission of hard to place pupils under the Fair Access Protocol, which is used to ensure these pupils are placed in a school quickly and with the appropriate support.
Page 22
Page 196
There is a wide range of admissions authorities as each academy, free, foundation or voluntary aided schools determine their own Admission Policy. The Admissions Team co- ordinates all applications to place more than 17,000 children in schools each year, including those moving into the county. The In-Year team processes up to 6,500 applications per year. The knowledge, understanding and data that the team holds contributes to successful school organisation and place planning. Admissions statistics, produced annually, are used to support the school place planning process, ensuring that sufficient places are provided to meet parental preference where possible.
Admissions authorities, including the LA, must have regard to the Admissions Code in determining their admission arrangements, which includes expansions and contractions of school capacities. Up to date details of the Gloucestershire schools’ admissions processes can be found on the Gloucestershire County Council website via the following link: https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/education-and-learning/school-admissions/
B16 Early years and childcare
In Gloucestershire, all three and four-year-old children are currently entitled to 30 hours funded part-time nursery education if parents are working.
Funded places are available in a range of settings such as pre-schools, full day-care nurseries, independent schools, private nursery schools and with childminders. Access to funding early education by providers is dependent on the setting’s OFSTED judgment. Settings can be school located or privately run and many preschools in Gloucestershire are run by the voluntary sector. They are often situated on school sites and use is also made of local facilities such as community and church halls and through private accommodation. The government also provides part-time education for the most disadvantaged two year olds in the county and 68% of eligible 2 year olds claimed 15 hours’ funded early education per week in summer term 2020.
B17 Post 16 Provision
Gloucestershire County Council has a statutory duty to commission sufficient and suitable education and training provision to meet the reasonable needs of all young people in their area, by influencing and shaping provision through local partnerships and by identifying gaps, enabling new provision and developing the market. The young people covered by this statutory duty are those aged 16-19 and those aged 19-25 who have a learning difficulty and/or disability and are the subject of an EHCP.
There are a number of Post 16 settings situated within Gloucestershire:
Three FE colleges including one sixth form college (16-25) 26 Mainstream School Sixth Forms (16-19) Three Maintained Special School Sixth Forms (16-19) One University Technology College (14-19) Three Special Post 16 Institutions (16-25) Three Private Partnership Post 16 Training Providers (16-25)
In addition, Gloucestershire County Council commissions a small number of places at independent special schools to meet the needs of young people with profound learning difficulties.
Page 23
Page 197
Gloucestershire County Council is committed to working in partnership with all providers to review and develop education provision in the county. Collaborative projects between schools, academies, college and work-based learning providers will continue to underpin this approach in Gloucestershire.
In all cases the aim of the Gloucestershire County Council will be to develop plans which ensure adequate, high quality facilities are available to support learners aged 14 to 19 (25).
C School Organisation and Planning Issues
C1 Influencing Factors
The key factors likely to have the greatest influence on managing school places across the county over the next 5 years include the birth rate, housing development, home education, COVID, internal and overseas migration and the presence of the Armed Services in Gloucestershire.
Birth Rate
The demographic trend in the school population age range is largely driven by the birth rate, and similarly to national figures the number of births has generally increased since 2007.
Births in Gloucestershire averaged 6,641 births per year between academic years 2009/10 and 2018/19, with high numbers in 2011/12 and 2015/16. The pressure on primary school places since 2011 has been significant and will continue to be so for foreseeable future as the high continuing high birth figures feed through to primary schools. In addition, the oldest children from these peak years began to feed into secondary education from September 2016.
There has been an apparent reduction in the reported birth rate for 2019/2020, but it is apparent that there was a large step-change in the numbers recorded in Spring 2020 at the time of the first national lockdown relating to the COVID pandemic. It seems likely that much of the reported change is due to a delay or reduction in the number of children registered with their local GP practice during lockdown. This affects forecasts of the number of children expected to start school in Reception in 2024, and the numbers will be reviewed in the next two annual forecast updates.
Page 24
Page 198
Year of birth 2009/10 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 Number 6,761 6,784 6,829 6,678 6,618 6,594 6,833 6,542 6,515 6,257
Source: ONS Live Births
Gloucestershire Births 2009/10 to 2018/19 6,900
6,800
6,700
6,600
6,500
6,400
6,300
6,200
6,100
6,000
5,900 2009/10 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
Comparison - Births to NOR
Number of Year of Reception Reception numbers as a % of Year of birth births entry pupils births 2006/07 6,435 2011/12 6,202 96.4 2007/08 6,767 2012/13 6,544 96.7 2008/09 6,492 2013/14 6,449 99.3 2009/10 6,761 2014/15 6,672 98.7 2010/11 6,784 2015/16 6,770 99.8 2011/12 6,829 2016/17 6,894 101.0 2012/13 6,678 2017/18 6,730 100.8 2013/14 6,618 2018/19 6,594 99.6 2014/15 6,594 2019/20 6,530 99.0
Page 25
Page 199
It is interesting to note that that in 2016 and 2017 Reception entry figures have been higher than the corresponding birth figures. Prior to that there were fewer which was assumed to be as a result of parents choosing home schooling and independent schools.
Housing Development
The Joint Core Strategy supporting Cheltenham, Gloucester and Tewkesbury districts along with the individual local plans of the three other districts of Stroud, Cotswolds and Forest of Dean sets out the housing totals and phasing for each community area. The density of housing development varies considerably across the county as outlined in the table below:
Number of Houses Allocated in Locality Local Plans and JCS Lydney Joint Core S1900trate gy && Coleford Local Plans650 Rest of Forest of Dean across 6 sites 827 Cinderford / Ruspidge Northern Quarter 1050 Innsworth/ Twigworth 2295 South Churchdown 1100 North Brockworth (Perry Brook) 1500 North West Cheltenham (Elms Park) 4285 West Cheltenham 1100 Winnycroft 620 Leckhampton (Farm Lane) 377 Stroud Gloucester Fringe (Hunts Grove) 2500 West of Stonehouse 1350 Berkeley 300 North East Cam 450 Stroud Valleys across 7 sites 450 Chesterton 2350 Moreton 400 Bourton on the Water 300 Fairford across 5 sites 400 Mickleton across 3 sites 200 Rissington 368 TOTAL 24,772
The scale of the programme of work required to provide additional school places for the houses identified above should not be underestimated 24,772 (approx. 21,000 yet to be built) dwellings across the county roughly represents 10,157 primary and 4,955 11-16 places and 1,734 post 16 places secondary places across Gloucestershire in the period from 2006 to 2031 based on current pupil product ratios.
In addition, the council is aware of other large developments that could come forward which are not in the current local plans, whilst these may or may not come to fruition the information we have, should they happen, will help us to make more strategic decisions around securing land, ensuring Gloucestershire County Council owned land is kept available and looking at future proofing new schools by ensuring the site size is sufficient for the school to expand in the future. We are also in early discussions with the City Council regarding the impact of two potential and significant regeneration projects in the city. All four local plans are at various stages, the JCS has recently been adopted which covers three county districts, Stroud’s
Page 26
Page 200
Local Plan has just been updated, as has the Cotswolds Plan with the Forest of Dean plan adopted in 2012.
It is important that we work with local planning districts on their housing allocations as this is required for annual national statistical returns on school places (SCAP). In producing the pupil forecasts for each area, account is taken of known housing allocations and planning permissions. It must be recognised, however, that the actual rate at which new housing is built depends on a mixture of economic and social factors. In forecasting the likely additional pupil product from such new housing, account will therefore need to be taken of changes in the age and household composition of the population and varying build out rates.
C2 Population Overview
Gloucestershire is predominantly a rural county, but has the two significant urban areas of Cheltenham and Gloucester. The approach of the LA to school place planning must therefore be designed to support dispersed populations in rural areas, those resident in small towns and the larger populations concentrated in the urban areas. The tables below show there has been a significant increase in both Gloucestershire’s overall demographic population and that of school populations since 2014 with further increases projected. The effect of the upturn in the economy following the most recent recession and its impact on the housing market, and thus population mobility, will continue to be monitored throughout the period of this plan. The growth has been more significant in the primary phase for the past few years however that growth is now moving into the secondary phase and we will now need to expand secondary school places.
Gloucestershire total population overview
%
Difference
Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Difference 2014-2019
2014-2019
Totals 611,739 617,527 623,094 628,139 633,558 637,070 25,331 4.14%
Source: ONS Mid-year estimates.
Gloucestershire school population data 2014 to 2019 (includes Post 16)
%
Difference
Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Difference 2014-2019
2014-2019
Primary 44,470 45,429 46,625 47,311 47,501 47,377 2,907 6.54% Secondary 38,109 37,897 38,002 38,265 38,763 39,464 1,355 3.56% Special 1,090 1,058 1,050 1,091 1,156 1,209 119 10.92% Overall 83,669 84,384 85,677 86,667 87,420 88,050 4,381 5.24%
School population comparison to PAN
Page 27
Page 201
% Average Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 overall surplus places Primary NOR 44,470 45,429 46,625 47,311 47,501 47,377
Total Primary 49,099 49,901 50,623 51,220 51,957 53,091 8.88% Net Capacity
Secondary 38,109 37,897 38,002 38,265 38,763 39,464 NOR Total Secondary Net 41,657 41,781 42,054 43,663 44,329 45,488 10.99% Capacity
Primary school numbers by year group as at October 2019 Year R Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Total Group Number 6,570 6,699 6,793 7,009 6,846 6,864 6,596 47,377 Source: School Census, Gloucestershire Schools - October 2019
A larger ‘bulge’ in births a few years ago led to pressures on primary places. Increases in primary pupil numbers have been managed since 2011. The overall increase in numbers will continue until at least 2028. These pupils are now moving up through the secondary schools which are now presenting pressures to secondary admissions. Overall numbers in primary schools have been increasing since 2011; by 2025 they are forecast to be close to 47,000 an increase of 0.4% since 2011.
Gloucestershire County Council recognises the changes in birth rate and the need to plan for the extra places where there is no capacity, but will keep places under constant review as the full impact of a changing birth rate, migration and more housing becomes clearer.
Secondary school numbers by year group as at October 2019
Year Group Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Total
Number 7,276 6,811 6,624 6,391 6,277 3,228 2,857 39,464 Source: School Census, Gloucestershire Schools - October 2019
There was a decline in secondary school numbers historically as smaller cohorts prior to 2011 moved up from primary school. However, numbers have steadily begun to rise with much higher numbers expected to exceed current capacity in 2023/24 and support the need for a new secondary school in Cheltenham opening in 2021 and further secondary expansions around the county. Demand for places have increased from 38,000 in 2015 and are forecast to reach 48,000 in 2025.
Page 28
Page 202
Although these tables give the overall picture in the county there will be significant variations between each district of the county, the list below summarises this.
Page 29
Page 203
County District Map
- Forest of Dean: In general we have surplus places across the Forest of Dean schools; however due to local housing developments there will be a need to expand a school in the Sedbury area by a permanent half form of entry (0.5FE) to manage the increase in demand for places. A large strategic development Cinderford North Quarter will impact primary provision locally and the LA is monitoring its development. Large strategic housing planned in Lydney will impact primary provision and will require the local school to expand by at least 1FE.
- Tewkesbury: New housing to be located at Twigworth and Innsworth will require additional school places for both primary and secondary and due to the size of the development will require new primary schools. The large settlement at Bishop’s Cleeve has given rise to significant demand for primary school places and despite all local schools having permanently expanded, further places will be required. The Universal Commissioning Team is currently looking at options to achieve this. Housing developments in Winchcombe have put pressure on the secondary school which has expanded and may need to expand again.
- Cotswold: There have been significant housing developments throughout the Cotswolds. The Chesterton strategic site will provide a new 3FE primary school and expand local secondary provision. Other developments at Mickleton, Rissington, Fairford, Moreton, and Bourton, which are underway will require expansions to the local schools for both primary and secondary.
- Stroud: In general we have a small surplus of places; however a large strategic development at Stonehouse will require a new 2FE primary school. A large housing development at North West Cam will also require additional school places and we are in discussion with developers as to how this will be accommodated.
Page 30
Page 204
- Cheltenham: Demand for secondary places in the south of Cheltenham around the Leckhampton/Charlton Kings area continues and the LA is planning for a new 6FE Secondary school following some temporary expansions locally since 2019.
- Gloucester: A strategic review was completed highlighting the demand for primary and secondary places in Gloucester which remains a hotspot. Two local primary schools expanded permanently by 1FE each for 2019. Having opened a new 2FE free school in Quedgeley, a second school at Hunts Grove moved to new premises and expanded to 2FE in 2020 in line with the new housing development. Further new large housing developments planned for Hardwicke and Hunts Grove will require new primary schools. The Department for Education announced funding in February 2021 for two new free schools to be operated by academy trusts to the south of Gloucester city, comprising a new 2FE primary school and a new 6FE secondary school.
- It is interesting to note that on the border of Gloucester district but in the Tewkesbury planning area we are in discussions with developer’s agents in connection with developments in Twigworth, Innsworth and Churchdown, which are large strategic developments that will require a new school and expansions of existing schools of up to 3.5FE to meet demand for places. It is planned to expand Norton Primary School to 1FE, subject to agreement of a S106 contribution from a development local to the school.
Recent government figures reveal that, nationally, the primary school population has been rising since 2009 and reached around 4.4m in 2015. However, the rate of increase is slowing down with a recent reduction in births and the population is projected to be broadly stable by 2024. In contrast, the secondary school population is projected to continue rising, reaching approximately 3.8m by 2024, an increase of 21% on the 2015 population.
A summary analysis of the projections and issues in key areas is provided at section D. Please refer to each of the individual areas appended to this document for more detailed information.
Page 31
Page 205
FOREST OF DEAN DISTRICT
D1 Tidenham
There are 4 primary age schools in the Tidenham area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
Primary DFE Type District Offas Mead Academy 2006 Academy sponsor led Forest of Dean St. Briavels Parochial C of E Primary School 3344 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean Tutshill C of E Primary School 3074 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Woolaston Primary School 2114 Community school Forest of Dean
The Wyedean School is main secondary school serving the Tidenham area.
Secondary DFE Type District Wyedean School 5415 Academy converter Forest (S)
Births in Tidenham
The number of births in the Tidenham area has been fairly stable across this period with a slight decrease in the most recent three years.
Page 32
Page 206
Tidenham 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 102 101 105 90 94 90
Primary pupil place demand in Tidenham
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
There has been little change in terms of the overall capacity in local primary schools in the Forest of Dean area. In the Tidenham Planning area there has been the following Planned Admission Number (PAN) changes
Woolaston increased their PAN from 27 to 30 in 2018
Recent housing developments close to Tutshill and Offa’s Mead have led to increased demand for places. A small amount of S106 developer’s contributions has been secured for Tutshill School, the LA is in discussion with both Tutshill and Offa’s Mead Primary Schools as additional capacity of approximately 0.5FE of permanent places may be required. Tutshill School, the school site is limited and expansion may not be possible, however Offa’s Mead is closely located to Tutshill and this site could be expanded.
Wyedean Secondary School serves the Tidenham area. The growth is likely to be able to be contained as currently the school has surplus places; however 2021/22 intake shows a peak in demand and this will be monitored. Additional temporary places may be required for a limited time as for following year’s number fall back to a manageable level.
Tutshill has a small a local housing development nearby, however the site is restricted in how much it can expand. Offa’s Mead near by is able to support a 0.5FE expansion and plans are being drawn up as to how this could be achieved if it is needed.
Tidenham is close to the welsh border and receives applications from children living in Wales. Housing in Chepstow could impact further on schools in this planning area. In addition the Army base at Beachley Barracks home to the 1st Rifles Light Infantry also causes some fluctuation to school numbers as families move with the regiment. Woolaston
Page 33
Page 207
Primary School increased its Planned Admission Number (PAN) to 30 from 27 in September 2018.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends, it also shows capacity and anticipated demand for places of the Tidenham area schools listed above:
Primary place demand in : Tidenham Planning Area 9161100
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 107 102 5 5% 749 672 77 10% 2016/17 107 102 5 5% 749 706 43 6% 2017/18 107 108 -1 -1% 749 712 37 5% 2018/19 110 95 15 14% 770 689 81 11% 2019/20 110 94 16 15% 770 656 114 15% 2020/21 110 97 (0) 13 12% 770 654 (0) 116 15% 2021/22 110 89 (6) 21 19% 770 664 (41) 106 14% 2022/23 110 97 (10) 13 12% 770 668 (69) 102 13% 2023/24 110 107 (14) 3 3% 770 695 (93) 75 10%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There are approximately 226 dwellings identified in the Forest of Dean housing trajectories to be built in the Tidenham area. This would generate approximately 93 primary aged pupils over the forecast period.
Assuming the birth rate continues at the average rate for the past four years and the housing in the area is delivered as planned there are forecast to be sufficient places for the whole of the forecast period until 2023/24.
Secondary pupil place demand in Tidenham
Page 34
Page 208
The Wyedean School is the main secondary school serving the Tidenham area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The following chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Tidenham planning area. 96% of the pupils attending a primary school in the Tidenham area were allocated Wyedean School in the 2020 round
Secondary School Allocated 2020 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Five Acres High School The Dean Academy Wyedean School
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Tidenham planning area can be found from page 235 to page 236.
Tidenham Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
Monitor new housing delivery in No action No action the planning area to consider the required required need for a permanent increase of unless unless 0.5FE at Offa’s Mead Primary windfall windfall School housing housing sites come sites come forward forward
Page 35
Page 209
D2 Lydney
There are 8 primary age schools in the Lydney area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 16 age range. For sixth form The Royal Forest of Dean Five Acres College offers a number of post 16 options as well as post 16 provisions in the nearby community areas at Newent or opt to travel into Cheltenham or Gloucester for other sixth forms and college options. A new college provision is opening in Cinderford for 2018. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
11.39
Primary DFE Type District Aylburton C of E Primary School 3018 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Bream C of E Primary School 3078 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Lydney C of E Community School 3048 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Parkend Primary School 2108 Community school Forest of Dean Pillowell Community Primary School 2109 Community school Forest of Dean Primrose Hill Church of England Primary Academy 2010 Academy sponsor led Forest of Dean Severnbanks Primary Academy 5216 Academy converter Forest of Dean Yorkley Primary School 2110 Community school Forest of Dean
Page 36
Page 210
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Forest Central Area are listed below:
Secondary DFE Type District Dene Magna School 5422 Academy converter Forest (C) Five Acres High School 4009 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Dean Academy 4005 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Forest High School 4006 Academy sponsor led Forest (C)
Births in Lydney
The number of births in the Lydney area has been fairly stable over the last few years with a notable bulge in 2016/17.
Lydney 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 174 180 192 172 167 169
Primary pupil place demand in Lydney
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Forecasts show a sustained rise in demand for places in this planning area over the forecast period.
Parkend Primary permanently increased their PAN from 8 to 10 in 2016. Primrose Hill Primary reduced their PAN from 45 to 30 in 2014 Severnbanks Primary admitted an additional 15 pupils as a temporary bulge class in 2017, and did so again in 2020.
Page 37
Page 211
Almost all of the additional places needed arise from the local housing developments that are proposed in the Forest of Dean Allocation Plan and include significant development around Severnbanks School and smaller developments in the Bream area. S106 funding has been secured from local housing developments for future expansion of Severnbanks School and the Local Authority is working with the academy trust to agree timing of the expansion.
The Secondary school for this area is The Dean Academy; there are sufficient places at the local secondary school to support the forecast demand for places.
The table below provides historic information and future estimates for the total number of available primary places in the Reception year (the “Published Admission Number” or PAN) compared with the actual or forecast number of pupils in that year. This gives the number of spare places across the primary school planning area (a negative figure shows a shortage of places compared with the PAN).
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Lydney area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Primary place demand in : Lydney Planning Area 9161110
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 175 160 15 9% 1285 1125 160 12% 2016/17 177 168 9 5% 1299 1134 165 13% 2017/18 192 176 16 8% 1254 1143 111 9% 2018/19 177 143 34 19% 1254 1136 118 9% 2019/20 177 167 10 6% 1254 1134 120 10% 2020/21 177 169 (0) 8 5% 1254 1149 (0) 105 8% 2021/22 177 160 (7) 17 10% 1254 1176 (46) 78 6% 2022/23 177 166 (16) 11 6% 1254 1228 (111) 26 2% 2023/24 177 186 (28) -9 -5% 1254 1302 (193) -48 -4%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Page 38
Page 212
There are approximately 473 dwellings identified in the Forest of Dean housing trajectories to be built in the Lydney area. This would generate approximately 193 primary aged pupils over the forecast period.
Assuming the birth rate continues at the average rate for the past four years, and the housing is delivered as planned, this increase in demand can be accommodated in the short term. Pupil numbers attending schools in Lydney area will be monitored closely in the coming years and additional accommodation is planned for Severnbanks Primary Academy at the end of the forecast period.
Secondary pupil place demand in Lydney
The Dean Academy is the main secondary school serving the Lydney area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the expected number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of parental choice, pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The following chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Lydney planning area. 54% were allocated The Dean Academy School, 25% were allocated to Wyedean School and 15% were allocated to Five Acres High School.
Secondary School Allocated 2020 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Lydney planning area can be found from page 232 to page 234
Lydney Implementation Plan
Page 39
Page 213
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
Continue to monitor housing developments in the area close No action to Severnbanks. Agree timing of a 1FE expansion at required Severnbanks with the academy trust. unless windfall housing sites come forward
Page 40
Page 214
D3 Coleford
There are 8 primary age schools in the Coleford area of which one school is an infant and junior school pair. 1 secondary school caters for the 11 to 16 age range. For sixth form The Royal Forest of Dean Five Acres College offers a number of post 16 options as well as post 16 provisions in the nearby community areas at Newent or opt to travel into Cheltenham or Gloucester for other sixth forms and college options. A new college provision is opening in Cinderford for 2018. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Forest Central area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Dene Magna School 5422 Academy converter Forest (C) Five Acres High School 4009 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Dean Academy 4005 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Forest High School 4006 Academy sponsor led Forest (C)
Births in Coleford
The number of births in the Coleford area has fluctuated in recent years around an average of 130.
Page 41
Page 215
Coleford 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 117 130 139 141 116 138
Primary Pupil Place demand in Coleford
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Page 42
Page 216
Forecasts show fluctuating demand for places however there is sufficient capacity across primary schools to accommodate this demand and maintain a surplus of places. Approximately 2 FE of additional pupils are expected to arise from the local housing developments proposed in the Forest of Dean Allocation Plan. These pupils can be absorbed in the spare capacity at the existing schools.
The local secondary school is Five Acres High School. There is currently no anticipated impact on secondary provision as increased numbers can be accommodated within the existing provision.
The table below provides historic information and future estimates for the total number of available primary places in the Reception year (the “Published Admission Number” or PAN) compared with the actual or forecast number of pupils in that year. This gives the number of spare places across the primary school planning area (a negative figure shows a shortage of places compared with the PAN). .
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Coleford area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Page 43
Page 217
Primary place demand in : Coleford Planning Area 9161120
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 183 177 6 3% 1191 1056 135 11% 2016/17 168 128 40 24% 1191 1040 151 13% 2017/18 168 159 9 5% 1191 1049 142 12% 2018/19 168 122 46 27% 1191 1013 178 15% 2019/20 168 119 49 29% 1191 1007 184 15% 2020/21 168 135 (0) 33 20% 1191 987 (0) 204 17% 2021/22 168 143 (1) 25 15% 1191 1000 (4) 191 16% 2022/23 168 119 (5) 49 29% 1176 976 (35) 200 17% 2023/24 168 158 (14) 10 6% 1176 1037 (94) 139 12%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 228 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Coleford area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 94 Primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Therefore we will continue to monitor housing coming forward and make requests for S106 developer’s contributions where necessary to ensure we have sufficient primary places locally.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Coleford
The Five Acres High School is the secondary school serving the Majority of the Coleford community area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the expected number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of parental choice, pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Coleford planning area. 90% were allocated Five Acres High School.
Page 44
Page 218
Secondary School Allocated 2020 120
100
80
60
40
20
0 Chipping Dene Magna Five Acres Ribston Hall The Cotswold The Dean Wyedean Campden School High School High School Academy Academy School School
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Coleford planning area can be found from page 232 to page 234.
Coleford Implementation Plan
Long term – Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 to 5 5 to 10 years 2 years years Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Currently there are No action required No action no plans for supply unless windfall housing required of further new sites come forward unless places for either windfall primary or housing sites secondary. There come forward are currently significant surplus places for secondary provision and we will continue to monitor demand.
Page 45
Page 219
D4 Brooks Dean
There are 4 primary age schools in the Brooks Dean area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 16 age range. For sixth form The Royal Forest of Dean Five Acres College offers a number of post 16 options as well as post 16 provisions in the nearby community areas at Newent. A new college provision opened in Cinderford in 2018. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
Primary DFE Type District Drybrook School 2062 Academy sponsor led Forest of Dean Lydbrook Primary School 2077 Community school Forest of Dean Ruardean C of E Primary School 3065 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Woodside Primary School 2064 Community school Forest of Dean
Page 46
Page 220
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Forest Central area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Dene Magna School 5422 Academy converter Forest (C) Five Acres High School 4009 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Dean Academy 4005 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Forest High School 4006 Academy sponsor led Forest (C)
Births in Brooks Dean
The number of births in the Brooks Dean area has decreased over the last few years.
Brooks Dean 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 63 65 57 58 54 55
Primary Pupil Place demand in Brooks Dean
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Forecasts show a steady rise in demand for places however there is sufficient capacity across the primary schools to accommodate this demand and maintain a surplus of places. There has been no change in terms of the overall capacity in local primary schools in this area to date. There are a number of small housing developments in this area; however, there is spare capacity in the local schools.
The local secondary school is Dene Magna Academy whist there is sufficient capacity available to meet the demand. Dene Magna is a popular choice of school and attracts pupils from surrounding areas of the Forest.
The table below provides historic information and future estimates for the total number of available primary places in the Reception year (the “Published Admission Number” or PAN) compared with the actual or forecast number of pupils in that year. This gives the number of spare places across the primary planning area (a negative figure shows a shortage of places compared with the PAN).
Page 47
Page 221
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Brooks Dean area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Primary place demand in : Brooks Dean Planning Area 9161200
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 72 57 15 21% 504 472 32 6% 2016/17 72 67 5 7% 504 480 24 5% 2017/18 72 56 16 22% 504 464 40 8% 2018/19 72 65 7 10% 504 455 49 10% 2019/20 72 57 15 21% 504 432 72 14% 2020/21 72 57 (0) 15 21% 504 417 (0) 87 17% 2021/22 72 59 (0) 13 18% 504 402 (0) 102 20% 2022/23 72 60 (2) 12 17% 504 406 (8) 98 19% 2023/24 72 64 (3) 8 11% 504 411 (16) 93 18%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 40 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Brooks Dean area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 16 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Therefore we will continue to monitor housing coming forward and make requests for S106 developer’s contributions where necessary to ensure we have sufficient primary places locally.
Secondary pupil place demand in Brooks Dean
Page 48
Page 222
Dene Magna School and Five Acres High School are the main secondary schools serving the Brooks Dean area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas. The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Brooks Dean planning area. 60% of the pupils attending a primary school in the Brooks Dean area were allocated Dene Magna School and 35% allocated Five Acres High school in the 2020 round
Secondary School Allocated 2020 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 Dene Magna School Denmark Road High Five Acres High Newent Community Pate's Grammar School School School and Sixth School Form Centre
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Brooks Dean planning area can be found from page 232 to page 234
Brooks Dean Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2017/18 – 2019/20 2020/21 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2027/28
No action currently No action currently No action currently required, continue required, continue required, continue to monitor housing to monitor housing to monitor housing developments and developments and developments and seek S106 if seek S106 if seek S106 if appropriate. appropriate. appropriate.
D5 Longhope / Mitcheldean
Page 49
Page 223
There are 3 primary age schools in the Longhope/Mitcheldean area and 1 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 age range. For sixth form The Royal Forest of Dean Five Acres College offers a number of post 16 options as well as post 16 provisions in the nearby community areas at Newent. A new college provision opened in Cinderford in 2018. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
Primary DFE Type District Hope Brook C of E Primary School 2184 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Huntley Church of England Primary School 3328 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean Mitcheldean Endowed Primary School 3338 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Forest Central area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Dene Magna School 5422 Academy converter Forest (C) Five Acres High School 4009 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Dean Academy 4005 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Forest High School 4006 Academy sponsor led Forest (C)
Page 50
Page 224
Births in Longhope / Mitcheldean
The number of births in the Longhope area has decreased over the last three years for which data is available.
Longhope / Mitcheldean 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 63 57 60 50 50 33
Primary Pupil Place demand in Longhope / Mitcheldean
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Forecasts show a consistent demand for places. Mitcheldean Primary has experienced some increased demand for places in recent years resulting in admission appeals. Reducing pre- school numbers suggest that there has been a slight decline in the cohorts coming through which ultimately result in a decline in total numbers by 2023/24. A number of small housing developments are proposed in the Allocation Plan for this area. Timing is uncertain, but the anticipated numbers are included in the forecasts. There are no issues anticipated with regard to capacity here.
The local secondary school is Dene Magna; whilst there are sufficient places available to meet the demand. Dene Magna is a popular choice of school and attracts pupils from surrounding areas of the Forest.
Page 51
Page 225
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows capacity and anticipated demand for places at the Longhope / Mitcheldean area schools listed above.
Primary place demand in : Longhope / Mitcheldean Planning Area 9161210
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 59 60 -1 -2% 413 409 4 1% 2016/17 59 57 2 3% 413 413 0 0% 2017/18 59 53 6 10% 413 399 14 3% 2018/19 59 57 2 3% 413 401 12 3% 2019/20 59 53 6 10% 413 414 -1 0% 2020/21 59 58 (0) 1 2% 413 399 (0) 14 3% 2021/22 59 51 (0) 8 14% 413 386 (0) 27 7% 2022/23 59 51 (1) 8 14% 413 377 (5) 36 9% 2023/24 59 39 (2) 20 34% 413 363 (14) 50 12%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 35 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Mitcheldean area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 14 Primary aged pupils. Therefore we will continue to monitor housing coming forward and make requests for S106 developer’s contributions where necessary to ensure we have sufficient primary places locally.
Page 52
Page 226
Secondary pupil place demand in Longhope / Mitcheldean
Dene Magna School is the main secondary school serving the Longhope / Mitcheldean area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Secondary School Allocated 2020 60
50
40
30
20
10
0 Dene Magna School Newent Community School and Sixth Form Centre
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Longhope / Mitcheldean planning area. 90% of the pupils attending a primary school in the Longhope / Mitcheldean area were allocated Dene Magna school in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Longhope/Mitcheldean planning area can be found from page 232 to page 234
Longhope / Mitcheldean Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
No action currently No action currently No action currently proposed, however required, continue required, continue we will closely to monitor housing to monitor housing monitor any developments and developments and housing coming seek S106 if seek S106 if forward that may appropriate. appropriate. require additional provision at primary schools locally.
Page 53
Page 227
D6 Cinderford
There are 5 primary age schools in the Cinderford area and 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 age range. For sixth form The Royal Forest of Dean Five Acres College offers a number of post 16 options as well as post 16 provisions in the nearby community areas at Newent or opt to travel into Cheltenham or Gloucester for other sixth forms and college options. A new college provision is opening in Cinderford for 2018. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
Primary DFE Type District Forest View Primary 2061 Academy converter Forest of Dean Littledean Church of England Primary School 3044 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Soudley Primary School 2066 Community school Forest of Dean St White's Primary School 2065 Community school Forest of Dean St. Anthony's Primary School 6049 Closed August 2018 Forest of Dean Steam Mills Primary School 2067 Community school Forest of Dean
Page 54
Page 228
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Forest Central area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Dene Magna School 5422 Academy converter Forest (C) Five Acres High School 4009 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Dean Academy 4005 Academy sponsor led Forest (C) The Forest High School 4006 Academy sponsor led Forest (C)
Births in Cinderford
The number of births in the Cinderford area has decreased for the last three years after peaks and troughs in earlier years.
Cinderford 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 158 142 153 146 134 116
Primary pupil place demand in Cinderford
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
St Whites School was rebuilt in 2016. It was built as a 1.5FE with a 2FE core so can easily be expanded with the provision of 3 additional classrooms. Forest View is a 2FE school but has the site available for further expansion if required.
Forest View Primary Academy increased its PAN from 45 to 60 in 2016. St Anthony’s Free School closed in July 2018.
Housing development at Cinderford Northern Quarter is expected to generate increased demand in the area, when it comes forward. However timescales for this is currently unknown. We have secured S106 developers funding to expand Steam Mills Primary School if necessary.
There is sufficient capacity in the planning area to meet demand throughout the forecasting period. Page 55
Page 229
The Forest High School is the local secondary school. There is currently no anticipated impact on secondary provision as increased numbers can be accommodated within the school.
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Cinderford area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends. However, they do not include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Primary place demand in : Cinderford Planning Area 9161220
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 150 156 -6 -4% 1050 950 100 10% 2016/17 165 148 17 10% 1155 958 197 17% 2017/18 165 129 36 22% 1155 997 158 14% 2018/19 148 136 12 8% 1036 958 78 8% 2019/20 148 127 21 14% 1036 946 90 9% 2020/21 148 129 (0) 19 13% 1036 968 (0) 68 7% 2021/22 148 130 (0) 18 12% 1036 963 (0) 73 7% 2022/23 148 120 (2) 28 19% 1036 956 (10) 80 8% 2023/24 148 110 (6) 38 26% 1036 961 (40) 75 7%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 98 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Cinderford area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 40 Primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Cinderford Page 56
Page 230
Dene Magna School and the Forest High School are the main secondary schools serving the Cinderford area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Cinderford planning area. 46% were allocated Dene Magna School and 45% were allocated the Forest High School and in the 2020 round
Secondary School Allocated 2020 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Dene Magna Five Acres High Holmleigh Park Newent Ribston Hall High The Forest High School School High School Community School School School and Sixth Form Centre
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Cinderford planning area can be found from page 232 to page 234
Cinderford Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
No action currently We will continue to monitor progress of the proposed. Cinderford Northern Quarter development and once this commences, we will review the provision locally and assess the need for additional places locally.
D7 West Severn
There were 8 primary age schools in the West Severn area, however Minsterworth Primary School closed in 2017 and 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 19 age range. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School; however some pupils may opt to go to the provision in Monmouth (Over Monnow Primary) this is a primary provision only.
Page 57
Page 231
Primary DFE Type District Blakeney Primary School 2042 Community school Forest of Dean Churcham Primary School 2051 Community school Forest of Dean Highnam C of E Primary Academy 3084 Academy converter Tewkesbury Newnham St. Peter's C of E Primary School 3340 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean Tibberton Community Primary School 2099 Community school Forest of Dean Walmore Hill Primary School 2102 Community school Forest of Dean Westbury-on-Severn C of E Primary School 3350 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean
The Newent Community School is the main secondary school serving the West Severn area.
Secondary DFE Type District Newent Community School and Sixth Form Centre 5411 Academy converter Forest (N)
Page 58
Page 232
Births in West Severn
The number of births in the West Severn area has decreased for the last five years having previously risen for the previous three years.
West Severn 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 109 100 104 80 89 71
Primary Pupil Place demand in West Severn
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
The closure of Minsterworth Primary School served to fill the other local schools, current capacity is meeting demand however; small housing developments underway will mean that some additional capacity at one or more of the local primary schools will be required to ensure sufficient places are available. In addition Blakeney, Highnam (housing locally) and Newnham are all likely to have demand for places that will exceed their capacity. All schools are more than two miles apart so local solutions will be needed to avoid transport implications. A watching brief on this area is in progress. If needed Walmore Hill School is able to increase its capacity by 0.5FE, but the other schools are on the ‘hot spot’ list of schools that would not be able to expand on their current sites to meet additional demand from new housing.
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the West Severn area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Page 59
Page 233
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
Primary place demand in : West Severn Planning Area 9161230
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 115 96 19 17% 805 681 124 15% 2016/17 115 96 19 17% 805 683 122 15% 2017/18 115 98 17 15% 805 701 104 13% 2018/19 107 110 -3 -3% 749 732 17 2% 2019/20 107 107 0 0% 749 736 13 2% 2020/21 107 113 (0) -6 -6% 749 766 (0) -17 -2% 2021/22 107 95 (2) 12 11% 749 759 (8) -10 -1% 2022/23 107 102 (4) 5 5% 749 765 (16) -16 -2% 2023/24 107 95 (7) 12 11% 749 774 (37) -25 -3%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 70 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the West Severn area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 29 primary aged pupils in the forecast period in addition 19 houses were identified in the Tewkesbury Plan should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 8 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Page 60
Page 234
Secondary Pupil Place demand in West Severn
Newent Community School and Dene Magna School are the main secondary schools serving the West Severn area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the West Severn planning area. 44% were allocated the Newent Community school and 24% were allocated Dene Magna school and in the 2020 round
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to West Severn planning area can be found from page 230 to page 234
West Severn Implementation Plan
Long term – Medium term 5 to 10 – 3 to 5 years Short term – 1 to 2 years years
Academic Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
To continue to monitor No action No action Blakeney, Newnham and currently currently Highnam Schools linked to required required housing forecasts for 2021 and beyond. Potential expansion if required at Walmore Hill Primary to support additional pupils.
Page 61
Page 235
D8 Newent
There are 6 primary age schools including one infant and junior school pair in the Newent area, and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School
Primary DFE Type District Ann Cam C of E Primary School 3323 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean Bromesberrow St. Mary's C of E Primary School 3311 Voluntary aided school Forest of Dean Glebe Infant School 5211 Foundation school Forest of Dean Pauntley C of E Primary School 3060 Voluntary controlled school Forest of Dean Picklenash Junior School 5203 Foundation school Forest of Dean Redmarley C of E Primary Academy 3064 Academy converter Forest of Dean
The Secondary School serving the Newent area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Newent Community School and Sixth Form Centre 5411 Academy converter Forest (N)
Page 62
Page 236
Births in Newent
The number of births in the Newent area has decreased in recent years following a peak in 2016/17.
Newent 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 100 99 125 98 89 78
Primary Pupil Place demand in Newent
Normally, the need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Forecasts for this area indicate a pattern of overall growth from housing development in and around Newent. Due to the legacy of surplus places across this area, these extra places can be accommodated within existing schools; however numbers will be kept under review.
Ann Cam C of E Primary School reduced their PAN from 20 to 15 in 2016 Redmarley C of E Primary School increased their PAN from 10 to 12 in 2014
Newent Community School is the local secondary school. There is currently no anticipated impact on secondary provision as increased numbers can be accommodated within the school.
Page 63
Page 237
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table below is the current best estimate of provision required across Newent planning area taking account of current birth data and predicted housing. The figures are calculated by projecting forward the birth rate, the likely take up of places based on past trends and the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Primary place demand in : Newent Planning Area 9161240
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 107 83 24 22% 755 536 219 29% 2016/17 102 78 24 24% 720 536 184 26% 2017/18 102 73 29 28% 720 550 170 24% 2018/19 102 84 18 18% 720 568 152 21% 2019/20 102 80 22 22% 720 590 130 18% 2020/21 102 102 (0) 0 0% 720 615 (0) 105 15% 2021/22 102 90 (4) 12 12% 720 641 (22) 79 11% 2022/23 102 89 (7) 13 13% 720 656 (46) 64 9% 2023/24 102 90 (13) 12 12% 720 693 (85) 27 4%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are over 206 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Newent area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 85 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Page 64
Page 238
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Newent
Newent Community School is the main secondary school serving the Newent planning area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart above shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Newent planning area. 88% were allocated the Newent Community School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Newent planning area can be found from page 230 to page 231
Newent Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to 2 Medium term – 3 to 10 years years to 5 years Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
No action currently required, continue to monitor housing developments and seek S106 if appropriate.
Page 65
Page 239
D9 Hartpury
There are 3 primary age schools in the Hartpury area, and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. The nearest special school in Gloucestershire is the Heart of the Forest School
Primary DFE Type District Ashleworth C of E Primary School 3086 Voluntary controlled school Tewkesbury Hartpury C of E Primary School 3040 Academy converter Forest of Dean Staunton & Corse C of E Primary Academy 3366 Academy converter Forest of Dean
The Secondary school serving the Hartpury area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Newent Community School and Sixth Form Centre 5411 Academy converter Forest (N)
Page 66
Page 240
Births in Hartpury
The number of births in the Hartpury area has decreased over the last four years.
Hartpury 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 33 38 26 27 28 18
Primary Pupil Place demand in Hartpury
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Hartpury planning area has sufficient capacity throughout the forecast period. Staunton & Corse C of E Primary School increased their PAN from 15 to 18 in 2015.
Newent Community School is the local secondary school. There is currently no anticipated impact on secondary provision as increased numbers can be accommodated within the school.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Hartpury area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Page 67
Page 241
Primary place demand in : Hartpury Planning Area 9161250
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 41 33 8 20% 287 228 59 21% 2016/17 41 41 0 0% 287 233 54 19% 2017/18 41 32 9 22% 287 242 45 16% 2018/19 41 40 1 2% 287 256 31 11% 2019/20 41 31 10 24% 287 245 42 15% 2020/21 41 32 (0) 9 22% 287 242 (0) 45 16% 2021/22 38 38 (2) 0 0% 266 254 (11) 12 5% 2022/23 38 40 (4) -2 -5% 266 269 (25) -3 -1% 2023/24 38 27 (4) 11 29% 266 253 (25) 13 5%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 62 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Hartpury area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 25 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Page 68
Page 242
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Hartpury
Newent Community School in the Forest North area is the main secondary school serving the Hartpury planning area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Newent planning area. 80% were allocated the Newent Community School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Hartpury planning area can be found from page 230 to page 231.
Hartpury Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to 2 Medium term – 3 to 10 years years to 5 years Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
No action currently required, continue to No action currently required, continue to monitor monitor housing housing developments and seek S106 if developments and appropriate. seek S106 if appropriate.
Page 69
Page 243
TEWKESBURY DISTRICT
D10 Tewkesbury / Ashchurch
There are 10 primary age schools in the Tewkesbury Ashchurch area including one infant and junior school pair. There is one secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. There is one special school, Alderman Knight, in the area.
Primary DFE Type District Ashchurch Primary School 2040 Community school Tewkesbury Carrant Brook Junior School 5220 Foundation school Tewkesbury Deerhurst and Apperley C of E Primary School 3030 Voluntary controlled school Tewkesbury Mitton Manor Primary School 2125 Academy converter Tewkesbury Northway Infant School 2119 Community school Tewkesbury Queen Margaret Primary School 2116 Community school Tewkesbury Tewkesbury C of E Primary School 3073 Voluntary controlled school Tewkesbury The John Moore Primary School 2180 Community school Tewkesbury Tirlebrook Primary School 5208 Foundation school Tewkesbury Twyning School 2101 Community school Tewkesbury
The three Secondary schools serving the Tewkesbury area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cleeve School 4024 Academy converter Tewkesbury Tewkesbury School 5405 Academy converter Tewkesbury Winchcombe School 5417 Academy converter Tewkesbury
Page 70
Page 244
Births in Tewkesbury / Ashchurch
Tewkesbury is a large planning area, the number of births has decreased in the last two years after fluctuating in the previous years.
Tewkesbury / Ashchurch 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 261 283 263 293 256 237
Primary pupil place demand in Tewkesbury / Ashchurch
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
In this planning area we experience pressure for places at The John Moore Primary each year. Despite overall surplus in the planning area we need to look at individual schools because they are located some distance apart.
Ashchurch Primary School has benefitted from S106 funding linked to housing at Pamington Lane and increased its PAN from 19 to 21 in 2019 to accommodate children from new housing, with a possible further increase to 25 in future.
A development of 250 dwellings is underway at Walton Cardiff which is located directly opposite John Moore Primary School. The S106 developers contribution secured from this housing development will support additional places at John Moore Primary School. The school has sufficient land to accommodate a 0.5FE expansion.
A significant housing development is currently being planned across the border in Worcestershire. Whilst a new primary school is planned on the site of the development there may be a short term impact on Gloucestershire schools, such as Mitton Manor, which is the closest school to the development.
The Tewkesbury Academy is the local secondary school. There is currently no anticipated impact on secondary provision as increased numbers can be accommodated within the school, however this is being monitored closely as more housing developments are granted consents and where appropriate S106 is being secured to expand the school. The school has sufficient site to expand. Page 71
Page 245
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Tewkesbury/Ashchurch area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Page 72
Page 246
Primary place demand in : Tewkesbury / Ashchurch Planning Area 9161300
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 286 258 28 10% 2032 1807 225 11% 2016/17 286 253 33 12% 2032 1810 222 11% 2017/18 286 257 29 10% 2032 1811 221 11% 2018/19 286 240 46 16% 2032 1826 206 10% 2019/20 303 260 43 14% 2121 1802 319 15% 2020/21 303 233 (0) 70 23% 2121 1763 (0) 358 17% 2021/22 303 254 (8) 49 16% 2121 1763 (51) 358 17% 2022/23 303 232 (15) 71 23% 2121 1767 (100) 354 17% 2023/24 303 224 (18) 79 26% 2121 1740 (121) 381 18%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 294 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Tewkesbury/Ashchurch area. Should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 121 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request There is significant housing allocated for Tewkesbury within the JCS. In addition planned housing across the border in Worcestershire will also impact on this planning area as a result S106 new schools and contributions will be secured to support additional secondary places.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Tewkesbury / Ashchurch
Tewkesbury school is the main secondary school serving the Tewkesbury / Ashchurch area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 73
Page 247
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Tewkesbury / Ashchurch planning area. 86% were allocated the Tewkesbury school in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Tewkesbury/Ashchurch planning area can be found from page 237 to page 239.
Tewkesbury / Ashchurch Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Continue to Work with No action currently monitor demand in colleagues at required, continue this area and work Worcestershire to monitor housing with local schools Council to monitor developments and to address any a large housing seek S106 if needs emerging development at appropriate. from both the Bredon Road for Admission rounds 500 dwellings and Housing.. which could potentially impact Mitton Primary School. In addition a large housing development at Fiddington of up to 850 dwellings would secure a new Primary school and contribution to secondary provision.
Page 74
Page 248
D11 Bishops Cleeve
There are 5 primary age schools in the Bishops Cleeve area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. There is 1 special school, Alderman Knight, in the area
Primary DFE Type District Bishops Cleeve Primary Academy 2135 Academy converter Tewkesbury Gotherington Primary Academy 2069 Academy converter Tewkesbury Grangefield School 2181 Community school Tewkesbury Tredington Community Primary School 2089 Community school Tewkesbury Woodmancote School 2141 Community school Tewkesbury
The 3 Secondary schools serving the Tewkesbury area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cleeve School 4024 Academy converter Tewkesbury Tewkesbury School 5405 Academy converter Tewkesbury Winchcombe School 5417 Academy converter Tewkesbury
Page 75
Page 249
Births in Bishops Cleeve
The number of births in the Bishops Cleeve area has risen in recent years.
Bishops Cleeve 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 274 238 271 283 228 226
Primary Pupil Place demand in Bishops Cleeve
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This area has seen significant housing growth over the last four years as a result of the large scale housing; all schools in the planning area with the exception of Gotherington have expanded.
Bishops Cleeve Primary Academy increased its PAN to 90 in September 2013. Grangefield School temporarily increased its PAN from 30 to 45 for September 2015, and permanently to 60 in 2017. Tredington Primary increased its PAN from 12 to 14 from 2015 to accommodate pupils from the Coal Research Establishment development. A further PAN increase from 14 to 18 was introduced in 2019 Woodmancote Primary temporarily increased its PAN from 45 to 60 for September 2015 and permanently from September 2016, to accommodate pupils from the Homelands 1 development.
There are several large housing developments underway including Cleevelands and Homelands, with more planned to start in the coming years, which will generate a significant number of additional primary pupils. With all current local primary schools full and with no
Page 76
Page 250 site capacity available to expand a new school is planned to open at the end of the forecasting period
There are two significant outline planning applications submitted to Tewkesbury Borough Council for 850 dwellings at Fiddington, Ashchurch and 500 dwellings at Gotherington, Bishops Cleeve. Gloucestershire County Council has indicated that new schools would be required should these developments be granted permission.
Cleeve Academy is predominantly the local secondary school although some pupils opt to travel to the Cheltenham schools. The significant housing growth has led to the expansion of Cleeve Academy by an additional 1FE in 2018 and a further 1FE in 2019 to support demand for places.
To date the significant housing developments at Bishop’s Cleeve have resulted in all schools except one in the planning area expanding to meet demand arising from housing as detailed below.
With all schools now at site capacity, any further places will be by the provision of a new primary school provision to meet the shortfall. In the short term a bulge class will be required for 2021 with a new school provision by 2023/24.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Bishops Cleeve area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Page 77
Page 251
Primary place demand in : Bishops Cleeve Planning Area 9161310
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 239 238 1 0% 1435 1505 -70 -5% 2016/17 239 233 6 3% 1570 1551 19 1% 2017/18 254 238 16 6% 1780 1615 165 9% 2018/19 254 258 -4 -2% 1780 1672 108 6% 2019/20 258 231 27 10% 1808 1669 139 8% 2020/21 258 266 (0) -8 -3% 1808 1728 (0) 80 4% 2021/22 258 299 (8) -41 -16% 1808 1846 (52) -38 -2% 2022/23 258 269 (12) -11 -4% 1808 1886 (83) -78 -4% 2023/24 258 287 (12) -29 -11% 1808 1917 (83) -109 -6%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 203 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Bishops Cleeve area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 83 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Bishops Cleeve
Cleeve School is the main secondary school serving the Bishops Cleeve area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas. The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Bishops Cleeve planning area. 66% were allocated the Cleeve School in the 2020 round
Page 78
Page 252
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Bishops Cleeve planning area can be found from page 237 to page 239.
Bishops Cleeve Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
A temporary bulge Plan to open a new Expand the new class of 30 places primary school at school to three is planned for two forms of entry. forms of entry to 2021/22. meet demand from new housing as it Plan for provision is completed. of a new primary school to meet Continue to Continue to demand from new monitor housing in monitor housing in housing. the planning area the planning area and request S106 and request S106 where appropriate. where appropriate.
Page 79
Page 253
D12 Winchcombe
There are 4 primary age schools (one split site) in the Winchcombe area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 16 age range. For sixth form, young people travel to post 16 provisions in nearby community areas or to specialist college provision. There is 1 special school in the area, Alderman Knight School.
Primary DFE Type District Gretton Primary Academy 2113 Academy converter Tewkesbury Isbourne Valley School 3374 Community school Tewkesbury Oak Hill C of E Primary School 3099 Voluntary controlled school Tewkesbury Winchcombe Abbey C of E Primary School 3368 Academy converter Tewkesbury
There are 3 Secondary schools serving the Tewkesbury area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cleeve School 4024 Academy converter Tewkesbury Tewkesbury School 5405 Academy converter Tewkesbury Winchcombe School 5417 Academy converter Tewkesbury
Births in Winchcombe
The number of births in the Winchcombe area has decreased for the last three years after a peak in 2015/16.
Winchcombe 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 87 93 82 88 82 76
Page 80
Page 254
Primary Pupil Place demand in Winchcombe
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This planning area has seen some medium scale housing developments over the last few years as a result S106 has supported growth at Winchcombe Abbey Primary School. In addition, demand for places locally has supported a small rise in PAN at Isbourne Valley.
Winchcombe Abbey C of E Primary temporarily increased its PAN from 30 to 45 for 2014 and 2015 and permanently from 2017.
Isbourne Valley Primary School moved to the Didbrook site on a permanent basis from September 2015. The school increased its PAN from 12 to 15 in 2019.
Previous forecasts showed a shortfall of over 30 (1FE) places by 2021 from new housing. These additional numbers of pupil have not yet arisen and plans to expand Winchcombe Abbey by a further 0.5 FE have been put on hold until the need can be demonstrated by future forecasts. Further housing developments cannot be ruled out and some additional capacity must be factored in to allow for future growth, or no further development will be supported.
Winchcombe Academy is predominantly the local secondary school although some pupils opt to travel to the Cheltenham schools. The local housing growth is expected to necessitate the school to expand in future.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Winchcombe area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Page 81
Page 255
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Primary place demand in : Winchcombe Planning Area 9161320
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 84 74 10 12% 513 500 13 3% 2016/17 87 76 11 13% 547 507 40 7% 2017/18 87 85 2 2% 607 543 64 11% 2018/19 87 76 11 13% 607 542 65 11% 2019/20 90 76 14 16% 628 535 93 15% 2020/21 90 70 (0) 20 22% 628 546 (0) 82 13% 2021/22 90 86 (1) 4 4% 628 554 (7) 74 12% 2022/23 90 79 (1) 11 12% 628 556 (7) 72 11% 2023/24 90 75 (1) 15 17% 628 557 (7) 71 11%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Secondary pupil demand in Winchcombe
Winchcombe School is the main secondary school serving the Winchcombe area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 82
Page 256
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Winchcombe planning area. 80% were allocated Winchcombe School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Winchcombe planning area can be found from page 237 to page 239.
Winchcombe Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to 2 Medium term – 3 to 5 to 10 years years years Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Continue to monitor Continue to monitor Continue to housing in the planning housing in the planning monitor housing area and request S106 area and request S106 in the planning where appropriate. where appropriate. area and request S106 Work with Winchcombe where Abbey Primary and appropriate. Winchcombe Secondary School to plan the timing of expansion to meet demand generated by housing in the planning area.
Page 83
Page 257
COTSWOLD DISTRICT
D13 Chipping Campden
There are 7 primary age schools (including one split site primary) in the Chipping Campden area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Blockley C of E Primary School 3021 Academy converter Cotswold Longborough C of E Primary School 3045 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Mickleton Primary School 2081 Community school Cotswold St. Catharine's Catholic Primary School 3354 Voluntary aided school Cotswold St. David's Church of England Primary School 5213 Academy converter Cotswold St. James' and Ebrington Church of England Primary 3364 Voluntary aided school Cotswold Willersey C of E Primary School 3081 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold
There are 2 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold North area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Chipping Campden School 5414 Academy converter Cotswold (N) The Cotswold Academy 5410 Academy converter Cotswold (N)
Births in Chipping Campden
Page 84
Page 258
The number of births in the chipping Campden area has generally risen in recent years with a high number in 2017/18. There has been a small decrease for the last two years.
Chipping Campden 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 121 135 138 139 127 121
Primary Pupil Place demand in Chipping Campden
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Projections in the planning area show that the numbers remain within the overall capacity for the planning area as a whole. However, there is new housing in Moreton in Marsh that will impact on St. David's Primary Schools for which S106 developers contributions have been secured.
Mickleton increased its PAN from 20 to 25 in 2018 and has site capacity to grow to 30 in line with the housing development needs. Capacity issues are contained to this planning area, however influenced by cross border migration into Mickleton.
Longborough increased its PAN from 8 to 11 in 2019.
St. David's will accept a bulge class of 15 additional pupils in 2021/22. Longer term plans for primary provision in Moreton in Marsh are being considered because the level of housing development planned would create a need for more than 0.5FE expansion, which is the maximum that could be achieved on the St David’s site and a new primary school site is likely to be required.
Chipping Campden Academy is the local secondary school. The local housing growth has secured S106 and Chipping Campden Academy increased its PAN from 200 to 208 in 2017 and the PAN will increase again to 225 in 2021/22. Further housing may see the need for additional expansion which would be supported by S106.
Page 85
Page 259
Numbers of pupils in the primary age range across the Chipping Campden planning area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Primary place demand in : Chipping Campden Planning Area 9161400
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 146 125 21 14% 1022 976 46 5% 2016/17 151 102 49 32% 1027 944 83 8% 2017/18 151 134 17 11% 1032 972 60 6% 2018/19 159 114 45 28% 1113 962 151 14% 2019/20 159 135 24 15% 1113 946 167 15% 2020/21 159 142 (0) 17 11% 1113 929 (0) 184 17% 2021/22 179 156 (8) 23 13% 1163 1012 (55) 151 13% 2022/23 164 157 (15) 7 4% 1163 1075 (104) 88 8% 2023/24 164 163 (17) 1 1% 1163 1113 (119) 50 4%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 291 houses identified in the Cotswolds Local Plan to be built in the Chipping Campden area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate Page 86
Page 260 approximately 119 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary pupil place demand in Chipping Campden
Chipping Campden School is the main secondary school serving the Chipping Campden area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Chipping Campden planning area. 87% were allocated the Chipping Campden School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Chipping Campden planning area can be found from page 240 to page 241
Page 87
Page 261
D14 Stow on the Wold
There are 3 primary age schools in the Stow on the Wold area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Bledington School 2045 Community school Cotswold Stow-on-the-Wold Primary School 2091 Community school Cotswold Swell C of E Primary School 3071 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold
There are 2 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold North area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Chipping Campden School 5414 Academy converter Cotswold (N) The Cotswold Academy 5410 Academy converter Cotswold (N)
Page 88
Page 262
Births in Stow on the Wold
Stow on the Wold is a small planning area consisting of three small schools. The number of births has risen slightly over the past few years.
Stow-On-The-Wold 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 36 22 23 24 24 26
Primary Pupil Place demand in Stow on the Wold
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This planning area comprises three small schools. The projections show the intake and capacity are not exceeded in this planning period. There is currently no housing planned in the area that will impact on these schools.
Bledington primary has increased its PAN from 12 to 14 in 2015 providing 14 additional whole school places overall.
The Cotswold Academy is the local secondary school. The local housing growth has secured S106 and The Cotswold Academy increased its PAN from 210 to 220 for the 2018 intake creating 50 additional whole school places. Further housing may see the need for additional expansion which would be supported by S106.
Page 89
Page 263
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Stow on the Wold area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Primary place demand in : Stow-On-The-Wold Planning Area 9161410
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 42 41 1 2% 299 261 38 13% 2016/17 42 27 15 36% 299 249 50 17% 2017/18 42 23 19 45% 299 242 57 19% 2018/19 42 35 7 17% 299 233 66 22% 2019/20 42 24 18 43% 299 225 74 25% 2020/21 42 23 (0) 19 45% 299 211 (0) 88 29% 2021/22 42 25 (1) 17 40% 299 199 (1) 100 33% 2022/23 42 24 (1) 18 43% 299 190 (3) 109 36% 2023/24 42 27 (1) 15 36% 299 186 (7) 113 38%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 18 houses identified in the Cotswolds Local Plan to be built in the Stow on the Wold area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 7 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Page 90
Page 264
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Stow on the Wold
The Cotswold school is the main secondary school serving the Stow on the Wold area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Stow on the Wold area 90% were allocated The Cotswold Academy in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Stow on the Wold planning area can be found from page 240 to page 241.
Stow on the Wold Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Medium term – 3 to 5 to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years years
Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 –
2031/32
No action currently required, No action currently No action continue to monitor housing required, continue to currently developments and seek monitor housing required, S106 if appropriate. developments and seek continue to S106 if appropriate. monitor housing developments and seek S106 if appropriate.
Page 91
Page 265
D15 Bourton on the Water
There are 5 primary age schools in the Bourton area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Bourton-on-the-Water Primary Academy 2046 Academy converter Cotswold Cold Aston C of E Primary School 3017 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Sherborne C of E Primary School 3067 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Temple Guiting C of E School 3072 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold The Rissington School 2070 Community school Cotswold
There are 2 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold North area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Chipping Campden School 5414 Academy converter Cotswold (N) The Cotswold Academy 5410 Academy converter Cotswold (N)
Births in Bourton on the Water
The number of births in the Bourton on the Water area has fluctuated in the last three years, with a slight overall reduction in numbers.
Page 92
Page 266
. Bourton On The Water 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 100 106 117 82 95 85
Primary Pupil Place demand in Bourton on the Water
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
There has been a significant new housing development in Upper Rissington. The S106 agreement provided a 0.5 FE building which enabled The Rissington School to expand across a second site, providing a split site school that provided a combined admission number of 27 and capacity of 189 for September 2016. For 2017 the PAN temporarily increased to 30. For September 2018 the school admitted a temporary bulge class before permanently increasing its PAN from 30 to 45 in 2019. Additional capacity will be provided to support this.
New housing at Bourton-on-the Water secured a S106 developers contribution. Bourton on the Water Primary Academy increased its PAN from 30 to 37 in 2017 and the school increased its PAN again to 45 in 2020.
Cold Aston School also increased its PAN from 12 to 15 in 2015 providing 21 additional whole school places overall.
The Cotswold Academy is the local secondary school. The local housing growth has secured S106 and The Cotswold Academy has increased its PAN from 210 to 220 for the 2018 intake creating 50 additional whole school places. Further housing may see the need for additional expansion which would be supported by S106.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Bourton on the Water area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Page 93
Page 267
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Primary place demand in : Bourton On The Water Planning Area 9161420
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 92 89 3 3% 644 596 48 7% 2016/17 95 103 -8 -8% 665 655 10 2% 2017/18 102 79 23 23% 714 693 21 3% 2018/19 120 93 27 23% 840 705 135 16% 2019/20 120 104 16 13% 840 711 129 15% 2020/21 128 119 (0) 9 7% 896 762 (0) 134 15% 2021/22 128 93 (3) 35 27% 896 771 (15) 125 14% 2022/23 128 108 (4) 20 16% 896 780 (22) 116 13% 2023/24 128 115 (4) 13 10% 896 796 (27) 100 11%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 65 houses identified in the Cotswolds Local Plan to be built in the Bourton on the Water area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 27 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary pupil place demand in Bourton on the Water
The Cotswold Academy is the main secondary school serving the Bourton on the Water area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils
Page 94
Page 268 leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Bourton on the Water area. 92% were allocated The Cotswold Academy in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Bourton on the Water planning area can be found from page 240 to page 241.
Bourton on the Water Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years to 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
We will continue to monitor housing Continue Continue to locally and seek S106 developers to monitor monitor contributions to expand or provide housing housing new schools where needed. growth growth
Page 95
Page 269
D16 Northleach
There are 5 primary age schools in the Northleach area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Andoversford Primary School 5205 Foundation school Cotswold Coberley C of E Primary School 3027 Voluntary controlled school Stroud Northleach C of E Primary School 3056 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold St. Andrew's Church of England Primary School, Che 3317 Voluntary aided school Cotswold Withington C of E Primary School 3352 Voluntary aided school Cotswold
There are 2 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold North area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Chipping Campden School 5414 Academy converter Cotswold (N) The Cotswold Academy 5410 Academy converter Cotswold (N)
Births in Northleach
The number of births in the Northleach area has fallen in recent years but recovered in 2015/16 before decreasing again.
Page 96
Page 270
Northleach 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 50 60 59 56 49 44
Primary Pupil Place demand in Northleach
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
. Projections in the planning area show that the numbers remain within the overall capacity and PAN.
The PAN at Coberley increased from 8 to 10 in September 2016.
The PAN at St Andrews increased from 12 to 14 for the 2018 intake.
There is some housing that will impact on numbers at Northleach for which S106 contributions have been obtained.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends across the whole area.
Page 97
Page 271
Primary place demand in : Northleach Planning Area 9161430
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 66 57 9 14% 462 425 37 8% 2016/17 68 62 6 9% 476 440 36 8% 2017/18 68 58 10 15% 476 442 34 7% 2018/19 70 39 31 44% 490 421 69 14% 2019/20 70 57 13 19% 490 397 93 19% 2020/21 70 52 (0) 18 26% 490 388 (0) 102 21% 2021/22 70 53 (0) 17 24% 490 371 (0) 119 24% 2022/23 70 47 (1) 23 33% 490 356 (1) 134 27% 2023/24 70 43 (2) 27 39% 490 347 (10) 143 29%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 24 houses identified in the Cotswolds Local Plan to be built in the Northleach area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 10 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand at Northleach
The Cotswold Academy is the main secondary school serving the Northleach area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 98
Page 272
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Northleach area. 65% were allocated The Cotswold Academy in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Northleach planning area can be found from page 240 to page 241.
Northleach Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Medium term – 3 Short term – 1 to 2 to 10 years to 5 years years
Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2023/24 – 2021/22 – 2022/23 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No additional primary No action No action places are required but currently required currently we will continue to but will continue required but will monitor housing in the to monitor for any continue to local area. new housing monitor for any locally and seek new housing S106 locally and seek contributions if S106 appropriate. contributions if appropriate
Page 99
Page 273
D17 Fairford
There are 9 primary age schools in the Fairford area and 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Ampney Crucis C of E Primary School 3308 Voluntary aided school Cotswold Bibury Church of England Primary School 3019 Academy converter Cotswold Down Ampney C of E Primary School 3087 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Fairford C of E Primary School 3035 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Hatherop C of E Primary School 3041 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Kempsford C of E Primary School 3042 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Meysey Hampton C of E Primary School 3050 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Southrop C of E Primary School 3070 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold St. Lawrence C of E Primary School 3330 Academy converter Cotswold
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold South area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cirencester Deer Park School 5420 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Cirencester Kingshill School 5419 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Farmor's School 4513 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Sir William Romney's School 5428 Academy converter Cotswold (S)
Page 100
Page 274
Births in Fairford
The number of births in the Fairford area have decreased in recent years.
Fairford 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 152 147 131 124 133 118
Primary Pupil Place demand in Fairford area
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This planning area has a wide geographical spread of schools and borders Oxfordshire. There are some smaller village schools which serve distinct local communities.
Fairford Primary School admitted an additional 18 pupils in Reception in 2014 and an additional 17 pupils in Reception in 2017 as temporary increases to meet demand from a large cohort locally arising from housing developments locally. As a result S106 contribution was used to expand Fairford Primary permanently from 2019 increasing its PAN from 30 to 45.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends, including the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the Page 101
Page 275 tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Primary place demand in : Fairford Planning Area 9161500
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 137 129 8 6% 974 930 44 5% 2016/17 137 128 9 7% 974 925 49 5% 2017/18 152 151 1 1% 989 955 34 3% 2018/19 152 143 9 6% 1004 951 53 5% 2019/20 155 148 7 5% 1085 976 109 10% 2020/21 155 130 (0) 25 16% 1085 958 (0) 127 12% 2021/22 155 126 (1) 29 19% 1085 946 (2) 139 13% 2022/23 155 149 (3) 6 4% 1085 985 (16) 100 9% 2023/24 155 138 (5) 17 11% 1085 1004 (32) 81 7%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 77 houses identified in the Cotswolds Local Plan to be built in the Fairford area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 32 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Fairford
Farmor’s school is the main secondary school serving the Fairford area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 102
Page 276
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Fairford area. 81% were allocated Farmor’s school in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Fairford planning area can be found from page 242 to page 244.
Fairford Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Medium term – 3 Short term – 1 to 2 to 10 years to 5 years years
Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2023/24 – 2021/22 – 2022/23 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently No action No action required but will currently required currently continue to monitor for but will continue required but will any new housing locally to monitor for any continue to and seek S106 new housing monitor for any contributions if locally and seek new housing appropriate S106 locally and seek contributions if S106 appropriate contributions if appropriate
D18 Cirencester
There are 8 primary age schools in the Cirencester area and 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Page 103
Page 277
Primary DFE Type District Ann Edwards C of E Primary School 3069 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Chesterton Primary (2080) 2080 Academy sponsor led Cotswold Chesterton Primary School 2139 Academy sponsor led Cotswold Cirencester Primary School 3375 Community school Cotswold North Cerney C of E Primary School 3055 Academy converter Cotswold Powell's C of E Primary School 3319 Voluntary aided school Cotswold Siddington C of E School 3089 Academy converter Cotswold Stratton C of E Primary School 3025 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold Watermoor C of E Primary School 3024 Voluntary controlled school Cotswold
There are 4 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold South area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cirencester Deer Park School 5420 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Cirencester Kingshill School 5419 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Farmor's School 4513 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Sir William Romney's School 5428 Academy converter Cotswold (S)
Births in Cirencester
Cirencester is a large planning area where births have fluctuate for a number of years following a peak in 2013/14.
Cirencester 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 325 279 251 285 249 269
Page 104
Page 278
Primary Pupil Place demand in Cirencester
Normally, the need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This planning area is made up of schools serving Cirencester town and schools serving the outlying villages around Cirencester. The demand for school places expected to arise from the Kingshill housing development was addressed through the expansion and relocation of Watermoor School to a new site and building.
We are currently working with Planners and Developers on a significant strategic housing site for Chesterton that will deliver 2300 new homes. The development will secure a new 3FE primary school. This will be provided at the end of this forecasting period; however any growth from this development before 2023 will be supported by temporary provision either in existing schools or as a host school before the new school is built.
There are two Secondary academies that serve the Cirencester area, Kingshill and Deer Park, in addition there is Cirencester College and The Royal Agricultural University offering post 16 places. The local housing growth at Watermoor has secured S106 for Cirencester Kingshill School and the PAN increased from 182 to 189 in 2018 intake creating 35 additional whole school places. The PAN increased again to 196 in 2019 creating another 35 whole school places The development at Chesterton will provide significant S106 contributions for expansions at the local secondary schools and college.
Issues for Primary School Provision in Cirencester from 2021
The table below shows capacity and anticipated demand for places at the schools listed above.
Page 105
Page 279
Primary place demand in : Cirencester Planning Area 9161510
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 272 266 6 2% 1904 1796 108 6% 2016/17 277 245 32 12% 1939 1801 138 7% 2017/18 280 245 35 13% 1960 1813 147 8% 2018/19 280 275 5 2% 1960 1800 160 8% 2019/20 280 239 41 15% 1960 1761 199 10% 2020/21 280 209 (0) 71 25% 1960 1718 (0) 242 12% 2021/22 280 245 (5) 35 13% 1960 1738 (32) 222 11% 2022/23 280 216 (12) 64 23% 1960 1738 (81) 222 11% 2023/24 280 256 (26) 24 9% 1960 1813 (177) 147 8%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 432 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Cirencester area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 177 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request.
There are up to 2,500 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Cirencester community area. This is a Strategic site at Chesterton and will deliver a new 3FE primary school and S106 contributions to local Secondary Schools.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Cirencester
Cirencester Deer Park and Cirencester Kingshill are the two main secondary schools serving the Cirencester area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 106
Page 280
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Cirencester area. 48% were allocated Kingshill School and 38% allocated Deer Park in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Cirencester planning area can be found from page 242 to page 244.
Cirencester Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
The Local Authority is working The The with developers to secure a new Strategic Strategic 3FE primary School and site at site at Secondary contributions to Chesterton Chesterton support the additional places will still be will still be required as a result of the on going on going housing development at and the LA and the LA Chesterton. will continue will to work with continue to developers work with to ensure developers education to ensure places are education provided. places are provided.
Page 107
Page 281
D19 Tetbury
There are 5 primary age schools in the Tetbury area and 1 main secondary school catering for the 11 to 16 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Kemble Primary School 2073 Academy converter Cotswold Leighterton Primary School 2047 Community school Cotswold Rodmarton School 2085 Community school Cotswold Sapperton C of E Primary School 3345 Voluntary aided school Cotswold St. Mary's C of E Primary School 3348 Voluntary aided school Cotswold
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold South area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cirencester Deer Park School 5420 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Cirencester Kingshill School 5419 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Farmor's School 4513 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Sir William Romney's School 5428 Academy converter Cotswold (S)
Births in Tetbury
The number of births in the Tetbury area has remained steady until the current year..
Page 108
Page 282
Tetbury 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 97 107 107 103 108 91
Primary Pupil Place demand in Tetbury
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Projections in the planning area show that the numbers remain within the overall capacity and PAN. There is a small housing development that will generate 13 pupils for which S106 funding has been secured for St. Mary's.
Sapperton increased its PAN from 10 to 12 for 2018 intake
Sir William Romney’s School is the local secondary school. There are sufficient school places to accommodate demand.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends.
Page 109
Page 283
Primary place demand in : Tetbury Planning Area 9161520
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 113 87 26 23% 791 589 202 26% 2016/17 113 109 4 4% 791 613 178 23% 2017/18 113 85 28 25% 791 611 180 23% 2018/19 115 87 28 24% 805 640 165 21% 2019/20 115 98 17 15% 805 675 130 16% 2020/21 115 100 (0) 15 13% 805 688 (0) 117 15% 2021/22 115 105 (6) 10 9% 805 720 (36) 85 11% 2022/23 115 116 (7) -1 -1% 805 745 (44) 60 7% 2023/24 115 110 (8) 5 4% 805 755 (51) 50 6%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 125 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Tetbury area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 51 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Tetbury
Sir William Romney’s is the main secondary school serving the Tetbury area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 110
Page 284
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Tetbury area. 47% were allocated Sir William Romney’s school and 22% Cirencester Deer Park School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Tetbury planning area can be found from page 242 to page 244.
Tetbury implementation plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to 2 3 to 5 years to 10 years years
Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2026/27 – 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2031/32 2025/26
No action currently No action No action required but will currently currently continue to monitor for required but will required but will any new housing locally continue to continue to and seek S106 monitor for any monitor for any contributions if new housing new housing appropriate locally and seek locally and seek S106 S106 contributions if contributions if appropriate appropriate
Page 111
Page 285
STROUD DISTRICT
D20 Nailsworth
There are 7 primary age schools in the Nailsworth area and 2 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 16 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Amberley Parochial School 3334 Voluntary aided school Stroud Avening Primary School 2041 Community school Cotswold Horsley Church of England Primary School 3327 Voluntary aided school Stroud Minchinhampton School 5217 Academy converter Stroud Nailsworth C of E Primary School 3052 Voluntary controlled school Stroud Woodchester Endowed C of E Primary School 3353 Voluntary aided school Stroud
The 4 Secondary schools serving the Cotswold South area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Cirencester Deer Park School 5420 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Cirencester Kingshill School 5419 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Farmor's School 4513 Academy converter Cotswold (S) Sir William Romney's School 5428 Academy converter Cotswold (S)
Births in Nailsworth
The number of births in the Nailsworth area has decreased in recent years.
Page 112
Page 286
Nailsworth 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 134 126 120 115 103 104
Primary Pupil Place demand in Nailsworth
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
The forecasts for this planning area show that there is sufficient capacity at local schools for the whole of the forecasting period..
Pupils can select from a number of secondary schools including Sir William Romney’s, Thomas Keble and Archway. There are currently sufficient school places to accommodate demand, however by 2023/24 across the secondary planning area there will be a shortfall of secondary places.
Page 113
Page 287
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends.
Primary place demand in : Nailsworth Planning Area 9161600
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 156 147 9 6% 1092 1068 24 2% 2016/17 156 150 6 4% 1092 1062 30 3% 2017/18 156 142 14 9% 1092 1039 53 5% 2018/19 156 133 23 15% 1092 1011 81 7% 2019/20 156 135 21 13% 1092 994 98 9% 2020/21 141 134 (0) 7 5% 987 984 (0) 3 0% 2021/22 141 131 (3) 10 7% 987 980 (17) 7 1% 2022/23 141 133 (4) 8 6% 987 969 (22) 18 2% 2023/24 141 137 (4) 4 3% 987 956 (24) 31 3%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 58 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Nailsworth area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 24 primary aged pupils in the forecast period in addition there are 2 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Nailsworth area, should this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 1 primary aged pupil in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Nailsworth
Cirencester Deer Park and Sir William Romney’s are the two main secondary schools serving the Nailsworth area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 114
Page 288
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Nailsworth area. 35% were allocated Sir William Romney’s and 28% were allocated Deer Park school in the 2020 round
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Nailsworth planning area can be found from page 242 to page 244
Nailsworth Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
No action currently No action currently No action currently required but will required but will required but will continue to monitor continue to monitor continue to monitor for any new for any new for any new housing locally and housing locally and housing locally and seek S106 seek S106 seek S106 contributions if contributions if contributions if appropriate appropriate appropriate
Page 115
Page 289
D21 Eastcombe
There are 9 primary age schools in the Eastcombe area and 1 secondary school which cater for the 11 to 16 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Bisley Blue Coat C of E Primary School 3020 Voluntary controlled school Stroud Brimscombe C of E Primary School 3335 Voluntary aided school Stroud Bussage C of E Primary School 3315 Voluntary aided school Stroud Chalford Hill Primary School 2050 Community school Stroud Christ Church C of E Primary School (Chalford) 3314 Voluntary aided school Stroud Eastcombe Primary School 2044 Community school Stroud Miserden C of E Primary School 3337 Voluntary aided school Stroud Oakridge Parochial School 3310 Voluntary aided school Stroud Thrupp Primary School 2098 Community school Stroud
The 5 Secondary schools serving the East Stroud area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Archway School 4032 Community school East Stroud Maidenhill School 5424 Foundation school East Stroud Marling School 5401 Academy converter East Stroud Stroud High School 5402 Academy converter East Stroud Thomas Keble School 4068 Academy converter East Stroud
Births in Eastcombe
Page 116
Page 290
The number of births in the Eastcombe area fluctuates slightly but is lower than the 2015/16 total.
Eastcombe 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 102 104 96 83 87 94
Primary Pupil Place demand in Eastcombe
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
The forecasts for this planning area showed numbers fluctuating and by 2023/24 there would have been approximately 201 surplus primary places. A decision was taken to close Christ Church (Chalford) Primary School with effect from August 2021 because of low pupil numbers, with no pupils attending in Key Stage 1 by that time. The effect of this closure will be to reduce the number of surplus places in the planning area by 56.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Page 117
Page 291
Primary place demand in : Eastcombe Planning Area 9161610
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 139 108 31 22% 973 888 85 9% 2016/17 142 123 19 13% 994 902 92 9% 2017/18 142 114 28 20% 994 889 105 11% 2018/19 142 84 58 41% 994 860 134 13% 2019/20 142 95 47 33% 994 853 141 14% 2020/21 142 90 (0) 52 37% 994 791 (0) 203 20% 2021/22 134 81 (2) 53 40% 938 762 (8) 176 19% 2022/23 134 87 (4) 47 35% 938 749 (24) 189 20% 2023/24 134 100 (8) 34 25% 938 737 (49) 201 21%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 117 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Eastcombe area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 49 primary aged pupils in the forecast period in addition there are 2 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Eastcombe area, should this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 1 primary aged pupil in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Page 118
Page 292
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Eastcombe
Thomas Keble School is the main secondary school serving the Eastcombe area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Eastcombe area. 59% were allocated Thomas Keble School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Eastcombe planning area can be found from page 245 to page 247
Eastcombe Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to 2 3 to 5 years to 10 years years
Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2026/27 – 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2031/32 2025/26
No action currently No action No action required following the required but will currently closure of Christ continue to required but will Church (Chalford) but monitor the level continue to will continue to monitor of surplus monitor the level the level of surplus places in the of surplus places places in the planning planning area. in the planning area. area and any new housing locally.
Page 119
Page 293
D22 Stroud Town
There are 6 primary age schools in the Stroud Town area and 5 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age ranges. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Gastrells Community Primary School 2137 Community school Stroud Rodborough Community Primary School 2123 Community school Stroud Severn View Primary Academy 2003 Academy sponsor led Stroud Stroud Valley Community Primary School 2094 Community school Stroud The Rosary Catholic Primary Academy 3357 Academy converter Stroud Uplands Community Primary School 2097 Community school Stroud
The 5 Secondary schools serving the East Stroud area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Archway School 4032 Community school East Stroud Maidenhill School 5424 Foundation school East Stroud Marling School 5401 Academy converter East Stroud Stroud High School 5402 Academy converter East Stroud Thomas Keble School 4068 Academy converter East Stroud
Births in Stroud Town
The number of births in the Stroud Town area has fluctuated in recent years with a decrease in the final year..
Page 120
Page 294
Stroud Town 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 144 155 143 141 151 110
Primary Pupil Place demand in Stroud Town
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Forecasts show there will be approximately 280 surplus primary places across the whole planning area by 2023/24. Reception intake numbers fluctuate in this area but remain well under the places available. There is one small housing development at Dudbridge Hill where a contribution has been secured to expand either Rodborough Primary or St Matthew's C of E Primary in the adjacent planning area.
Maidenhill and Archway schools are the secondary schools nearest this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Both schools have sufficient capacity to accommodate pupils for the foreseeable future.
Page 121
Page 295
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends. However, they do not include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Primary place demand in : Stroud Town Planning Area 9161620
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 167 135 32 19% 1169 975 194 17% 2016/17 167 143 24 14% 1169 1006 163 14% 2017/18 167 125 42 25% 1169 992 177 15% 2018/19 167 126 41 25% 1169 970 199 17% 2019/20 167 122 45 27% 1169 961 208 18% 2020/21 167 116 (0) 51 31% 1169 912 (0) 257 22% 2021/22 167 123 (2) 44 26% 1169 896 (9) 273 23% 2022/23 167 138 (3) 29 17% 1169 903 (21) 266 23% 2023/24 167 107 (7) 60 36% 1169 889 (46) 280 24%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 112 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Eastcombe area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 46 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Page 122
Page 296
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Stroud Town
Archway School is the main secondary school serving the Stroud Town area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Stroud Town area. 40% were allocated Archway school in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Stroud Town planning area can be found from page 245 to page 247.
Stroud Town Implementation Plan
Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to Short term – 1 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required . No action Monitor Continue to monitor for any new currently required Secondary housing locally and seek S106 . Continue to demand a low contributions if appropriate monitor for any level of additional new housing places may be locally and seek required. S106 contributions if appropriate
Page 123
Page 297
D23 Cainscross / Whiteshill
There are 6 primary age schools in the Cainscross area and 5 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age ranges. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Callowell Primary School 2134 Community school Stroud Cashes Green Primary School 2117 Community school Stroud Foxmoor Primary School 2136 Community school Stroud Randwick C of E Primary School 3063 Voluntary controlled school Stroud St Matthew's Church of England Primary School 2088 Academy sponsor led Stroud St. Matthew's C of E Primary School 3346 Academy sponsor led Stroud Whiteshill Primary School 2111 Academy converter Stroud
The 5 Secondary schools serving the East Stroud area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Archway School 4032 Community school East Stroud Maidenhill School 5424 Foundation school East Stroud Marling School 5401 Academy converter East Stroud Stroud High School 5402 Academy converter East Stroud Thomas Keble School 4068 Academy converter East Stroud
Births in Cainscross / Whiteshill
The number of births in the Cainscross area has decreased in recent years.
Page 124
Page 298
Cainscross / Whiteshill 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 143 165 144 151 131 125
Overall, there are 180 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Cainscross/Whiteshill area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 74 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Primary Pupil Place demand in Cainscross / Whiteshill
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Forecasts show there will be approximately 89 surplus primary places in this area by the end of the forecasting period.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends across the area and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed. Overall, there are 26 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Cainscross / Whiteshill area, this housing is predicted to generate 8 primary aged pupils.
Page 125
Page 299
Primary place demand in : Cainscross / Whiteshill Planning Area 9161630
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 154 148 6 4% 1078 978 100 9% 2016/17 154 157 -3 -2% 1078 1005 73 7% 2017/18 154 146 8 5% 1078 1015 63 6% 2018/19 154 136 18 12% 1078 1020 58 5% 2019/20 154 148 6 4% 1078 1016 62 6% 2020/21 155 132 (0) 23 15% 1085 1007 (0) 78 7% 2021/22 155 142 (2) 13 8% 1085 1010 (12) 75 7% 2022/23 155 129 (6) 26 17% 1085 1008 (39) 77 7% 2023/24 155 120 (11) 35 23% 1085 996 (74) 89 8%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Cainscross/Whiteshill
Archway School is the main secondary school serving the Cainscross / Whiteshill area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 126
Page 300
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Cainscross / Whiteshill area. 43% were allocated Archway school and 34% were allocated Maidenhill School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Cainscross/Whiteshill planning area can be found from page 245 to page 247.
Cainscross /Whiteshill Implementation Plan
Medium term – 3 Long term – 5 to Short term – 1 to 2 years to 5 years 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required. No action Monitor Continue to monitor for any new currently required. Secondary housing locally and seek S106 Continue to demand a low contributions if appropriate monitor for any level of additional new housing places may be locally and seek required, but S106 most of the contributions if additional appropriate demand is at other secondary schools in the Stroud planning area.
Page 127
Page 301
D24 Painswick
There are 3 primary age schools in the Painswick area and 5 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age ranges. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs
Primary DFE Type District Cranham C of E Primary School 3322 Voluntary aided school Stroud Sheepscombe Primary School 2084 Community school Stroud The Croft Primary School 2130 Community school Stroud The 5 Secondary schools serving the East Stroud area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Archway School 4032 Community school East Stroud Maidenhill School 5424 Foundation school East Stroud Marling School 5401 Academy converter East Stroud Stroud High School 5402 Academy converter East Stroud Thomas Keble School 4068 Academy converter East Stroud
Births in Painswick
The number of births in this small planning area of Painswick is fairly steady with a small decrease overall in recent years.
Page 128
Page 302
Painswick 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 31 27 27 25 22 25
Primary Pupil Place demand in Painswick
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
The Croft School temporarily increased its PAN in September 2015 from 20 to 30 to meet demand from a large intake cohort that year. The forecasts show there will be sufficient primary places in the area during the forecasting period.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The below table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Page 129
Page 303
Primary place demand in : Painswick Planning Area 9161640
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 47 46 1 2% 278 251 27 10% 2016/17 37 30 7 19% 278 254 24 9% 2017/18 37 36 1 3% 278 254 24 9% 2018/19 37 37 0 0% 278 266 12 4% 2019/20 37 38 -1 -3% 278 270 8 3% 2020/21 37 36 (0) 1 3% 278 267 (0) 11 4% 2021/22 37 35 (0) 2 5% 278 258 (0) 20 7% 2022/23 37 35 (0) 2 5% 259 253 (0) 6 2% 2023/24 37 41 (0) -4 -11% 259 256 (0) 3 1%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 300
250
200
150
100
50
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There are no housing developments with planning permission in this planning area.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Painswick
Archway School and Thomas Keble are the main secondary schools serving the Painswick area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
Page 130
Page 304
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Painswick area. 22% were allocated Archway school and 24% in total were allocated one of the Cirencester schools in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Painswick planning area can be found from page 245 to page 247.
Painswick Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required. No action Monitor Continue to monitor for any new currently Secondary housing locally and seek S106 required. demand contributions if appropriate Continue to across the monitor for wider any new Stroud housing planning locally and area/. seek S106 contributions if appropriate
Page 131
Page 305
D25 Stonehouse
There are 5 primary age schools in the Stonehouse area and 5 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age ranges. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Eastington Primary School 2068 Community school Stroud Kings Stanley Church of England Primary School 3372 Voluntary controlled school Stroud Leonard Stanley C of E Primary School 3331 Voluntary aided school Stroud Park Junior School 2090 Community school Stroud Stonehouse Park Infant School 2146 Community school Stroud The 5 Secondary schools serving the East Stroud area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Archway School 4032 Community school East Stroud Maidenhill School 5424 Foundation school East Stroud Marling School 5401 Academy converter East Stroud Stroud High School 5402 Academy converter East Stroud Thomas Keble School 4068 Academy converter East Stroud
Births in Stonehouse
The births in the Stonehouse planning area has fluctuated in recent years..
132
Page 306
Stonehouse 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 160 139 155 151 130 139
Primary Pupil Place demand in Stonehouse
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Historically this planning area has had sufficient supply to meet demand. There have been no temporary or permanent expansions. Kings Stanley Infant and Junior Schools amalgamated in 2008 to form a 1FE primary school. Eastington is geographically isolated from the other schools in the group and is sometimes under pressure for places locally Smaller housing developments in Eastington, Kings Stanley and Leonard Stanley have given rise to a need for some additional capacity. It is likely that each of the schools will look to create some additional capacity to accommodate the additional pupils.
A large strategic housing development at Stonehouse of approximately 1350 new dwellings will support a new 1.5FE school on a 2FE site that will also be able to support future expansion if required. This school will meet the needs of the large shortfall of places shown in the forecast table below.
Maidenhill and Archway schools are the secondary schools nearest this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Both schools have sufficient capacity to accommodate pupils for the foreseeable future
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
133
Page 307
Primary place demand in : Stonehouse Planning Area 9161700
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 140 127 13 9% 980 909 71 7% 2016/17 140 146 -6 -4% 980 911 69 7% 2017/18 140 140 0 0% 980 921 59 6% 2018/19 140 138 2 1% 980 908 72 7% 2019/20 140 114 26 19% 980 891 89 9% 2020/21 140 135 (0) 5 4% 980 890 (0) 90 9% 2021/22 140 150 (16) -10 -7% 980 994 (112) -14 -1% 2022/23 140 150 (32) -10 -7% 980 1093 (222) -113 -12% 2023/24 140 180 (44) -40 -29% 980 1162 (302) -182 -19%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
The above table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Overall, there are 737 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Stonehouse area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 302 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
However, this includes a large strategic site of 1350 houses which will be supported with a new primary school and a S106 developer’s contribution for Secondary provision.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Stonehouse
Maidenhill is the main secondary school serving the Stonehouse area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
134
Page 308
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Stonehouse area. 63% were allocated Maidenhill School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Stonehouse planning area can be found from page 245 to page 247.
Stonehouse Implementation Plan
Medium Long term – term – 3 to 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required. A new Monitor Continue to monitor for any new school is Secondary housing locally and seek S106 scheduled to school contributions if appropriate be built to places and support new increase housing capacity development where required to support new housing development
135
Page 309
D26 Frampton / Saul
There are 2 primary age schools in the Frampton/ Saul area and 2 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age ranges. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Lakefield C of E Primary School 3101 Academy converter Stroud Whitminster Endowed CE Primary School 3080 Voluntary controlled school Stroud
The 2 Secondary schools serving the West Stroud area are listed here
Secondary DFE Type District Katharine Lady Berkeley's School 5406 Academy converter West Stroud Rednock School 5407 Foundation school West Stroud
Births in Frampton / Saul
Frampton is a small planning area consisting of only two schools. The number of births has varied between 28 and 38 over the past few years showing no discernible pattern.
Frampton / Saul 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 38 31 35 33 28 31
136
Page 310
Primary Pupil Place demand in Frampton / Saul
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Historically this planning area has had sufficient supply to meet demand. There have been no temporary or permanent expansions. Lakefield School took additional pupils in 2016 arising from Arlingham due to demographic growth and minor extension works were undertaken at the school to support this.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
137
Page 311
Primary place demand in : Frampton / Saul Planning Area 9161710
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 45 43 2 4% 315 318 -3 -1% 2016/17 45 49 -4 -9% 315 324 -9 -3% 2017/18 45 41 4 9% 315 315 0 0% 2018/19 45 43 2 4% 315 318 -3 -1% 2019/20 45 40 5 11% 315 311 4 1% 2020/21 45 42 (0) 3 7% 315 311 (0) 4 1% 2021/22 45 46 (2) -1 -2% 315 323 (12) -8 -3% 2022/23 45 42 (3) 3 7% 315 323 (18) -8 -3% 2023/24 45 49 (3) -4 -9% 315 325 (20) -10 -3%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 49 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Frampton/Saul area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 20 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
138
Page 312
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Frampton / Saul
Rednock School, west Stroud, was the majority secondary school serving the Frampton/ Saul area in the 2020 allocation round. Pupils arising from this planning area also historically travel to East Stroud and Gloucester secondary schools for their secondary education.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Frampton/ Saul area. 60% were allocated Rednock School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Frampton/Saul planning area can be found from page 248 to page 249.
Frampton / Saul Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to 2 Medium term – 3 to 5 to 10 years years years Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
No action currently Monitor completions of No action required. Continue to new housing underway currently monitor for any new in the area and plan for required. housing locally and seek possible small numbers Continue to S106 contributions if of additional school monitor for any appropriate places in line with new housing demand locally and seek S106 Continue to monitor for contributions if any new housing locally appropriate and seek S106 contributions if appropriate
139
Page 313
D27 Berkeley
There are 4 primary age schools in the Berkeley area and 2 secondary schools which cater for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Berkeley Primary School 2043 Academy converter Stroud Sharpness Primary School 2072 Community school Stroud Slimbridge Primary School 2086 Community school Stroud Stone with Woodford C of E Primary School 3038 Academy converter Stroud
The 2 Secondary schools serving the West Stroud area are listed here
Secondary DFE Type District Katharine Lady Berkeley's School 5406 Academy converter West Stroud Rednock School 5407 Foundation school West Stroud
Births in Berkeley
The number of births in the Berkeley area has decreased in recent years following a high number in 2014/15.
140
Page 314
Berkeley 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 92 74 66 77 70 66
Primary Pupil Place demand in Berkeley
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Schools in this planning area are located across a wide area, making it difficult to look at the supply as a whole. As a planning area the supply of primary places has met demand, however due to fluctuating demand, local to specific schools, there has been some pressure at some schools. Berkeley and Slimbridge primaries have both experienced high demand from local families. Slimbridge Primary in particular has had a high number of in-year applications and successful appeals which has pushed them over their PAN in most year groups. An additional building was installed at Slimbridge Primary for September 2015 to provide two groups spaces to help with the pressure of overcrowded classrooms. Further demand has now required that Slimbridge Primary open a fifth classroom and this will support a PAN increase from 15 to 20 in 2019. A number of developments at Cam may affect numbers at Slimbridge as it is the nearest school, however poor walking routes that cross the A38 may deter parents and impact the Cam schools instead. A potential new strategic site at Wisloe close to Slimbridge School would be large enough to require a new school for the development if approved.
Rednock is the nearest secondary school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. There are sufficient places available at Rednock School.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
141
Page 315
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Berkeley area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Primary place demand in : Berkeley Planning Area 9161720
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 80 63 17 21% 560 477 83 15% 2016/17 80 82 -2 -3% 560 509 51 9% 2017/18 80 61 19 24% 560 512 48 9% 2018/19 80 77 3 4% 560 513 47 8% 2019/20 85 78 7 8% 595 507 88 15% 2020/21 85 65 (0) 20 24% 595 504 (0) 91 15% 2021/22 85 82 (8) 3 4% 595 553 (50) 42 7% 2022/23 85 84 (14) 1 1% 595 606 (97) -11 -2% 2023/24 85 86 (22) -1 -1% 595 650 (151) -55 -9%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There are 367 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Berkeley planning area. This would generate approximately 151 primary aged pupils. We are also aware of a development in the early stages of consultation that would create a new settlement of approximately 1500 which would provide a new Primary school and S106 developers contribution for Secondary school places should the development go ahead, there is currently no timescale for this.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Berkeley
Katherine Lady Berkeley’s and Rednock schools are the main secondary schools serving the Berkley area in the 2020 allocation round. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
142
Page 316
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Frampton/ Saul area. 55% were allocated Rednock School and 28% were allocated Katherine Lady Berkeley’s School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Berkeley planning area can be found from page 248 to page 249.
Berkeley Implementation Plan
Long term – 5 Short term – 1 to Medium term – 3 to 5 to 10 years 2 years years Academic Academic Years Academic Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Monitor demand Monitor demand for places Should the new for places at at Slimbridge Primary development at Slimbridge Primary School linked to housing Wisloe near School linked to demand. There is capacity Slimbridge go housing demand. at schools in Cam for the ahead we will There is capacity current developments, but work with at schools in Cam some parents are applying developers to for the current to Slimbridge from that secure developments, but area. additional some parents are provision. applying to Continue to Slimbridge from monitor for any that area. new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate
143
Page 317
D28 Dursley
There are 6 primaries and 1 infant and 1 junior school in the Dursley area together with 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Cam Everlands Primary School 2143 Community school Stroud Cam Hopton C of E Primary School 3313 Voluntary aided school Stroud Cam Woodfield Infant School 2138 Community school Stroud Cam Woodfield Junior School 5212 Academy sponsor led Stroud Cam Woodfield Junior School 2058 Academy sponsor led Stroud Coaley C of E Primary School 3026 Academy sponsor led Stroud Coaley Church of England Primary Academy 2039 Academy sponsor led Stroud Dursley C of E Primary Academy 2009 Academy sponsor led Stroud St. Joseph's Catholic Primary School (3356) 3356 Voluntary aided school Stroud Uley C of E Primary School 3076 Voluntary controlled school Stroud
There are 2 Secondary schools serving the West Stroud area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Katharine Lady Berkeley's School 5406 Academy converter West Stroud Rednock School 5407 Foundation school West Stroud
Births in Dursley
144
Page 318
The number of births in the Dursley area has remained steady in recent years.
Dursley 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 200 204 223 204 192 194
Primary Pupil Place demand in Dursley
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
As a planning area there is sufficient supply to meet demand and a surplus of primary places remains; however Uley and Coaley are geographically isolated and therefore could be under pressure from local demand.
Capacity issues are mostly contained to this planning area, although planned housing developments at the periphery of Cam in the Dursley Planning Area are showing some impact at Slimbridge Primary School in the Berkeley Planning Area, which is the closest school to some of the developments. As spare capacity at Slimbridge reduces in future years it is likely that pupils from these developments will attend schools in Cam.
Coaley C of E Primary increased its PAN from10 to 12 in 2018
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
145
Page 319
Primary place demand in : Dursley Planning Area 9161730
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 221 192 29 13% 1547 1305 242 16% 2016/17 221 192 29 13% 1547 1353 194 13% 2017/18 221 180 41 19% 1520 1326 194 13% 2018/19 223 184 39 17% 1534 1356 178 12% 2019/20 223 175 48 22% 1534 1312 222 14% 2020/21 223 205 (0) 18 8% 1534 1347 (0) 187 12% 2021/22 224 194 (6) 30 13% 1568 1364 (36) 204 13% 2022/23 224 186 (11) 38 17% 1568 1387 (71) 181 12% 2023/24 224 197 (13) 27 12% 1568 1389 (87) 179 11%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There are 213 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Dursley planning area. This would generate approximately 87 primary aged pupils.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Dursley
Rednock School is the main secondary school serving the Dursley area in the 2020 allocation round. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
146
Page 320
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Dursley area. 84% were allocated Rednock School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Dursley planning area can be found from page 248 to page 249.
Dursley implementation plan
Medium term Long term – – 3 to 5 years 5 to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Monitor demand for places at Monitor No action Dursley and Cam primary schools demand for currently linked to housing demand and secondary required, increase capacity if necessary places from continue to new monitor developments. housing developments and seek S106 if appropriate.
147
Page 321
D29 Wotton under Edge
There are 5 primary schools in the Wotton under Edge area together with 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Paternoster in Cirencester, Shrubberies in Stonehouse, Belmont in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Blue Coat C of E Primary School 5204 Voluntary aided school Stroud Hillesley C of E Primary School 3367 Voluntary aided school Stroud Kingswood Primary School 2075 Community school Stroud North Nibley C of E Primary School 3341 Voluntary aided school Stroud The British School 5209 Foundation school Stroud
The 2 Secondary schools serving the West Stroud area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Katharine Lady Berkeley's School 5406 Academy converter West Stroud Rednock School 5407 Foundation school West Stroud
Births in Wotton under Edge
The number of births in the Wotton under Edge area has fluctuated in recent years.
148
Page 322
Wotton Under Edge 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 84 77 95 66 69 67
Primary Pupil Place demand in Wotton under Edge
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
As a planning area, there is sufficient supply to meet demand and a surplus of primary places remains, with the exception of Kingswood Primary where additional pupils are arising from recent developments for which secure S106 funding was not secured for Kingswood Primary. The remainder of the planning area has sufficient capacity to support the demand for places.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed. This housing will be predominately concentrated in the town.
149
Page 323
Primary place demand in : Wotton Under Edge Planning Area 9161740
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 113 101 12 11% 791 693 98 12% 2016/17 115 96 19 17% 805 727 78 10% 2017/18 115 108 7 6% 805 759 46 6% 2018/19 115 87 28 24% 805 738 67 8% 2019/20 115 89 26 23% 805 729 76 9% 2020/21 115 101 (0) 14 12% 805 734 (0) 71 9% 2021/22 115 78 (2) 37 32% 805 713 (11) 92 11% 2022/23 115 82 (2) 33 29% 805 687 (12) 118 15% 2023/24 115 78 (2) 37 32% 805 661 (12) 144 18%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 29 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Wotton under Edge area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 12 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Wotton under Edge
Katherine Lady Berkeley’s school is the main secondary school serving the Wotton under Edge area in the 2020 allocation round. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
150
Page 324
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Wotton under Edge area. 95% were allocated Katherine Lady Berkeley’s school in the 2020 round
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Wotton under Edge planning area can be found from page 248 to page 249.
Wotton under Edge Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Monitor demand for places at Monitor demand No action Kingswood Primary School linked for secondary currently to housing demand and increase places. required, capacity if necessary continue to monitor housing developments and seek S106 if appropriate.
151
Page 325
CHELTENHAM DISTRICT
D30 Swindon Road
There are 5 primary schools in the Swindon Village area together with 5 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Christ Church C of E Primary School (Chelt) 5215 Academy converter Cheltenham Dunalley Primary School 2147 Community school Cheltenham Gardners Lane Primary 2177 Foundation school Cheltenham Gloucester Road Primary School 2150 Community school Cheltenham Swindon Village Primary School 5214 Foundation school Cheltenham
There are 5 Secondary schools serving the Cheltenham area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District All Saints' Academy 6905 Academy sponsor led Cheltenham Balcarras School 5408 Academy converter Cheltenham Cheltenham Bournside School & Sixth Form Centre 5418 Academy converter Cheltenham Pate's Grammar School 5403 Academy converter Cheltenham Pittville School 5421 Foundation school Cheltenham
Births in Swindon Road 152
Page 326
The number of births in the Swindon Road area has fluctuated in recent years.
Swindon Road 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 230 208 217 225 216 208
Primary Pupil Place demand in Swindon Road
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Demand for places has been rising in this planning area since 2012. We have managed the demand by temporary increases at Dunalley Primary and Gloucester Road Primary Schools and with the support of Gardner's Lane Primary School acting as a buffer by exceeding their PAN when necessary. The decision to permanently increase Gardners Lane by 0.5FE (105 places) in 2019, following earlier expansions of Dunalley Primary by 1FE (210 places), and Gloucester Road by 0.5FE (105 places) has offset the demand for primary school places in this planning area. Of the two remaining schools, Christchurch C of E is on a restricted site and cannot expand and Swindon Village School underwent a significant internal remodelling and refurbishment project with no plans to expand. There has been some housing development locally, with S106 funding allocated to Gloucester Road and/or Christchurch C of E, and to the Rowanfield Schools in an adjacent planning area. This funding has been used to expand Gloucester Road and Rowanfield Infants. All schools in this planning area are almost full and have little capacity for further expansion
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
153
Page 327
Primary place demand in : Swindon Road Planning Area 9161800
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 220 224 -4 -2% 1540 1392 148 10% 2016/17 225 220 5 2% 1575 1460 115 7% 2017/18 240 231 9 4% 1590 1509 81 5% 2018/19 225 218 7 3% 1590 1542 48 3% 2019/20 240 212 28 12% 1680 1531 149 9% 2020/21 240 231 (0) 9 4% 1680 1552 (0) 128 8% 2021/22 240 223 (1) 17 7% 1680 1536 (3) 144 9% 2022/23 240 212 (2) 28 12% 1680 1529 (12) 151 9% 2023/24 240 205 (4) 35 15% 1680 1517 (22) 163 10%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 53 houses identified in the Cheltenham Local Plan to be built in the Swindon Road planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 22 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Two large strategic sites in North West Cheltenham and West Cheltenham of up to 4500 and 2300 new homes respectively is identified in the Joint Core Strategy plan. These are significant housing developments and will provide new primary schools on site. They may also require some additional primary places at existing schools, if site capacity allows depending on the final number of dwellings built.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Swindon Road
Pittville School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Pittville School has recently increased its PAN from 135 to 150 in 2017 and from 150 to 175 in 2018. Pittville also admitted an additional temporary bulge class for the 2019 Y7 intake in order to meet demand for places locally. This will assist with capacity until the new 6FE school in South Cheltenham is opened.
The main secondary schools serving the Swindon Road area in the 2020 allocation round are Pittville School, All Saint’s Academy, Cleeve School and Cheltenham Bournside School. 154
Page 328
Pates grammar school is also local to this planning area as a selective option. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart above shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Swindon Road area. 26% were allocated Cleeve School, 23% were allocated Pittville School, 22% All Saint’s Academy and 12% Cheltenham Bournside School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Swindon Road planning area can be found from page 250 to page 253.
Swindon Road Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Monitor growth in this area arising Monitor the Monitor the from housing developments. If west west data continues to indicate a Cheltenham Cheltenham requirement for further capacity development development for 2022 and beyond, this will and seek S106 and seek S106 need to be considered and as appropriate. as appropriate. included in the capital programme potentially for 2022/23 in advance of the need. A new 6FE secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing.
155
Page 329
In the longer term a new 6FE secondary provision and new primary schools are planned to support growth in two strategic sites at NW & W Cheltenham. Time frame to be confirmed.
156
Page 330
D31 Whaddon
There are 3 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Whaddon area together with 5 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Holy Trinity C of E Primary School 3093 3093 Voluntary controlled school Cheltenham Oakwood Primary School 5221 Foundation school Cheltenham Prestbury St Mary's C of E Junior School 3343 Voluntary aided school Cheltenham St. John's C of E Primary School 3097 3097 Voluntary controlled school Cheltenham St. Mary's C of E Infant School 3360 Voluntary aided school Cheltenham The 5 Secondary schools serving the Cheltenham area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District All Saints' Academy 6905 Academy sponsor led Cheltenham Balcarras School 5408 Academy converter Cheltenham Cheltenham Bournside School & Sixth Form Centre 5418 Academy converter Cheltenham Pate's Grammar School 5403 Academy converter Cheltenham Pittville School 5421 Foundation school Cheltenham
Births in Whaddon
The number of births in the Whaddon area has fluctuated considerably in recent years.
157
Page 331
Whaddon 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 264 231 231 271 238 244
Primary Pupil Place demand in Whaddon
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This area of Cheltenham until recently has managed with its current level of supply but this is due to the expansion of schools in adjacent planning areas.
Oakwood School is a newer primary school built in 2011 and was an amalgamation of two primary schools in close proximity. S106 funding arising from the GCHQ Oakley site provided approximately 0.5FE at this school to allow for pupils arising from the development.
Holy Trinity and St John’s Primary Schools are both on restricted sites. There may be scope to increase the St Mary's schools or Oakwood if required in future..
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
158
Page 332
Primary place demand in : Whaddon Planning Area 9161810
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 179 152 27 15% 1253 1137 116 9% 2016/17 179 165 14 8% 1253 1184 69 6% 2017/18 179 160 19 11% 1253 1155 98 8% 2018/19 209 197 12 6% 1283 1185 98 8% 2019/20 179 152 27 15% 1283 1179 104 8% 2020/21 179 155 (0) 24 13% 1283 1156 (0) 127 10% 2021/22 179 202 (7) -23 -13% 1283 1226 (46) 57 4% 2022/23 179 177 (12) 2 1% 1283 1284 (83) -1 0% 2023/24 179 187 (14) -8 -4% 1283 1316 (98) -33 -3%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 240 houses identified in the Cheltenham Local Plan to be built in the Whaddon planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 98 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Whaddon
Pittville School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Pittville School has recently increased its PAN from 135 to 150 in 2017 and from 150 to 175 in 2018. Pittville also admitted an additional temporary bulge class for the 2019 Y7 intake in order to meet demand for places locally. This will assist with capacity until the new 6FE school in South Cheltenham is opened.
The main secondary schools serving the Whaddon area in the 2020 allocation round is Pittville School. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart below shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Whaddon area. 51% were allocated Pittville School and 24% were allocated Cleeve School, in the 2020 round
159
Page 333
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Whaddon planning area can be found from page 250 to page 253.
Whaddon Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Continue to monitor primary provision as this planning area Continue to may require either temporary bulge classes or 0.5FE monitor housing permanent to support growth from new housing developments and seek S106 contributions where appropriate. The new 6FE secondary school planned for the south of Cheltenham will ease pressure for secondary school places across the borough
160
Page 334
D32 Hesters Way
There are 4 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Hester’s Way area together with 5 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Hesters Way Primary School 2178 Community school Cheltenham Rowanfield Infant School 2158 Academy converter Cheltenham Rowanfield Junior Academy 2157 Academy converter Cheltenham Springbank Primary Academy 2164 Academy converter Cheltenham St Thomas More Catholic Primary School 3359 Voluntary aided school Cheltenham The Catholic School of St. Gregory The Great 5201 Voluntary aided school Cheltenham
The 5 Secondary schools serving the Cheltenham area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District All Saints' Academy 6905 Academy sponsor led Cheltenham Balcarras School 5408 Academy converter Cheltenham Cheltenham Bournside School & Sixth Form Centre 5418 Academy converter Cheltenham Pate's Grammar School 5403 Academy converter Cheltenham Pittville School 5421 Foundation school Cheltenham
Births in Hesters Way 161
Page 335
The number of births in the Hester’s Way area has fluctuated in recent years.
Hesters Way 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 338 369 374 334 371 322
Primary Pupil Place demand in Hesters Way
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Historically this planning area has had a significant surplus of places. However by 2012, this area, along with other Cheltenham localities, was experiencing significant growth in pre- school numbers as a result of rising births. Rowanfield Infant and Juniors Schools permanently increased their admission numbers from 75 to 90 from September 2015. S106 funding from local housing development was used to fund this expansion. In 2016 Springbank Primary and St Thomas More Primary both admitted a temporary bulge class of 30 at Reception to meet local demand for places .Current forecasts show that there are sufficient places to just meet demand. There are two large strategic housing developments, the A5 North West Cheltenham (Uckington) and the West of Cheltenham development both listed in the JCS for Tewkesbury. S106 developer’s contributions would support new primary schools on site for West Cheltenham and the Uckington development and will address the need for places arising from this new housing. We would not expect any action to be necessary in the current schools in the planning area. However timing of the new schools and depending on the final number of dwellings built there may be a requirement for some additional primary places at existing schools, if site capacity allows.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
162
Page 336
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Primary place demand in : Hesters Way Planning Area 9161820
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 270 267 3 1% 1920 1663 257 13% 2016/17 315 296 19 6% 1965 1733 232 12% 2017/18 270 258 12 4% 1965 1745 220 11% 2018/19 270 245 25 9% 1965 1755 210 11% 2019/20 270 267 3 1% 1935 1771 164 8% 2020/21 270 244 (0) 26 10% 1935 1765 (0) 170 9% 2021/22 270 231 (6) 39 14% 1935 1753 (37) 182 9% 2022/23 270 238 (7) 32 12% 1935 1738 (48) 197 10% 2023/24 270 214 (14) 56 21% 1890 1695 (94) 195 10%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 229 houses identified in the Cheltenham Local Plan to be built in the Cheltenham planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 94 primary aged pupils in the forecast period. Two large strategic sites in North West Cheltenham and West Cheltenham of up to 4500 and 2300 new homes respectively is identified in the Joint Core Strategy plan. These are significant housing developments and will provide new primary schools on site.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Hesters Way
All Saints Academy is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. A new school to the south of Cheltenham is planned to open to provide the additional capacity required to support secondary school places in Cheltenham.
163
Page 337
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Hesters Way area. 50% were allocated All Saints Academy, in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Hester’s Way planning area can be found from page 250 to page 253.
Hester’s Way Implementation Plan Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Monitor growth in this area arising Monitor the Monitor the from housing developments. If west west data continues to indicate a Cheltenham Cheltenham requirement for further capacity, development development this will need to be considered and seek S106 and seek S106 and included in the capital as appropriate. as appropriate. programme in advance of the need. A new 6FE secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing.
In the longer term a new 6FE secondary provision and new primary schools are planned to support growth in two strategic sites at NW & W Cheltenham. Time frame to be confirmed.
164
Page 338
D33 Charlton Kings
There are 2 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Charlton Kings area together with 5 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Charlton Kings Infants Academy 5207 Academy converter Cheltenham Charlton Kings Junior Academy 5206 Academy converter Cheltenham Glenfall Community Primary School 2142 Community school Cheltenham Holy Apostles C of E Primary School 3316 Voluntary aided school Cheltenham
The 5 Secondary schools serving the Cheltenham area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District All Saints' Academy 6905 Academy sponsor led Cheltenham Balcarras School 5408 Academy converter Cheltenham Cheltenham Bournside School & Sixth Form Centre 5418 Academy converter Cheltenham Pate's Grammar School 5403 Academy converter Cheltenham Pittville School 5421 Foundation school Cheltenham
165
Page 339
Births in Charlton Kings
The number of births in the Charlton Kings area has decreased in recent years.
Charlton Kings 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 152 157 135 114 112 110
Primary pupil place demand in Charlton Kings
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
. Supply is currently meeting demand in this area and this is expected to continue for the duration of the planning period. Therefore, no action is required in this planning area
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
166
Page 340
Primary place demand in : Charlton Kings Planning Area 9161830
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 150 149 1 1% 1062 1059 3 0% 2016/17 150 142 8 5% 1062 1056 6 1% 2017/18 150 149 1 1% 1062 1066 -4 0% 2018/19 150 149 1 1% 1062 1059 3 0% 2019/20 150 149 1 1% 1062 1067 -5 0% 2020/21 150 147 (0) 3 2% 1062 1054 (0) 8 1% 2021/22 150 122 (1) 28 19% 1062 1027 (6) 35 3% 2022/23 150 123 (1) 27 18% 1062 1001 (6) 61 6% 2023/24 150 133 (2) 17 11% 1062 984 (10) 78 7%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 25 houses identified in the Cheltenham Local Plan to be built in the Charlton Kings planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 10 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary pupil place demand in Charlton Kings
Balcarras School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Balcarras School increased their PAN from 189 to 204 in 2013. The school admitted a temporary bulge class of 30 in 2017 and again in 2019 to assist Gloucestershire County Council with local demand until the new school for which Balcarras are sponsors opens. The main secondary school serving the Charlton Kings area in the 2020 allocation round is Balcarras School. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
167
Page 341
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Charlton Kings area. 69% were allocated Balcarras School, in the 2020 round
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Charlton Kings planning area can be found from page 250 to page 253.
Charlton Kings Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required for primary but will continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate A new 6FE secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing. This will support growth across the whole of mid and south Cheltenham and accommodate demand moving through from growth in the primary sector.
168
Page 342
D34 Hatherley / Leckhampton
There are 6 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Hatherley/Leckhampton area together with 5 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Benhall Infant School 2165 Community school Cheltenham Greatfield Park Primary School 2151 Community school Cheltenham Lakeside Primary School 2160 Community school Cheltenham Leckhampton C of E Primary School 3094 Voluntary controlled school Cheltenham Naunton Park Primary School 2155 Community school Cheltenham St. James' C of E Primary School 3096 Academy converter Cheltenham St. Mark's C of E Junior School 3363 Voluntary aided school Cheltenham Warden Hill Primary School 5210 Foundation school Cheltenham
The 5 Secondary schools serving the Cheltenham area are listed here:
169
Page 343
Secondary DFE Type District All Saints' Academy 6905 Academy sponsor led Cheltenham Balcarras School 5408 Academy converter Cheltenham Cheltenham Bournside School & Sixth Form Centre 5418 Academy converter Cheltenham Pate's Grammar School 5403 Academy converter Cheltenham Pittville School 5421 Foundation school Cheltenham
Births in Hatherley / Leckhampton
The number of births in the Hatherley area has decreased in recent years from the previous high level for the area..
Hatherley / Leckhampton 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 399 392 394 363 338 317
Primary pupil place demand in Hatherley / Leckhampton
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This planning area has seen the highest demand for primary places in Cheltenham and has undergone significant growth in pupil numbers and demand for places. All of the schools in this planning area have seen growth on a temporary or permanent basis. 2011 – Naunton Park – 30 temporary reception places – this cohort moved to secondary in September 2018 2012 – Benhall Infant - 22 temporary reception places – moved to St Marks Junior in September 2015 2014 – Lakeside – 30 temporary reception places became permanent in 2017 creating 210 additional whole school places.
170
Page 344
2014 – Warden Hill - 30 temporary reception places. 2015 – Leckhampton – 30 temporary reception places and a further 30 temporary reception places in 2018. Leckhampton CofE Primary School expanded permanently by 1 FE from September 2019 taking the PAN from 60 to 90 places at intake. 2017 – Greatfield Park – 30 temporary reception places Naunton Park Primary School took a small bulge, from 57 to 60 places at intake from September 2018, which became permanent from September 2019.
A housing development, A6 South Cheltenham (Leckhampton) development that is listed in the JCS for Cheltenham and Tewkesbury is still at planning stage and while we have not yet secured S106 developers contribution it is essential that we will seek funding to support primary expansions and to support the new secondary school to serve the needs of this community.
Cheltenham Bournside School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Cheltenham Bournside School increased its PAN from 270 to 300 in 2018.
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Hatherley / Leckhampton area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed. This housing will be predominately concentrated in the town.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school.
171
Page 345
Primary place demand in : Hatherley / Leckhampton Planning Area 9161840
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 432 431 1 0% 3014 2786 228 8% 2016/17 417 417 0 0% 3014 2825 189 6% 2017/18 447 430 17 4% 3044 2883 161 5% 2018/19 450 421 29 6% 3065 2904 161 5% 2019/20 450 420 30 7% 3210 2946 264 8% 2020/21 450 433 (0) 17 4% 3210 2968 (0) 242 8% 2021/22 450 399 (9) 51 11% 3180 2982 (57) 198 6% 2022/23 450 399 (16) 51 11% 3180 2986 (104) 194 6% 2023/24 450 381 (22) 69 15% 3180 2982 (149) 198 6%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 357 houses identified in the Cheltenham Local Plan to be built in the Leckhampton planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 146 primary aged pupils in the forecast period in addition 7 houses were identified in the Tewkesbury Plan should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 3 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Hatherley / Leckhampton
Cheltenham Bournside School is the main secondary school serving the Hatherley/ Leckhampton area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Hatherley / Leckhampton area 56% were allocated Cheltenham Bournside School in the 2020 round.
172
Page 346
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Hatherley/Leckhampton planning area can be found on pages 250 to 253.
Hatherley/Leckhampton Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
Increased capacity at Leckhampton Primary by 1FE will Continue to meet the planned shortfall of primary places. monitor need for places and any further housing allocations.. A new Secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing. This will support growth across the whole of mid and south Cheltenham and accommodate demand moving through from growth in the primary sector.
173
Page 347
GLOUCESTER DISTRICT
D35 Churchdown / Innsworth
There are 2 primary schools and 3 infant and junior school pairs in the Churchdown/Innsworth area together with 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Churchdown Parton Manor Infant School 2052 Community school Tewkesbury Churchdown Parton Manor Junior School 2122 Community school Tewkesbury Churchdown Village Infant Academy 2144 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown Village Junior School 2053 Community school Tewkesbury Innsworth Infant School 2145 Community school Tewkesbury Innsworth Junior School 2118 Community school Tewkesbury Norton C of E Primary School 3057 Voluntary controlled school Tewkesbury St. Mary's Catholic Primary Academy 3358 Academy converter Tewkesbury
The 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area are listed here:
174
Page 348
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Churchdown / Innsworth
The number of births in the area has remained steady in recent years after a peak in 2014/15..
Churchdown / Innsworth 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 227 167 200 156 168 159
Primary Pupil Place demand in Churchdown / Innsworth
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
In 2012, additional temporary capacity was provided at Parton Manor Infant School for the Reception intake. This large year group of 60 pupils transferred to Parton Manor Junior School in 2015. The Infant School subsequently requested a permanent increase to its PAN from 45 to 60 that became effective in 2014. The two Innsworth schools have both previously had PAN’s of 60 which were reduced to 45 in 2008. In recent years they have both increased their intake to 50. The Infant and Junior
175
Page 349
Schools federated in 2015; both schools increased their PAN to 60 temporarily in 2018, which became permanent in 2019.
Norton CofE Primary School has been operating over its PAN of 16 for several years and additional accommodation was provided in 2020 to increase its PAN to 20.
The HQ Allied Rapid Reaction Corps (ARRC) moved from Germany to Innsworth in 2010. Many military personnel moved here, including over 500 families. The routine changeover of service personnel can create an element of fluctuation in local pupil numbers. In this area as a whole, the forecasts indicated overall growth of almost 400 primary age pupils by 2019, with a small shortfall in places evident from 2016. This included the first pupils to emerge in this locality as a result of the proposed new housing at Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth in the Joint Core Strategy (JCS).
In total we are expecting approximately 3500 new dwellings across the three areas and Gloucestershire County Council has responded to planning discussions by requesting new schools to support the demand arising from these developments.
This planning area is being closely monitored due to large housing developments in this and the adjacent planning area.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
176
Page 350
Primary place demand in : Churchdown / Innsworth Planning Area 9161900
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 216 203 13 6% 1452 1334 118 8% 2016/17 216 215 1 0% 1452 1387 65 4% 2017/18 216 215 1 0% 1452 1384 68 5% 2018/19 226 223 3 1% 1462 1437 25 2% 2019/20 226 183 43 19% 1542 1439 103 7% 2020/21 226 219 (0) 7 3% 1542 1448 (0) 94 6% 2021/22 230 186 (5) 44 19% 1570 1471 (29) 99 6% 2022/23 230 203 (10) 27 12% 1610 1487 (70) 123 8% 2023/24 230 207 (16) 23 10% 1610 1518 (111) 92 6%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 207 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Churchdown/Innsworth planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 111 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
These houses are part of the 3,395 houses identified in the Joint Core Strategy to be built in the Churchdown / Innsworth community area.
This proposed strategic housing will equate to an additional need to provide a new 3FE equivalent school or schools, however depending on final housing numbers there may also be a requirement for additional places which could be met by expansion at one of the existing schools in the planning area. Discussions with developers regarding provision of these primary places are underway.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Churchdown / Innsworth
Churchdown Academy and Chosen Hill School are the nearest schools for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Churchdown Academy is forecast to be oversubscribed, however, the school has historically admitted over its PAN; similarly Chosen Hill School is full with pupils obtaining places at appeal taking them over PAN in some year groups. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth will provide a S106 developers contribution to support additional capacity. This 177
Page 351
could be used to expand existing schools or contribute to a new secondary school in the Gloucester area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Churchdown / Innsworth area 41% were allocated Churchdown School Academy and 28% were allocated Chosen Hill School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Churchdown/Innsworth planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Churchdown / Innsworth Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Monitor the local housing growth Work with developers of large strategic sites and seek S106 as appropriate. to put in place S106 agreements to provide Work with Norton Primary School additional education infrastructure for both to plan for a potential expansion primary and secondary education to 1FE to meet demand. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore secondary school for Gloucester the potential for a new secondary school for District Gloucester.
178
Page 352
D36 Longlevens
There are 3 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Longlevens area together with 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Elmbridge Primary School 2013 Community school Gloucester Kingsholm C of E Primary School 3010 Voluntary controlled school Gloucester Longford Park Primary Academy 2029 Free schools Gloucester Longlevens Infant School 2033 Community school Gloucester Longlevens Junior School 2031 Community school Gloucester
The 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area are listed here:
179
Page 353
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Longlevens
The number of births in the Elmbridge/Longlevens area has decreased generally since 2011/12.
Longlevens 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 293 283 277 269 267 268
Primary pupil place demand in Longlevens
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
In 2016 Elmbridge Primary School was established by the amalgamation of the Infant and Junior Schools. Historically both schools had previously had PAN’s of 90 which were reduced to 75 in 2008. In 2012, additional temporary capacity was provided at the Infant School for the Reception intake. This large year group of 90 pupils transferred to the Junior School in 2015. The Infant School subsequently requested to permanently increase its PAN from 75 to 90 from 2013. The Junior School made the same permanent change from 2015.
180
Page 354
In 2011, Longlevens Infant School established a PAN of 120, bringing it in line with the Junior School.
In 2011, additional temporary capacity was provided at Kingsholm C of E Primary School for the Reception intake. This was directly linked to population growth. After further temporary increases, the school was subsequently asked to permanently increase its PAN from 60 to 90 from 2013.
A new Longford Park Primary Academy (1FE) opened in September 2017 with a phased PAN, starting with a PAN of 15 at intake, which increased to 30 at intake for September 2018. This new school was provided by the developer of the new housing development at Longford to support the pupils arising from the development of 630 new homes. The number of pre-school age children resident in this development now exceeds 30 per year group with 44 applications to the school for September 2021. Whilst the additional children can be accommodated at other schools in the planning area it is an indication of the large numbers of pupils generated by new housing.
Growth is anticipated in this area, with forecasts indicating over 200 additional primary age pupils by 2022/23 which will fill any spare capacity putting places under pressure in the future. Local schools are popular with parents from other neighbourhoods and therefore the potential need for extra places may need to be contained within neighbouring schools.
This planning area is being closely monitored due to continued large housing developments in this and the adjacent planning area.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends. However, they do not include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
181
Page 355
Primary place demand in : Longlevens Planning Area 9161910
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 300 206 94 31% 2100 1692 408 19% 2016/17 300 299 1 0% 2100 2008 92 4% 2017/18 315 310 5 2% 2310 2120 190 8% 2018/19 330 323 7 2% 2310 2162 148 6% 2019/20 330 309 21 6% 2310 2175 135 6% 2020/21 330 318 (0) 12 4% 2310 2207 (0) 103 4% 2021/22 330 315 (8) 15 5% 2310 2272 (46) 38 2% 2022/23 330 318 (10) 12 4% 2310 2290 (61) 20 1% 2023/24 330 321 (13) 9 3% 2310 2304 (81) 6 0%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 174 houses identified in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Longlevens planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 71 primary aged pupils in the forecast period in addition 24 houses were identified in the Tewkesbury Plan should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 10 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Longlevens
Gloucester Academy and Barnwood Park College are the nearest schools for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Historically pupils from this planning area look to seek a place at Churchdown and Chosen Hill schools; with pressure on numbers this may become more difficult. Discussion is therefore underway on how additional places may be provided after 2024 with the potential for a new secondary school in the Gloucester area.
Churchdown School Academy is the main secondary school serving the Longlevens area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
182
Page 356
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Longlevens area 34% were allocated Churchdown school academy in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Longlevens planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Longlevens Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
Monitor the local housing growth Work with developers of large and seek S106 as appropriate. strategic sites to put in place S106 agreements to provide additional education infrastructure for both primary and secondary education Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and secondary school for Gloucester explore the potential for a new District secondary school for Gloucester.
183
Page 357
D37 Barton / Tredworth
There are 3 primary schools and 2 infant and junior school pairs in the Barton and Tredworth area together with 1 secondary school catering for the 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs
Primary DFE Type District Finlay Community School 2200 Foundation school Gloucester Hatherley Infant School 2005 Community school Gloucester St. James' C of E Junior School 3006 3006 Voluntary controlled school Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic Primary School (3370) 3370 Voluntary aided school Gloucester Tredworth Infant and Nursery Academy 2032 Academy converter Gloucester Tredworth Junior School 2002 Community school Gloucester Widden Primary School 2000 Community school Gloucester
The 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area are listed here:
184
Page 358
Births in Barton / Tredworth
The number of births in the Barton/Tredworth area has fluctuated in recent years.
Barton / Tredworth 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 321 322 374 341 316 294
Primary Pupil Place demand in Barton / Tredworth
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
In 2012, additional temporary capacity was provided at Finlay Primary School for the Reception intake to meet basic need; two further temporary expansions in 2016 and 2018 became a permanent expansion to the school to a 2FE school in 2019.This is to give the flexibility to take pupils from the adjacent planning area Abbey/Matson/Upton as well as local pupils and reflects a need for places across the three planning areas of Finlay/Barnwood and Abbeymead in response to parental preference.
185
Page 359
With this additional 1FE in place there is currently sufficient capacity to accommodate basic need, however if further housing comes forward more places may be needed and developers contributions would be requested to support this.
In 2013, additional temporary capacity was provided at Widden Primary School for the Reception intake.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The following table shows the number of pupils in the primary age range across the Barton / Tredworth area based on the birth rate and the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
186
Page 360
Primary place demand in : Barton / Tredworth Planning Area 9161920
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 290 258 32 11% 2090 1854 236 11% 2016/17 320 301 19 6% 2120 1896 224 11% 2017/18 290 245 45 16% 2120 1877 243 11% 2018/19 320 270 50 16% 2150 1896 254 12% 2019/20 320 274 46 14% 2270 1899 371 16% 2020/21 320 315 (0) 5 2% 2240 1913 (0) 327 15% 2021/22 320 267 (1) 53 17% 2240 1930 (4) 310 14% 2022/23 320 238 (1) 82 26% 2240 1920 (4) 320 14% 2023/24 320 219 (1) 101 32% 2240 1830 (4) 410 18%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 10 houses identified in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Barton/Tredworth planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 4 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Barton / Tredworth
Gloucester Academy and Barnwood Park College are the nearest schools for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area.
Gloucester Academy is the main secondary school serving the Barton / Tredworth area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
187
Page 361
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Barton / Tredworth area 31% were allocated Gloucester Academy and 24% were allocated St Peter’s High School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Barton/Tredworth planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Barton / Tredworth Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required but Continue to monitor local new will continue to monitor for any housing to see if this planning area new housing locally and seek is affected if so seek S106 S106 contributions if appropriate developers contributions to provide sufficient places. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and secondary school for Gloucester explore the potential for a new District secondary school for Gloucester.
188
Page 362
D38 Hucclecote / Barnwood
There are 3 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Hucclecote/Barnwood area together with 3 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Barnwood C of E Primary School 3365 Voluntary aided school Gloucester Coney Hill Community Primary School 2175 Community school Gloucester Dinglewell Infant School 2034 Community school Gloucester Dinglewell Junior School 2030 Community school Gloucester Hillview Primary School 2028 Community school Gloucester
189
Page 363
The 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Hucclecote / Barnwood
Births in the Hucclecote/Barnwood area have decreased in recent years.
Hucclecote / Barnwood 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 194 173 192 158 141 129
Primary pupil place demand in Hucclecote / Barnwood
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
An additional 30 temporary places were made available at Coney Hill Primary School to meet basic need arising from a large intake cohort in the locality for the September Reception intake 2015 and again in 2017. Site area restrictions make it impossible to expand permanently. There is no more site capacity to expand further. There is some drift in the preferences for schools between this and the neighbouring planning area below.
190
Page 364
With no available sites that are able to expand permanently in this planning area we have expanded a school in the adjacent planning area as there is some drift in the preferences for schools between this and the neighbouring planning areas. The expansion of Finlay Primary by 1FE will help with demand for places in this planning area due to the close geographical locations.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021 The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends. However, they do not include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
Primary place demand in : Hucclecote / Barnwood Planning Area 9161931
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 210 208 2 1% 1290 1282 8 1% 2016/17 180 181 -1 -1% 1290 1287 3 0% 2017/18 210 210 0 0% 1320 1318 2 0% 2018/19 180 180 0 0% 1320 1308 12 1% 2019/20 180 178 2 1% 1320 1305 15 1% 2020/21 180 180 (0) 0 0% 1320 1299 (0) 21 2% 2021/22 180 168 (1) 12 7% 1320 1288 (4) 32 2% 2022/23 180 152 (1) 28 16% 1290 1236 (4) 54 4% 2023/24 180 144 (1) 36 20% 1290 1199 (4) 91 7%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 9 houses identified in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Hucclecote/Barnwood planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 4 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Hucclecote / Barnwood
Gloucester Academy and Barnwood Park College are the nearest schools for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and 191
Page 365
Hardwicke to the south will provide S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area. Barnwood Park, Chosen Hill and Churchdown School are the 3 main secondary schools of choice serving the Hucclecote / Barnwood area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Hucclecote / Barnwood area. 24% were allocated Churchdown School Academy 22% Chosen Hill and 19% Barnwood Park Arts College in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Hucclecote/Barnwood planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Hucclecote / Barnwood Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Continue to monitor local new Continue to monitor local new housing to housing to see if this planning see if this planning area is affected if so area is affected if so seek S106 seek S106 developers contributions to developers contributions to provide sufficient places. provide sufficient places. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore secondary school for Gloucester the potential for a new secondary school for District Gloucester.
192
Page 366
D39 Abbey/Matson/Upton
There are 6 primary schools in the Abbey/Matson/Upton area together with 2 secondary schools catering for the 11 to 16 and 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Abbeymead Primary School 2172 Community school Gloucester Coopers Edge School 2185 Foundation school Stroud Heron Primary School 5219 Foundation school Gloucester Moat Primary School 2037 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Robinswood Primary Academy 5200 Academy converter Gloucester Upton St. Leonards C of E Primary School 3077 Voluntary controlled school Stroud
There are 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area is listed here:
193
Page 367
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Abbey/Matson/Upton
Births in the Abbey/Matson/Upton area have decreased in recent years..
Abbey / Matson / Upton 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 373 392 344 352 377 301
Primary Pupil Place demand in Abbey/Matson/Upton
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
This planning area continues to face pressure on places. By 2022/23 forecasts show a shortfall of 8 Reception places. Two schools in the adjacent planning areas, Finlay Primary and Brockworth Primary Academy, have been permanently expanded by 1FE each in order to support demand across the three planning areas. The additional capacity added at Finlay and Brockworth Primary Schools have added sufficient places in to the area for current requirements but additional places may be required to meet demand from proposed housing developments in future years.
194
Page 368
Pupils in this planning area will arise from housing under three district councils - Stroud, Tewkesbury and Gloucester. The development at Coopers Edge is still a work in progress, but a new 2FE primary school to serve this development opened in 2011, funded via a S106 agreement. However the capacity at this school fell short of the demand arising from the development putting pressure for more places on existing schools. Schools in this area are popular with parents from the neighbouring planning area and in 2016, 30 temporary Reception places were provided at Abbeymead School. Therefore the potential need for extra places may be contained within neighbouring schools/localities.
If more housing comes forward we will require a new school. Gloucestershire County Council owns a site within this planning area located at The Wheatridge East, which is being retained for future need.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
195
Page 369
Primary place demand in : Abbey / Matson / Upton Planning Area 9161932
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 330 304 26 8% 2310 1908 402 17% 2016/17 380 347 33 9% 2360 2019 341 14% 2017/18 330 324 6 2% 2360 2210 150 6% 2018/19 330 326 4 1% 2360 2232 128 5% 2019/20 330 324 6 2% 2360 2250 110 5% 2020/21 330 301 (0) 29 9% 2360 2243 (0) 117 5% 2021/22 330 314 (5) 16 5% 2360 2262 (33) 98 4% 2022/23 330 338 (7) -8 -2% 2360 2271 (43) 89 4% 2023/24 330 286 (10) 44 13% 2310 2199 (64) 111 5%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 141 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Gloucester planning area and 15 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Gloucester planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 58 and 6 primary aged pupils respectively in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Abbey/Matson/Upton
Gloucester Academy and Barnwood Park College are the nearest schools for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide a S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area.
Barnwood Park and Gloucester Academy Schools are the 2 main secondary schools that serve the Abbey/Matson/Upton area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
196
Page 370
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Abbey / Matson / Upton area. 20% were allocated Barnwood Park Arts College and 20% Henley Bank High School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Abbey/Matson/Upton planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Abbey/Matson/Upton Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Expansion of two primary schools Continue to monitor local new housing to in adjacent planning areas of see if this planning area is affected if so Barton/Tredworth and Brockworth seek S106 developers contributions to have assisted with capacity provide sufficient places. issues in this planning area Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore secondary school for Gloucester the potential for a new secondary school for District Gloucester.
197
Page 371
D40 Tuffley
There are 2 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Tuffley area together with 1 secondary school 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs
Primary DFE Type District Grange Primary School (2063) 2063 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Harewood Infant School 2025 Community school Gloucester Harewood Junior School 2026 Foundation school Gloucester Tuffley Primary School 2173 Community school Gloucester
The 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area are listed here:
198
Page 372
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Tuffley
Births in the Tuffley area have fluctuated in recent years.
Tuffley 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 166 189 202 172 189 156
Primary Pupil Place demand in Tuffley
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Harewood Infant and Junior Schools offered an additional 15 temporary places to accommodate basic need in 2016 and 2017 and this increase became permanent as of 2018 with both schools increasing their PAN from 75 to 90. Some of this need is emerging from pressure in the Quedgeley South East planning area due to the geographical location and parent’s ability to walk from the development to Harewood schools. The additional places at the Harewood schools are sufficient to meet the level of need throughout the current forecasting period.. However, a large housing development of 200 dwellings has consent in 199
Page 373
Tuffley for which a S106 developer’s contribution has been secured for the expansion of an existing school locally when demand arises.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Primary place demand in : Tuffley Planning Area 9161940
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 165 168 -3 -2% 1065 1065 0 0% 2016/17 180 177 3 2% 1095 1111 -16 -1% 2017/18 165 166 -1 -1% 1110 1118 -8 -1% 2018/19 165 142 23 14% 1125 1099 26 2% 2019/20 165 148 17 10% 1170 1070 100 9% 2020/21 165 162 (0) 3 2% 1170 1087 (0) 83 7% 2021/22 165 144 (3) 21 13% 1170 1088 (17) 82 7% 2022/23 165 163 (6) 2 1% 1170 1098 (38) 72 6% 2023/24 165 143 (9) 22 13% 1155 1082 (59) 73 6%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
200
Page 374
Overall, there are 143 houses identified in the in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Tuffley planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 59 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Tuffley
Holmleigh Park High School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Holmleigh Park has recently expanded by 1FE and increased its PAN from 224 to 254 to support growth from the Kingsway, Waterwells and Hunts Grove Developments. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Tuffley area. 66% were allocated Holmleigh Park High School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Tuffley planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Tuffley Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
201
Page 375
New housing development at Monitor the secondary need and a further Grange Road Tuffley may require 1FE expansion of Holmleigh Park would be expansion at one of the local considered if required primary schools. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore secondary school for Gloucester the potential for a new secondary school for District Gloucester.
202
Page 376
D41 Linden
There are 4 primary schools in the Linden area together with 1 secondary school 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Calton Primary School 2008 Community school Gloucester Hempsted C of E Primary School 3011 Voluntary controlled school Gloucester Linden Primary School 2004 Community school Gloucester St. Paul's C of E Primary School 3004 Voluntary controlled school Gloucester
203
Page 377
The 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area are listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Linden
The number of births in the Linden area has fluctuated in recent years.
Linden 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 209 204 229 195 220 195
204
Page 378
Primary Pupil Place demand in Linden
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Calton Primary School expanded from a 2FE to a 3FE school in September 2016, providing an extra 210 places in total. There are four housing developments in the area for which we have secured S106 funding, which could produce approximately 60 more pupils in this area. The expansion at Calton Primary School will provide places for these children.
Hempsted Primary School may need to expand by 0.5FE to provide local places for families from new housing developments local to Hempsted..
If further places are required in future years either a new site will be needed or expansion in the adjacent planning areas of Tuffley or Quedgeley will be required
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
205
Page 379
Primary place demand in : Linden Planning Area 9161950
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 210 210 0 0% 1380 1319 61 4% 2016/17 210 209 1 0% 1500 1382 118 8% 2017/18 210 202 8 4% 1500 1408 92 6% 2018/19 210 186 24 11% 1500 1418 82 5% 2019/20 210 198 12 6% 1500 1426 74 5% 2020/21 210 194 (0) 16 8% 1470 1403 (0) 67 5% 2021/22 210 177 (20) 33 16% 1470 1488 (137) -18 -1% 2022/23 210 208 (38) 2 1% 1470 1579 (264) -109 -7% 2023/24 210 192 (45) 18 9% 1470 1570 (313) -100 -7%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 764 houses identified in the in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Linden planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 313 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Linden
Holmleigh Park High School is the main secondary school serving the Linden area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas. By 2020 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area.
206
Page 380
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Linden area. 30% were allocated Holmleigh Park High School in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Linden planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Linden Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
New housing developments in Monitor the secondary need and a Hempsted will require expansion further 1FE expansion of Holmleigh of the number of places in the Park would be considered if planning area.. required Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and secondary school for Gloucester explore the potential for a new District secondary school for Gloucester.
207
Page 381
D42 Quedgeley
There are 5 primary schools and 1 infant and junior school in the Quedgeley area together with 1 secondary school 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Beech Green Primary School 2171 Community school Gloucester Clearwater C of E Primary Academy 2036 Free schools Gloucester Field Court C of E Infant Academy 3061 Academy converter Gloucester Field Court Junior Academy 2168 Academy converter Gloucester Hardwicke Parochial Primary Academy 3326 Academy converter Stroud Longney C of E Primary School 3047 Academy converter Stroud Meadowside Primary School 2179 Community school Gloucester
208
Page 382
There are 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area is listed here:
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Quedgeley
The number of births in the Quedgeley area has fluctuated in recent years.
Quedgeley 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 243 261 228 193 225 225
Primary pupil place demand in Quedgeley
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Following basic need forecast projections of demand; in July 2016 the Diocese of Gloucester Academies Trust (DGAT) was successful in the Wave 12 Free School programme and secured funding for a new 2FE primary Free School in the Quedgeley planning area. The new school Clearwater C of E Primary opened on a host site in 2017 with a PAN of 30 at intake and will increase to PAN of 60. Following objections to the planned siting of 209
Page 383
Clearwater CofE Primary, the school remains on its host site and the planning decision will be challenged through the appeal process. This school will support the demand for places arising from housing growth in the Quedgeley area.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
210
Page 384
Primary place demand in : Quedgeley Planning Area 9161960
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 255 256 -1 0% 1815 1776 39 2% 2016/17 285 281 4 1% 1845 1824 21 1% 2017/18 285 279 6 2% 2265 1863 402 18% 2018/19 285 259 26 9% 2265 1859 406 18% 2019/20 315 277 38 12% 2235 1844 391 17% 2020/21 315 250 (0) 65 21% 2235 1841 (0) 394 18% 2021/22 315 211 (0) 104 33% 2235 1791 (0) 444 20% 2022/23 315 235 (0) 80 25% 2235 1773 (0) 462 21% 2023/24 315 230 (0) 85 27% 2205 1733 (0) 472 21%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There is no housing development identified in district plans that will affect this planning area in the forecast period.
Secondary pupil place demand in Quedgeley
Severn Vale School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Severn Vale has recently expanded by 1FE and increased its PAN from 235 to 265 to support growth from the Kingsway, Waterwells and Hunts Grove Developments. Severn Vale is unable to sustain further expansion due to site constraints. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide a S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
211
Page 385
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Quedgeley area. 66% were allocated Severn Vale in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Quedgeley planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Quedgeley Implementation Plan
Medium term – Long term – 5 3 to 5 years to 10 years Short term – 1 to 2 years
Academic Academic Academic Years Years Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2026/27 –
2025/26 2031/32
Clearwater School established in Monitor the secondary need and a further permanent accommodation 1FE expansion of Holmleigh Park would be considered if required (no capacity to expand Severn Vale further) Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore secondary school for Gloucester the potential for a new secondary school for District Gloucester.
212
Page 386
D43 Quedgeley South East
There are 5 primary schools in the Quedgeley South East area together with 1 secondary school 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Haresfield C of E Primary School 3039 Voluntary controlled school Stroud Hunts Grove Primary Academy 2022 Academy sponsor led Stroud Kingsway Primary School 3373 Community school Gloucester Waterwells Primary Academy 2019 Academy sponsor led Gloucester
There are 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area is listed here:
213
Page 387
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Quedgeley South East
The number of births in the Quedgeley South East area has fluctuated in recent years.
Quedgeley South East 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 172 176 202 174 187 171
Primary Pupil Place demand in Quedgeley South East
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
Significant housing development in south east area of Quedgeley resulted in two new 2FE primary schools being built, with potential for 840 primary places. Hunts Grove new school opened in 2015 on a temporary site - PAN increased from 15 to 30 for the September 2016 intake. The school opened on its new site in September 2019 and expanded to its planned size of 2FE or 420 places in September 2020. These schools will meet the needs of this growing community throughout this forecasting period. However, additional places and a 214
Page 388
new school site may be required in the longer term to meet future phases of housing development in the area. Recent surveys undertaken in this area have evidenced very high pupil product ratios from these developments.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends and include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
215
Page 389
Primary place demand in : Quedgeley South East Planning Area 9161961
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 150 148 2 1% 915 791 124 14% 2016/17 165 163 2 1% 945 872 73 8% 2017/18 165 165 0 0% 1005 952 53 5% 2018/19 165 153 12 7% 1060 992 68 6% 2019/20 165 153 12 7% 1365 1030 335 25% 2020/21 195 179 (0) 16 8% 1365 1084 (0) 281 21% 2021/22 195 167 (14) 28 14% 1365 1191 (91) 174 13% 2022/23 195 191 (28) 4 2% 1365 1299 (190) 66 5% 2023/24 195 201 (41) -6 -3% 1365 1395 (281) -30 -2%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 649 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Quedgeley South planning area and 37 houses in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Quedgeley South planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 266 and 15 primary aged pupils respectively in the forecast period.
Should further housing development planned at Hunts Grove (approximately 750 dwellings) be granted planning consent a new primary school would be required to support pupils arising from the additional development.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Quedgeley South East
Severn Vale School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. Severn Vale has recently expanded by 1FE and increased its PAN from 235 to 265 to support growth from the Kingsway, Waterwells and Hunts Grove Developments. Severn Vale is unable to sustain further expansion due to its site size and restrictions. By 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide a S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area.
216
Page 390
Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Quedgeley South East area. 55% were allocated Severn Vale in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Quedgeley South planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Overall, there are 397 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Quedgeley South planning area and 140 houses in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Quedgeley South planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 111 and 39 primary aged pupils respectively in the forecast period.
Should further housing development planned at Hunts Grove (approximately 750 dwellings) be granted planning consent a S106 developer’s contribution would be required to support secondary pupils arising from the development.
Quedgeley South East Implementation Plan
Long term Medium term – 3 – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years to 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – Years 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Should a further Monitor the secondary need and a further development at Hunts 1FE expansion of Holmleigh Park would Grove gain planning be considered if required consent a new school and (no capacity to expand Severn Vale 217
Page 391
site would be requested as further) S106 developers Monitor further housing growth and seek contribution S106 developer’s contributions as required. Land search for potential Monitor Secondary place need and new secondary school for explore the potential for a new secondary Gloucester District school for Gloucester.
218
Page 392
D44 Brockworth
There are 4 primary schools in the Brockworth area together with 2 secondary schools 11 to 19 age range locally. There are 12 secondary schools in the Gloucester planning area including 4 grammar schools. Children requiring special school provision could attend, Milestone or travel to Bettridge and Belmont or The Ridge in Cheltenham or The Peak in Dursley for Secondary depending on the nature of their additional needs.
Primary DFE Type District Birdlip Primary School 2056 Community school Stroud Brockworth Primary Academy 2001 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Castle Hill Primary School 2132 Community school Tewkesbury Shurdington C of E Primary School 3068 Voluntary controlled school Tewkesbury
There are 12 Secondary schools serving the Gloucester area is listed here:
219
Page 393
Secondary DFE Type District Barnwood Park Arts College 4012 Foundation school Gloucester Chosen Hill School 5412 Academy converter Tewkesbury Churchdown School Academy 5409 Academy converter Tewkesbury Denmark Road High School 4002 Academy converter Gloucester Gloucester Academy 6906 Academy Sponser Led Gloucester Henley Bank High School 4017 Academy sponsor led Tewkesbury Holmleigh Park High School 4018 Academy sponsor led Gloucester Ribston Hall High School 5400 Academy converter Gloucester Severn Vale School 4064 Academy converter Gloucester Sir Thomas Rich's School 4001 Academy converter Gloucester St. Peter's Catholic High School & Sixth Form 4600 Academy converter Gloucester The Crypt School 5404 Academy converter Gloucester
Births in Brockworth
The number of births in the Brockworth area has fluctuated in recent years.
Brockworth 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 Birth Rates 132 142 145 127 141 123
Primary Pupil Place demand in Brockworth
The need for school places essentially derives from the local child population, so pressure for primary places lags 4 years behind the number of births, and pressure for secondary places follows another 7 years later.
In 2012, additional temporary capacity was provided at Brockworth Primary School for the Reception intake. Further temporary accommodation was provided at Shurdington Primary School in 2013. Both Brockworth and Shurdington Primary Schools expanded temporarily again for September 2015 to meet demand in the area. After further temporary expansions at Brockworth Primary Academy in 2017 and 2018 and Shurdington in 2016 and 2017 the decision was taken to permanently expand both schools. Shurdington Primary increased
220
Page 394
capacity to 1FE (210 places) from 2018 and Brockworth Primary Academy increased capacity to 2FE (420 places) from 2019 .
The planning areas of Hucclecote, Barton/Tredworth and Abbey/Upton/Matson together with this planning area create a geographical corridor from the centre to the north of Gloucester City. New housing developments at Brockworth and natural churn of the Abbeymead/Abbeydale housing developments have created a level of demand exceeding 2FE of additional places across the area. The LA had hoped for a new Free school in Wave 13, however the bid did not meet the criteria set out for Wave 13. The LA is currently awaiting the results of a bid for a new school in Wave 14. The announcement of Wave 14 allocations has been delayed since Spring 2020.
Issues for Primary School Provision from 2021
The table uses figures calculated by projecting forward the birth rate and the likely take up of places based on past trends. However, they do not include the pupil product from any housing that has yet to be completed.
The capacity for new and expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity constructed at the date of project completion. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase or phased opening works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a primary school expanding from 7 to 14 classes would originally have a capacity of 210 places (7 x 30) if the building extension is due to finish August 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 420 places (14 x 30) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 30 to 60 for the reception class and operationally the school will use 8 classes or capacity of 240 places. The balance of 6 classrooms or 180 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
221
Page 395
Primary place demand in : Brockworth Planning Area 9161970
Reception Total School
Total NOR in Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR Reception (including % Spare Total PAN Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall students from Year R Places Places housing) Places Places housing)
2015/16 120 120 0 0% 705 696 9 1% 2016/17 120 117 3 3% 735 716 19 3% 2017/18 125 110 15 12% 770 736 34 4% 2018/19 135 112 23 17% 845 756 89 11% 2019/20 135 117 18 13% 945 776 169 18% 2020/21 135 124 (0) 11 8% 945 793 (0) 152 16% 2021/22 135 117 (1) 18 13% 945 811 (3) 134 14% 2022/23 135 136 (1) -1 -1% 945 848 (3) 97 10% 2023/24 135 125 (2) 10 7% 945 856 (5) 89 9%
Surplus / Shortfall in School places 1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 6 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Brockworth planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 3 primary aged pupils in the forecast period in addition 4 houses were identified in the Cotswold District Plan should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 2 primary aged pupils in the forecast period.. A large strategic housing development at Perry Brook of up to 1500 dwellings will be supported by a new primary school and site as part of the S106 agreement.
Secondary Pupil Place demand in Brockworth
Henley Bank High School is the nearest school for this planning area although parents can express a preference for any school. HBHS currently has some capacity; however, by 2022 all schools in the Gloucester Secondary Planning Area will be full. The growth from the strategic sites at Brockworth, Twigworth, Churchdown and Innsworth to the north and Tuffley, Quedgeley and Hardwicke to the south will provide a S106 developers contribution for additional capacity. This could be used to expand existing schools or support the provision of a new secondary school in the Gloucester area. Henley Bank and Chosen Hill Schools are the main secondary schools serving Brockworth area. Estimates of the future need for secondary places is based on the number of pupils leaving primary schools at the age of 11+, applying historic transfer ratios to take account of pupils moving to independent schools and schools in other areas.
222
Page 396
The bar chart shows the secondary schools allocated in 2020 of the pupils transferring from a primary school in the Brockworth. 41% were allocated Henley Bank High School and 28% were allocated Chosen Hill in the 2020 round.
Information on Secondary Place Planning relating to Brockworth planning area can be found from page 254 to page 258.
Brockworth Implementation Plan
Medium Long term term – 3 to – 5 to 10 Short term – 1 to 2 years 5 years years
Academic Years Academic Academic 2021/22 – 2022/23 Years Years 2023/24 – 2026/27 – 2025/26 2031/32
No action currently required but The proposed new housing will continue to monitor for any development at Perry Brook will new housing locally and seek support a new primary school and S106 contributions if appropriate contribution to secondary provision to support pupils arising from the development. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and secondary school for Gloucester explore the potential for a new District secondary school for Gloucester.
223
Page 397
D Secondary School Information
Forest of Dean
D45 Forest North
The Forest North is served by Newent School. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Newent Community School in the 2020 allocation round.
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The Secondary school serving the Forest North area is listed here: 224
Page 398
Secondary DFE Type District Newent Community School and Sixth Form Centre 5411 Academy converter Forest (N)
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary school within the Forest North area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Secondary pupil place demand in : Forest (N) Planning Area 9162100
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 239 119 120 50% 1195 772 423 35% 2016/17 239 135 104 44% 1195 712 483 40% 2017/18 239 145 94 39% 1195 699 496 42% 2018/19 239 146 93 39% 1195 723 472 40% 2019/20 239 220 19 8% 1195 783 412 34% 2020/21 239 225 (0) 14 6% 1195 883 (0) 312 26% 2021/22 239 228 (5) 11 5% 1195 976 (20) 219 18% 2022/23 239 247 (8) -8 -3% 1195 1084 (39) 111 9% 2023/24 239 247 (13) -8 -3% 1195 1198 (60) -3 0% 2024/25 239 224 (16) 15 6% 1195 1206 (77) -11 -1% 2025/26 239 250 (19) -11 -5% 1195 1226 (91) -31 -3% 2026/27 239 238 (19) 1 0% 1195 1222 (91) -27 -2%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 435 houses identified in the Forest of Dean Local Plan to be built in the Forest North area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 87 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period in addition there are 19 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Forest North area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 4 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are
225
Page 399
provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Post 16
Newent Community School offers Post 16 provision in this area.
226
Page 400
D46 Forest Central
The Forest Central is served by Dean Magna, Five Acres High, The Dean Academy and The Forest High Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
85% of the pupils allocated to The Dean Academy School in the 2020 round previously attended a primary school in the Lydney planning area
227
Page 401
75% of the pupils allocated to The Five Acres High school in the 2020 round previously attended a primary school in the Coleford planning area, 13% from the Lydney area.
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Dene Magna School in the 2020 allocation round
87% of the pupils allocated to The Forest High School in the 2020 round previously attended a primary school in the Cinderford planning area,
228
Page 402
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at 4 Secondary schools within the Forest Central area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Secondary pupil place demand in : Forest (C) Planning Area 9162110
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 601 387 214 36% 3005 1822 1183 39% 2016/17 601 371 230 38% 3005 1792 1213 40% 2017/18 626 435 191 31% 3130 2316 814 26% 2018/19 626 504 122 19% 3130 2358 772 25% 2019/20 664 513 151 23% 3320 2386 934 28% 2020/21 664 480 (0) 184 28% 3320 2401 (0) 919 28% 2021/22 664 519 (5) 145 22% 3320 2478 (24) 842 25% 2022/23 664 538 (18) 126 19% 3320 2619 (86) 701 21% 2023/24 664 529 (38) 135 20% 3320 2706 (186) 614 18% 2024/25 664 546 (62) 118 18% 3320 2797 (308) 523 16% 2025/26 664 551 (82) 113 17% 3320 2887 (409) 433 13% 2026/27 664 540 (82) 124 19% 3320 2831 (409) 489 15%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There are approximately 2044 dwellings identified in the Forest of Dean housing trajectories to be built in the Forest Central area. This would generate approximately 409 11-16 aged pupils over the forecast period
Post 16 – There is no provision for Post 16 at Dean Academy, for sixth form, young people travel to post 16 provisions in the nearby community areas at Newent and Sedbury or travel
229
Page 403
into Cheltenham or Gloucester for other sixth forms and college options. A new college opened in Cinderford in 2018. Dean Magna School has proposed to open a 6th Form.
230
Page 404
D47 Forest South
The Forest South is served by Wyedean School. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
62% of the pupils allocated to Wyedean School in the 2020 round previously attended a primary school in the Tidenham planning area, 29% from Lydney
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at Wyedean School within in the Forest South area, with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
231
Page 405
Secondary pupil place demand in : Forest (S) Planning Area 9162120
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 174 143 31 18% 870 754 116 13% 2016/17 174 154 20 11% 870 755 115 13% 2017/18 174 174 0 0% 870 790 80 9% 2018/19 174 166 8 5% 870 811 59 7% 2019/20 174 174 0 0% 870 832 38 4% 2020/21 174 174 (0) 0 0% 870 847 (0) 23 3% 2021/22 174 179 (5) -5 -3% 870 882 (20) -12 -1% 2022/23 174 181 (7) -7 -4% 870 896 (33) -26 -3% 2023/24 174 174 (9) 0 0% 870 907 (45) -37 -4% 2024/25 174 183 (10) -9 -5% 870 908 (48) -38 -4% 2025/26 174 179 (10) -5 -3% 870 903 (48) -33 -4% 2026/27 174 177 (10) -3 -2% 870 896 (48) -26 -3%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
There are approximately 238 dwellings identified in the Forest of Dean housing trajectories to be built in the Tidenham area. This would generate approximately 48 11-16 aged pupils over the forecast period that, due to the legacy of surplus places, can be contained within existing provision in the short term.
Post 16
The Wyedean School and other further education settings offer post 16 education for the young people in this area.
232
Page 406
Tewkesbury
D48 Tewkesbury
Tewkesbury is served by Tewkesbury Academy, Cleeve and Winchcombe Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Tewkesbury school in the 2020 allocation round.
233
Page 407
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Cleeve School in the 2020allocation round.
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Winchcombe School in the 2020 allocation round.
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
234
Page 408
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary schools within the Tewkesbury area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Secondary pupil place demand in : Tewkesbury Planning Area 9162200
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 618 591 27 4% 3090 2854 236 8% 2016/17 618 579 39 6% 3090 2845 245 8% 2017/18 648 544 104 16% 3240 2820 420 13% 2018/19 648 569 79 12% 3240 2816 424 13% 2019/20 678 580 98 14% 3390 2806 584 17% 2020/21 690 592 (0) 98 14% 3450 2833 (0) 617 18% 2021/22 690 671 (11) 19 3% 3450 2988 (54) 462 13% 2022/23 690 651 (20) 39 6% 3450 3132 (98) 318 9% 2023/24 690 649 (24) 41 6% 3450 3211 (118) 239 7% 2024/25 690 664 (25) 26 4% 3450 3271 (124) 179 5% 2025/26 690 671 (25) 19 3% 3450 3325 (124) 125 4% 2026/27 690 649 (25) 41 6% 3450 3289 (124) 161 5%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
The majority of secondary schools are academies and the capacity of these schools is recorded in the academy funding agreement. This should be updated where a PAN is changed. The 11 – 16 capacity identified in these tables for expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity at the date of a permanent PAN increase. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase works its way through over subsequent academic years.
For example a secondary school expanding from 5 to 6 forms of entry would originally have a capacity of 750 places (5 x 150) if the PAN increase takes effect from Sept 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 900 places (5 x 180) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 150 to 180 for the Year 7 intake 235
Page 409
and operationally the school may use a capacity of 780 places. The balance 120 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Overall, there are 620 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Tewkesbury area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 124 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Post 16
Both Tewkesbury and Cleeve Schools offer Post 16 provision in the wider planning area, however there are a range of Post 16 providers that pupils can access across Gloucestershire.
236
Page 410
Cotswolds
D49 Cotswold North
The Cotswold North is served by Chipping Campden and The Cotswold Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Chipping Campden School in the 2020 allocation round.
237
Page 411
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to The Cotswold academy school in the 2020 allocation round.
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary school within the Cotswold North area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
238
Page 412
Secondary pupil place demand in : Cotswold (N) Planning Area 9162300
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 410 425 -15 -4% 2050 2050 0 0% 2016/17 410 432 -22 -5% 2050 2075 -25 -1% 2017/18 418 440 -22 -5% 2090 2092 -2 0% 2018/19 428 444 -16 -4% 2140 2161 -21 -1% 2019/20 458 464 -6 -1% 2170 2198 -28 -1% 2020/21 428 430 (0) -2 0% 2170 2218 (0) -48 -2% 2021/22 475 484 (7) -9 -2% 2375 2300 (35) 75 3% 2022/23 475 493 (13) -18 -4% 2375 2359 (63) 16 1% 2023/24 475 475 (16) 0 0% 2375 2388 (77) -13 -1% 2024/25 475 448 (17) 27 6% 2375 2358 (81) 17 1% 2025/26 475 413 (19) 62 13% 2375 2334 (93) 41 2% 2026/27 475 470 (19) 5 1% 2375 2308 (93) 67 3%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 463 houses identified in the Cotswolds Local Plan to be built in the Cotswold North area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 93 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
The Cotswold Academy is the local secondary school. The local housing growth has secured S106 and The Cotswold Academy has increased its PAN from 210 to 220 for the 2018 intake creating 50 additional whole school places. Further housing may see the need for additional expansion which would be supported by S106. . Post 16 Cotswold School offers Post 16 provision in the area.
D50 Cotswold South
239
Page 413
The Cotswold South is served by Cirencester Deer Park, Cirencester Kingshill, Farmors and Sir William Romney’s Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Farmor’s school in the 2020 allocation round.
240
Page 414
Pie chart below shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated Cirencester Kingshill School in the 2020 allocation round.
241
Page 415
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated Cirencester Deer Park school in the 2020 allocation round.
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Sir William Romney’s school in the 2020 allocation round.
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary school within the Cotswold South area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
242
Page 416
Secondary pupil place demand in : Cotswold (S) Planning Area 9162310
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 666 553 113 17% 3330 2861 469 14% 2016/17 666 564 102 15% 3330 2871 459 14% 2017/18 673 621 52 8% 3337 2900 437 13% 2018/19 691 667 24 3% 3455 3028 427 12% 2019/20 698 667 31 4% 3490 3074 416 12% 2020/21 698 659 (0) 39 6% 3490 3195 (0) 295 8% 2021/22 698 682 (7) 16 2% 3490 3333 (34) 157 5% 2022/23 698 679 (14) 19 3% 3490 3396 (69) 94 3% 2023/24 698 713 (27) -15 -2% 3490 3482 (131) 8 0% 2024/25 698 714 (37) -16 -2% 3490 3543 (181) -53 -2% 2025/26 698 752 (50) -54 -8% 3490 3651 (246) -161 -5% 2026/27 698 719 (50) -21 -3% 3490 3645 (246) -155 -4%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 1228 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Cotswold South area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 246 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
There are up to 2,500 houses identified in the Cotswold Local Plan to be built in the Cirencester community area. This is a Strategic site at Chesterton and will deliver a new 3FE primary school and S106 contributions to local Secondary Schools. It is expected to generate 325 Secondary aged pupils.
Post 16 Farmor’s School offers Post 16 provision in the area. Cirencester College offers post 16 education locally
243
Page 417
Stroud
D51East Stroud
The East Stroud is served by Archway, Maidenhill, Marling, Stroud High and Thomas Keble Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Thomas Keble School in the 2020 allocation round.
244
Page 418
Pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Archway school in the 2020 allocation round.
The pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Maidenhill School in the 2020 allocation round.
245
Page 419
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary school within the East Stroud area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Secondary pupil place demand in : East Stroud Planning Area 9162400
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 748 716 32 4% 3740 3444 296 8% 2016/17 808 735 73 9% 4040 3486 554 14% 2017/18 808 782 26 3% 4040 3525 515 13% 2018/19 808 724 84 10% 4040 3582 458 11% 2019/20 808 772 36 4% 4040 3647 393 10% 2020/21 814 744 (0) 70 9% 4070 3708 (0) 362 9% 2021/22 814 782 (17) 32 4% 4070 3855 (83) 215 5% 2022/23 814 771 (34) 43 5% 4070 3907 (168) 163 4% 2023/24 814 850 (51) -36 -4% 4070 4067 (251) 3 0% 2024/25 814 789 (63) 25 3% 4070 4083 (312) -13 0% 2025/26 814 775 (72) 39 5% 4070 4089 (359) -19 0% 2026/27 814 737 (72) 77 9% 4070 3989 (359) 81 2%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 1796 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the East Stroud area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 359 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request . Post 16 Stroud College along with a number of secondary schools in the South Cotswolds offer post 16 education.
246
Page 420
D52 West Stroud
The West Stroud is served by Katherine Lady Berkeley’s and Rednock Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
The pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Rednock School in the 2020 allocation round.
247
Page 421
Pie charts below show, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Katherine Lady Berkeley’s and Rednock School in the 2020 allocation round.
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at Secondary school within the West Stroud area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Secondary pupil place demand in : West Stroud Planning Area 9162410
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 483 434 49 10% 2415 2215 200 8% 2016/17 483 459 24 5% 2415 2224 191 8% 2017/18 483 468 15 3% 2415 2197 218 9% 2018/19 483 466 17 4% 2415 2240 175 7% 2019/20 485 491 -6 -1% 2425 2276 149 6% 2020/21 485 465 (0) 20 4% 2425 2330 (0) 95 4% 2021/22 485 516 (10) -31 -6% 2425 2444 (47) -19 -1% 2022/23 485 499 (18) -14 -3% 2425 2500 (88) -75 -3% 2023/24 485 523 (25) -38 -8% 2425 2564 (122) -139 -6% 2024/25 485 510 (29) -25 -5% 2425 2572 (141) -147 -6% 2025/26 485 476 (32) 9 2% 2425 2567 (157) -142 -6% 2026/27 485 464 (32) 21 4% 2425 2493 (157) -68 -3%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
Overall, there are 783 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the West Stroud area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 248
Page 422
157 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period. Depending on when and in what quantities these housing developments are provided will inform what S106 developers contribution requirements Gloucestershire County Council will request
Post 16
Stroud College, and a number of secondary schools in the Stroud and South Cotswolds area, including KLB and Rednock, offer post 16 education.
249
Page 423
Cheltenham
D53 Cheltenham
Cheltenham is served by All Saint’s Academy, Balcarras, Cheltenham Bournside & Sixth Form Centre, Pates Grammar School and Pittville Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
Pie chart shows by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to All Saint’s Academy in the 2020 allocation round.
250
Page 424
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Pittville School in the 2020 allocation round.
The pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Balcarras School
251
Page 425
The pie chart above shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Cheltenham Bournside School
Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary school within the Cheltenham area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
252
Page 426
Secondary pupil place demand in : Cheltenham Planning Area 9162500
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 899 895 4 0% 4495 4320 175 4% 2016/17 929 882 47 5% 4645 4285 360 8% 2017/18 997 922 75 8% 4713 4373 340 7% 2018/19 999 971 28 3% 5023 4484 539 11% 2019/20 1059 1047 12 1% 5083 4663 420 8% 2020/21 999 1033 (0) -34 -3% 5083 4839 (0) 244 5% 2021/22 999 1142 (15) -143 -14% 5083 5164 (71) -81 -2% 2022/23 999 1135 (25) -136 -14% 5055 5416 (122) -361 -7% 2023/24 999 1138 (37) -139 -14% 5055 5599 (181) -544 -11% 2024/25 999 1165 (47) -166 -17% 4995 5720 (231) -725 -15% 2025/26 999 1187 (54) -188 -19% 4995 5858 (269) -863 -17% 2026/27 999 1168 (54) -169 -17% 4995 5845 (269) -850 -17%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
The majority of secondary schools are academies and the capacity of these schools is recorded in the academy funding agreement. This should be updated where a PAN is changed. The 11 – 16 capacity identified in these tables for expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity at the date of a permanent PAN increase. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase works its way through over subsequent academic years. For example a secondary school expanding from 5 to 6 forms of entry would originally have a capacity of 750 places (5 x 150) if the PAN increase takes effect from Sept 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 900 places (5 x 180) from Sept 2019. However, in most cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 150 to 180 for the Year 7 intake and operationally the school may use a capacity of 780 places. The balance 120 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
253
Page 427
Overall, there are 1346 houses identified in the Cheltenham Local Plan to be built in the Cheltenham planning area, should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 269 11-16 aged pupils in the forecast period.
Two large strategic sites in North West Cheltenham and West Cheltenham of up to 4500 and 1200 new homes respectively is identified in the Joint Core Strategy plan. These are significant housing developments and will provide three new primary schools. It may also require some additional primary places at existing schools, if site capacity allows depending on the final number of dwellings built.
Post 16
A number of local secondary schools offer post 16 education.
254
Page 428
Gloucester
D54 Gloucester
Gloucester is served by Barnwood Park College, Holmleigh Park High School, Chosen Hill, Churchdown, Gloucester Academy, Henley Bank High, Denmark Road High School, Ribston Hall High, Severn Vale, Sir Thomas Rich’s St Peters Catholic High School & Sixth Form and The Crypt Schools. The graphs below show the feeder schools and capacity of the secondary schools
The pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Chosen Hill School
255
Page 429
The pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Churchdown School Academy
The pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Gloucester Academy
256
Page 430
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Barnwood Park Arts College
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Severn Vale
257
Page 431
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Holmleigh Park High School
Pie chart shows, by primary schools planning areas, the pupils allocated to Henley Bank High School Implications for Secondary School Provision from 2021
258
Page 432
The table below shows pupils at the Secondary school within the Gloucester area with the percentage of surplus/shortfall places by age cohort both retrospectively and forecast including anticipated pupil product.
Secondary pupil place demand in : Gloucester Planning Area 9162600
Year 7 Total School - Years 7-11
Total NOR in Year 7 Surplus - Total (including Surplus - % Surplus - YEAR % Spare Total PAN (including students Shortfall students from Shortfall Shortfall Year 7 Places from housing) Places housing) Places Places
2015/16 2130 1910 220 10% 10650 9255 1395 13% 2016/17 2180 1965 215 10% 10900 9423 1477 14% 2017/18 2202 2124 78 4% 11010 10014 996 9% 2018/19 2314 2169 145 6% 11450 10176 1274 11% 2019/20 2344 2343 1 0% 11720 10485 1235 11% 2020/21 2374 2355 (0) 19 1% 11870 10927 (0) 943 8% 2021/22 2374 2377 (36) -3 0% 11870 11477 (179) 393 3% 2022/23 2374 2456 (66) -82 -3% 11870 11916 (326) -46 0% 2023/24 2374 2584 (88) -210 -9% 11870 12360 (435) -490 -4% 2024/25 2374 2495 (113) -121 -5% 11870 12523 (559) -653 -6% 2025/26 2374 2472 (123) -98 -4% 11870 12568 (610) -698 -6% 2026/27 2374 2415 (123) -41 -2% 11870 12519 (610) -649 -5%
2020 Surplus / Shortfall in School Places 14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total (excl. housing) Total Housing Total Places
The majority of secondary schools are academies and the capacity of these schools is recorded in the academy funding agreement. This should be updated where a PAN is changed. The 11 – 16 capacity identified in these tables for expanding schools has been shown as the total capacity at the date of a permanent PAN increase. In most cases the working capacity of the school will be lower while a PAN increase works its way through over subsequent academic years. For example a secondary school expanding from 5 to 6 forms of entry would originally have a capacity of 750 places (5 x 150) if the PAN increase takes effect from Sept 2019 the tables will reflect the capacity increase to 900 places (5 x 180) from Sept 2019. However, in most 259
Page 433
cases, the school will only increase its intake (PAN) from 150 to 180 for the Year 7 intake and operationally the school may use a capacity of 780 places. The balance 120 places will not be in use until the higher intake works its way through the school
Overall, there are 623 houses identified in the Tewkesbury Local Plan to be built in the Gloucester planning area, 1145 houses identified in the Stroud Local Plan to be built in the Gloucester planning area and 1260 houses in the Gloucester Local plan to be built in the Gloucester planning area should all of this housing come forward it is predicted to generate approximately 125, 233 and 252 11-16 aged pupils respectively in the forecast period.
Post 16
Holmleigh Park High School together with a number of the Gloucester Schools offer post 16 education.
260
Page 434
D55 Berkeley
In 2017, SGS Berkeley Green UTC was established offing places for 14 to 19 year old students. This offers an alternative option for Y10 and Y11 students or an alternative post 16 option at Y12.
Secondary pupil place demand in: UTC Berkeley
Total School Total NOR in Year 10 Of which Y10 Surplus - Total NOR Of which Surplus - % Surplus - Total NOR in % Spare Year Total Year PAN (including Pupil Product Shortfall (including those Total NOR Pupil Product Shortfall Shortfall Year 10 10 Places those from from housing Places from housing) from housing Places Places housing) 2018/19 130 50 50 0 80 62% 260 140 0 120 46% 2019/20 130 100 100 0 30 23% 260 150 150 0 110 42% 2020/21 130 120 120 0 10 8% 260 220 220 0 40 15% 2021/22 130 130 130 0 0 0% 260 250 250 0 10 4% 2022/23 130 130 130 0 0 0% 260 260 260 0 0 0% 2023/24 130 130 130 0 0 0% 260 260 260 0 0 0% 2024/25 130 130 130 0 0 0% 260 260 260 0 0 0%
261
Page 435
Gloucestershire County Primary School Planning Areas Page 436 Page
262
Gloucestershire County Secondary Schools Page 437 Page
263
Gloucestershire County Special Schools Page 438 Page
264
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
FOREST OF DEAN DISTRICT Tidenham Monitor new housing delivery in No action required unless No action required unless the planning area to consider the windfall housing sites come windfall housing sites come need for a permanent increase of forward forward 0.5FE at Offa’s Mead Primary School
Page 439 Page Lydney Continue to monitor housing developments in the area close to No action required unless Severnbanks. Agree timing of a 1FE expansion at Severnbanks windfall housing sites come with the academy trust. forward Coleford Currently there are no plans for No action required unless No action required unless supply of further new places for windfall housing sites come windfall housing sites come either primary or secondary. forward forward There are currently significant surplus places for secondary provision and we will continue to monitor demand. Brooks Dean No action currently required, No action currently required, No action currently required, continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if appropriate. appropriate. appropriate. Longhope No action currently proposed, No action currently required, No action currently required, however we will closely monitor continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing any housing coming forward that developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if may require additional provision appropriate. appropriate. at primary schools locally.
265
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Cinderford No action currently proposed. We will continue to monitor progress of the Cinderford Northern Quarter development and once this commences, we will review the provision locally and assess the need for additional places locally.
West Severn To continue to monitor Blakeney, No action currently required No action currently required Newnham and Highnam Schools linked to housing forecasts for Page 440 Page 2021 and beyond. Potential expansion if required at Walmore Hill Primary to support additional pupils. Newent No action currently required, No action currently required, No action currently required, continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if appropriate. appropriate. appropriate.. Hartpury No action currently required, No action currently required, No action currently required, continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if appropriate. appropriate. appropriate.
TEWKESBURY DISTRICT Tewkesbury Continue to monitor demand in Work with colleagues at No action currently required, this area and work with local Worcestershire Council to continue to monitor housing schools to address any needs monitor a large housing developments and seek S106 if emerging from both the development at Bredon Road appropriate. Admission rounds and Housing.. for 500 dwellings which could potentially impact Mitton 266
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Primary School. In addition a large housing development at Fiddington of up to 850 dwellings would secure a new Primary school and contribution to secondary provision. Bishops Cleeve A temporary bulge class of 30 Plan to open a new primary Expand the new school to three Page 441 Page places is planned for 2021/22. school at two forms of entry. forms of entry to meet demand from new housing as it is Plan for provision of a new completed. primary school to meet demand from new housing. Continue to monitor housing in Continue to monitor housing in the planning area and request the planning area and request S106 where appropriate. S106 where appropriate. Winchcombe Continue to monitor housing in Continue to monitor housing in Continue to monitor housing in the planning area and request the planning area and request the planning area and request S106 where appropriate. S106 where appropriate. S106 where appropriate.
Work with Winchcombe Abbey Primary and Winchcombe Secondary School to plan the timing of expansion to meet demand generated by housing in the planning area.
267
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
COTSWOLD DISTRICT Chipping Campden Work with St David’s School to Work with St David’s School No action currently required, provide the additional primary and Cotswold District Council to continue to monitor housing places required in bulge classes identify a permanent expansion developments and seek S106 if until a permanent 0.5FE solution for planned new appropriate. expansion is delivered. Continue housing in Moreton in Marsh. to oversee projects and release Page 442 Page S106 funding to Chipping Continue to monitor housing Campden School to support developments and seek S106 if additional places required from appropriate. local housing. Stow on the Wold No action currently required, No action currently required, No action currently required, continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing continue to monitor housing developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if developments and seek S106 if appropriate. appropriate. appropriate. Bourton on the Water We will continue to monitor Continue to monitor housing Continue to monitor housing housing locally and seek S106 growth growth developers contributions to expand or provide new schools where needed. Northleach No additional primary places are No action currently required but No action currently required but required but we will continue to will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any monitor housing in the local area. new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if S106 contributions if appropriate appropriate.
268
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Fairford No action currently required but No action currently required but No action currently required but will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate S106 contributions if S106 contributions if appropriate appropriate Cirencester The Local Authority is working The Strategic site at Chesterton The Strategic site at Chesterton with developers to secure a new will still be on going and the LA will still be on going and the LA 3FE primary School and will continue to work with will continue to work with Page 443 Page Secondary contributions to developers to ensure education developers to ensure education support the additional places places are provided. places are provided. required as a result of the housing development at Chesterton. Tetbury No action currently required but No action currently required but No action currently required but will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate S106 contributions if S106 contributions if appropriate appropriate STROUD DISTRICT Nailsworth No action currently required but No action currently required but No action currently required but will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any will continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate S106 contributions if S106 contributions if appropriate appropriate
269
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
Eastcombe No action currently required No action required but will No action currently required but following the closure of Christ continue to monitor the level of will continue to monitor the level Church (Chalford) but will surplus places in the planning of surplus places in the planning continue to monitor the level of area. area and any new housing surplus places in the planning locally. area. Stroud Town No action currently required . No action currently required . Monitor Secondary demand a low Page 444 Page Continue to monitor for any new Continue to monitor for any new level of additional places may be housing locally and seek S106 housing locally and seek S106 required. contributions if appropriate contributions if appropriate Cainscross No action currently required. No action currently required. Monitor Secondary demand a low Continue to monitor for any new Continue to monitor for any new level of additional places may be housing locally and seek S106 housing locally and seek S106 required, but most of the contributions if appropriate contributions if appropriate additional demand is at other secondary schools in the Stroud planning area. Painswick No action currently required. No action currently required. Monitor Secondary demand Continue to monitor for any new Continue to monitor for any new across the wider Stroud planning housing locally and seek S106 housing locally and seek S106 area/. contributions if appropriate contributions if appropriate Stonehouse No action currently required. A new school is scheduled to Monitor Secondary school places Continue to monitor for any new be built to support new housing and increase capacity where housing locally and seek S106 development required to support new housing contributions if appropriate development Frampton No action currently required. Monitor completions of new No action currently required. Continue to monitor for any new housing underway in the area Continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek S106 and plan for possible small housing locally and seek S106
270
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
contributions if appropriate numbers of additional school contributions if appropriate places in line with demand
Continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate Berkeley Monitor demand for places at Monitor demand for places at Should the new development at Page 445 Page Slimbridge Primary School linked Slimbridge Primary School Wisloe near Slimbridge go ahead to housing demand. There is linked to housing demand. we will work with developers to capacity at schools in Cam for There is capacity at schools in secure additional provision. the current developments, but Cam for the current Continue to monitor for any new some parents are applying to developments, but some housing locally and seek S106 Slimbridge from that area. parents are applying to contributions if appropriate Slimbridge from that area. Dursley Monitor demand for places at Monitor demand for secondary No action currently required, Dursley and Cam primary places from new developments. continue to monitor housing schools linked to housing developments and seek S106 if demand and increase capacity if appropriate. necessary Wotton under Edge Monitor demand for places at Monitor demand for secondary No action currently required, Kingswood Primary School linked places. continue to monitor housing to housing demand and increase developments and seek S106 if capacity if necessary appropriate. CHELTENHAM DISTRICT Swindon Road Monitor growth in this area arising Monitor the west Cheltenham Monitor the west Cheltenham from housing developments. If development and seek S106 as development and seek S106 as 271
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
data continues to indicate a appropriate. appropriate. requirement for further capacity for 2022 and beyond, this will need to be considered and included in the capital programme potentially for 2022/23 in advance of the need. Page 446 Page A new 6FE secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing.
In the longer term a new 6FE secondary provision and new primary schools are planned to support growth in two strategic sites at NW & W Cheltenham. Time frame to be confirmed.
Whaddon Continue to monitor primary provision as this planning area may Continue to monitor housing require either temporary bulge classes or 0.5FE permanent to developments and seek S106 support growth from new housing contributions where appropriate. The new 6FE secondary school planned for the south of Cheltenham will ease pressure for secondary school places across the borough
Hesters Way Monitor growth in this area arising Monitor the west Cheltenham Monitor the west Cheltenham from housing developments. If development and seek S106 as development and seek S106 as data continues to indicate a appropriate. appropriate. requirement for further capacity, this will need to be considered and included in the capital programme in advance of the 272
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
need. A new 6FE secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing.
In the longer term a new 6FE secondary provision and new primary schools are planned to support growth in two strategic sites at NW & W Cheltenham. Time frame to be confirmed.
Page 447 Page Charlton Kings No action currently required for primary but will continue to monitor for any new housing locally and seek S106 contributions if appropriate A new 6FE secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing. This will support growth across the whole of mid and south Cheltenham and accommodate demand moving through from growth in the primary sector. Hatherley Increased capacity at Leckhampton Primary by 1FE will meet the Continue to monitor need for planned shortfall of primary places. places and any further housing allocations.. A new Secondary school is planned for the South of Cheltenham linked to demographic demand and housing. This will support growth across the whole of mid and south Cheltenham and accommodate demand moving through from growth in the primary sector. GLOUCESTER DISTRICT Churchdown/Innsworth Monitor the local housing growth and seek S106 as appropriate. Work with developers of large Work with Norton Primary School to plan for a potential expansion to strategic sites to put in place 1FE to meet demand. S106 agreements to provide additional education infrastructure for both primary and secondary education Land search for potential new secondary school for Gloucester Monitor Secondary place need
273
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
District for longer term need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester. Elmbridge/ Longlevens Monitor the local housing growth and seek S106 as appropriate. Work with developers of large strategic sites to put in place S106 agreements to provide additional education Page 448 Page infrastructure for both primary and secondary education Land search for potential new secondary school for Gloucester Monitor Secondary place need District and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester. Barton/ Tredworth No action currently required but Continue to monitor local new housing to see if this planning area is will continue to monitor for any affected if so seek S106 developers contributions to provide new housing locally and seek sufficient places. S106 contributions if appropriate Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. District Hucclecote/Barnwood Continue to monitor local new Continue to monitor local new housing to see if this planning area housing to see if this planning is affected if so seek S106 developers contributions to provide area is affected if so seek S106 sufficient places. developers contributions to provide sufficient places. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester.
274
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
District Abbey/Matson/Upton Expansion of two primary schools Continue to monitor local new housing to see if this planning area is in adjacent planning areas of affected if so seek S106 developers contributions to provide Barton/Tredworth and Brockworth sufficient places. have assisted with capacity issues in this planning area Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. Page 449 Page District Tuffley New housing development at Monitor the secondary need and a further 1FE expansion of Grange Road Tuffley may require Holmleigh Park would be considered if required expansion at one of the local primary schools. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. District Linden New housing developments in Monitor the secondary need and a further 1FE expansion of Hempsted will require expansion Holmleigh Park would be considered if required of the number of places in the planning area.. Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. District Quedgeley Clearwater School established in Monitor the secondary need and a further 1FE expansion of permanent accommodation Holmleigh Park would be considered if required (no capacity to expand Severn Vale further) Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new 275
E School Places Strategy 2021 – 2032: Implementation Plan
Short term – 1 to 2 years Medium term – 3 to 5 years Long term – 5 to 10 years
Academic Years Academic Years Academic Years 2021/22 – 2022/23 2023/24 – 2025/26 2026/27 – 2031/32
secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. District Quedgeley South East Should a further development at Monitor the secondary need and a further 1FE expansion of Hunts Grove gain planning Holmleigh Park would be considered if required consent a new school and site (no capacity to expand Severn Vale further) would be requested as S106 Monitor further housing growth and seek S106 developer’s developers contribution contributions as required. Page 450 Page Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. District Brockworth No action currently required but The proposed new housing development at Perry Brook will support will continue to monitor for any a new primary school and contribution to secondary provision to new housing locally and seek support pupils arising from the development. S106 contributions if appropriate Land search for potential new Monitor Secondary place need and explore the potential for a new secondary school for Gloucester secondary school for Gloucester. District
276
APPENDIX
Gloucestershire County Schools Tables Alphabetically
Primary DfE School PAN PAN Comment Plan Area No 2019 2020 9161932 2172 Abbeymead Primary School 60 60 9161600 3334 Amberley Parochial School 15 15 9161500 3308 Ampney Crucis Church of England Primary School 12 15 9161430 5205 Andoversford Primary School 15 15 9161240 3323 Ann Cam Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161510 3069 Ann Edwards Church of England Primary School 45 45 9161300 2040 Ashchurch Primary School 21 21 9161250 3086 Ashleworth Church of England Primary School 8 8 Page 451 Page 9161600 2041 Avening Primary School 16 16 9161110 3018 Aylburton Church of England Primary School 10 10 9161931 3365 Barnwood Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161960 2171 Beech Green Primary School 60 60 9161840 2165 Benhall Infant School 60 60 9161720 2043 Berkeley Primary School 30 30 9161120 2103 Berry Hill Primary School 30 30 9161500 3019 Bibury Church of England Primary School 7 7 9161970 2056 Birdlip Primary School 15 15 9161310 2135 Bishops Cleeve Primary Academy 90 90 9161610 3020 Bisley Blue Coat Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161230 2042 Blakeney Primary School 12 12 9161410 2045 Bledington Primary School 14 14 9161400 3021 Blockley Church of England Primary School 20 20 9161740 5204 Blue Coat CofE Primary School 45 45 9161420 2046 Bourton-On-the-Water Primary Academy 37 45 9161110 3078 Bream Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161610 3335 Brimscombe Church of England (VA) Primary School 15 15 9161970 2001 Brockworth Primary School 60 60 277
9161240 3311 Bromesberrow St Mary's Church of England (Aided) Primary Sch 8 8 9161610 3315 Bussage Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161630 2134 Callowell Primary School 30 30 9161950 2008 Calton Primary School 90 90 9161730 2143 Cam Everlands Primary School 30 30 9161730 3313 Cam Hopton Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161730 2138 Cam Woodfield Infant School 60 60 9161730 2058 Cam Woodfield Junior School 60 60 9161300 5220 Carrant Brook Junior School 60 60 9161630 2117 Cashes Green Primary School 30 30 9161970 2132 Castle Hill Primary School 30 30 9161610 2050 Chalford Hill Primary School 30 30 9161830 5207 Charlton Kings Infant School 90 90 9161830 5206 Charlton Kings Junior School 93 93 Page 452 Page 9161510 2139 Chesterton Primary School 30 30 9161610 3314 Christ Church Church of England Primary School (Chalford) 8 8 9161800 5215 Christ Church CofE Primary School (Cheltenham) 30 30 9161230 2051 Churcham Primary School 8 8 9161900 2052 Churchdown Parton Manor Infant School 60 60 9161900 2122 Churchdown Parton Manor Junior School 60 60 9161900 2144 Churchdown Village Infant School 60 60 9161900 2053 Churchdown Village Junior School 60 60 9161510 3375 Cirencester Primary School 60 60 9161960 2036 Clearwater Drive 60 60 9161120 3053 Clearwell Church of England Primary School 10 10 9161730 3026 Coaley Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161120 2106 Coalway Community Infant School 60 60 9161120 2105 Coalway Junior School 60 60 9161430 3027 Coberley Church of England Primary School 10 10 9161420 3017 Cold Aston Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161931 2175 Coney Hill Community Primary School 30 30 9161932 2185 Coopers Edge School 60 60 9161640 3322 Cranham Church of England Primary School 8 8
278
9161300 3030 Deerhurst and Apperley Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161931 2034 Dinglewell Infant School 90 90 9161931 2030 Dinglewell Junior School 90 90 9161500 3087 Down Ampney Church of England Primary School 8 8 9161200 2062 Drybrook Primary School 20 20 9161800 2147 Dunalley Primary School 60 60 9161730 2009 Dursley Church of England Primary School 45 45 9161610 2044 Eastcombe Primary School 11 11 9161700 2068 Eastington Primary School 20 20 9161120 2107 Ellwood Primary School 20 20 9161910 2013 Elmbridge Primary School 90 90 9161120 3034 English Bicknor Church of England Primary School 11 11 9161500 3035 Fairford Church of England Primary School 45 45 Temporary PAN increase for 2018 / Permanent from 2019 9161960 3061 Field Court Church of England Infant School 90 90
Page 453 Page 9161960 2168 Field Court Junior School 90 90 9161920 2200 Finlay Community School 60 60 Temporary PAN increase for 2018 / Permanent from 2019 9161220 2061 Forest View Primary School 60 60 9161630 2136 Foxmoor Primary School 37 37 9161800 2177 Gardners Lane Primary School 60 60 9161620 2137 Gastrells Community Primary School 25 25 9161240 5211 Glebe Infants' School 60 60 9161830 2142 Glenfall Community Primary School 30 30 9161800 2150 Gloucester Road Primary School 30 30 9161310 2069 Gotherington Primary School 30 30 9161940 3369 Grange Primary School 45 45 9161310 2181 Grangefield Primary School 60 60 9161840 2151 Greatfield Park Primary School 30 30 9161320 2113 Gretton Primary School 15 15 9161960 3326 Hardwicke Parochial Primary School 60 60 9161961 3039 Haresfield Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161940 2025 Harewood Infant School 90 90 9161940 2026 Harewood Junior School 90 90 Temporary PAN increase for 2018 / Permanent 279
from 2019 9161250 3040 Hartpury Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161920 2005 Hatherley Infant School 60 60 9161500 3041 Hatherop Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161950 3011 Hempsted Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161932 5219 Heron Primary School 60 60 9161820 2178 Hesters Way Primary School 30 30 9161230 3084 Highnam Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161740 3367 Hillesley Church of England Primary School 8 8 9161931 2028 Hillview Primary School 30 30 9161830 3316 Holy Apostles' Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161810 3093 Holy Trinity Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161210 2184 Hope Brook CofE Primary School 17 17 9161600 3327 Horsley Church of England Primary School 15 15 Page 454 Page 9161210 3328 Huntley Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161961 2022 Hunts Grove 30 60 Opened March 2015 - Phased PAN increase from 30 to 60 in September 2020 9161900 2145 Innsworth Infant 60 60 9161900 2118 Innsworth Junior School 50 50 9161320 3374 Isbourne Valley School 15 15 9161520 2073 Kemble Primary School 15 15 9161500 3042 Kempsford Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161700 3372 King's Stanley CofE Primary School 30 30 9161910 3010 Kingsholm Church of England Primary School 90 90 9161961 3373 Kingsway Primary School 60 60 9161740 2075 Kingswood Primary School 17 17 9161710 3101 Lakefield CofE Primary School 30 30 9161840 2160 Lakeside Primary School 90 90 9161840 3094 Leckhampton Church of England Primary School 90 90 Temporary PAN increase for 2018 / Permanent from 2019. 9161520 2047 Leighterton Primary School 17 17 9161700 3331 Leonard Stanley Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161950 2004 Linden Primary School 60 60
280
9161220 3044 Littledean Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161400 3045 Longborough Church of England Primary School 11 11 9161910 2029 Longford Park Primary 30 30 Opened 2017 - Phased PAN increase from 20 to 30 in September 2019 9161910 2033 Longlevens Infant School 120 120 9161910 2031 Longlevens Junior School 120 120 9161960 3047 Longney Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161200 2077 Lydbrook Primary School 20 20 9161110 3048 Lydney Church of England Community School (VC) 30 30 9161960 2179 Meadowside Primary School 30 30 9161500 3050 Meysey Hampton Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161400 2081 Mickleton Primary School 25 25 9161600 5217 Minchinhampton School 45 45 9161610 3337 Miserden Church of England Primary School 10 10 9161210 3338 Mitcheldean Endowed Primary School 30 30
Page 455 Page 9161300 2125 Mitton Manor Primary School 30 30 9161932 2037 Moat Primary School 30 30 9161600 3052 Nailsworth Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161840 2155 Naunton Park Primary School 60 60 Temporary PAN increase for 2018 / Permanent from 2019 9161230 3340 Newnham St Peter's Church of England Primary School 20 20 9161510 3055 North Cerney Church of England Primary School 10 10 9161740 3341 North Nibley Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161430 3056 Northleach Church of England Primary School 25 25 9161300 2119 Northway Infant School 60 60 9161900 3057 Norton Church of England Primary School 16 16 9161320 3099 Oak Hill Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161610 3310 Oakridge Parochial School 6 6 9161810 5221 Oakwood Primary School 60 60 9161100 2006 Offa's Mead Primary School 30 30 9161700 2090 Park Junior School 60 60 9161110 2108 Parkend Primary School 10 10 9161240 3060 Pauntley Church of England Primary School 7 7 9161240 5203 Picklenash Junior School 60 60 281
9161110 2109 Pillowell Community Primary School 12 12 9161510 3319 Powell's Church of England Primary School 60 60 9161810 3343 Prestbury St Mary's Church of England Junior School 60 60 9161110 2010 Primrose Hill CofE Primary School 30 30 9161300 2116 Queen Margaret Primary School and Children’s Centre 30 30 9161630 3063 Randwick Church of England Primary School 12 13 9161120 3054 Redbrook Church of England Primary School 7 7 9161240 3064 Redmarley Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161932 5200 Robinswood Primary School 60 60 9161620 2123 Rodborough Community Primary School 30 30 9161520 2085 Rodmarton School 11 11 9161820 2158 Rowanfield Infant School 90 90 9161820 2157 Rowanfield Junior School 90 90 9161200 3065 Ruardean Church of England Primary School 15 15 Page 456 Page 9161520 3345 Sapperton Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161620 2003 Severn View Primary Academy (Parliament Primary) 30 30 9161110 5216 Severnbanks Primary School 30 30 9161720 2072 Sharpness Primary School 20 20 9161640 2084 Sheepscombe Primary School 9 10 9161420 3067 Sherborne Church of England Primary School 8 8 9161970 3068 Shurdington Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161510 3089 Siddington Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161720 2086 Slimbridge Primary School 20 20 9161220 2066 Soudley School 11 11 9161500 3070 Southrop Church of England Primary School 8 8 9161820 2164 Springbank Primary Academy (formerly Arthur Dye Primary) 60 60 9161430 3317 St Andrew's Church of England Primary School, Chedworth 14 14 9161100 3344 St Briavels Parochial Church of England Primary School 20 20 9161400 3354 St Catharine's Catholic Primary School 20 20 9161400 5213 St David's School 45 45 9161600 3355 St Dominic's Catholic Primary School 15 15 9161400 3364 St James' and Ebrington Church of England Primary School 30 30 (Federated) 9161920 3006 St James Church of England Junior School 59 59 282
9161840 3096 St James' Church of England Primary School 60 60 9161120 2038 St John's Church of England Academy (Coleford) 30 30 9161810 3097 St John's Church of England Primary School (Cheltenham) 29 29 9161730 3356 St Joseph's Catholic Primary School 29 29 9161500 3330 St Lawrence Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161840 3363 St Mark's Church of England Junior School 60 60 9161900 3358 St Mary's Catholic Primary School 30 30 9161810 3360 St Mary's Church of England Infant School (Prestbury) 60 60 9161520 3348 St Mary's Church of England VA Primary School (Tetbury) 60 60 9161630 3346 St Matthew's Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161950 3004 St Paul's Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161920 3370 St Peter's Catholic Primary School 60 60 9161820 3359 St Thomas More Catholic Primary School 30 30 9161220 2065 St White's Primary School 45 45 9161250 3366 Staunton and Corse Church of England Primary School 18 18 Page 457 Page 9161220 2067 Steam Mills Primary School 17 17 9161720 3038 Stone With Woodford Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161700 2146 Stonehouse Park Infant School 60 60 9161410 2091 Stow-On-the-Wold Primary School 20 20 9161510 3025 Stratton Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161620 2094 Stroud Valley Community Primary School 37 37 9161410 3071 Swell Church of England Primary School 8 8 9161800 5214 Swindon Village Primary School 60 60 9161420 3072 Temple Guiting Church of England School 15 15 9161300 3073 Tewkesbury Church of England Primary School 60 60 9161740 5209 The British School 30 30 9161820 5201 The Catholic School of Saint Gregory the Great 60 60 9161640 2130 The Croft Primary School 20 20 9161300 2180 The John Moore Primary School 45 45 9161420 2070 The Rissington School 45 45 Temporary PAN increase for 2018 / Permanent from 2019. 9161620 3357 The Rosary Catholic Primary School 30 30 9161610 2098 Thrupp School 20 20
283
9161230 2099 Tibberton Community Primary School 15 15 9161300 5208 Tirlebrook Primary School 30 30 9161310 2089 Tredington Community Primary School 18 18 9161920 2032 Tredworth Infant School 80 80 9161920 2002 Tredworth Junior School 80 80 9161940 2173 Tuffley Primary School 30 30 9161100 3074 Tutshill Church of England Primary School 30 30 9161300 2101 Twyning School 15 15 9161730 3076 Uley Church of England Primary School 17 17 9161620 2097 Uplands Community Primary School 15 15 9161932 3077 Upton St Leonards Church of England Primary School 60 60 9161230 2102 Walmore Hill Primary School 10 10 9161840 5210 Warden Hill Primary School 60 60 9161510 3024 Watermoor Church of England Primary School 30 30 Page 458 Page 9161961 2019 Waterwells Primary Academy 60 60 9161230 3350 Westbury-On-Severn Church of England Primary School 12 12 9161630 2111 Whiteshill Primary School 15 15 9161710 3080 Whitminster Endowed Church of England Primary School 15 15 9161920 2000 Widden Primary School 60 60 9161400 3081 Willersey Church of England Primary School 8 8 9161320 3368 Winchcombe Abbey Church of England Primary School 45 45 9161430 3352 Withington Church of England Primary School 6 6 9161600 3353 Woodchester Endowed Church of England Aided Primary School 20 20 9161310 2141 Woodmancote School 60 60 9161200 2064 Woodside Primary School 17 17 9161100 2114 Woolaston Primary School 30 30 9161110 2110 Yorkley Primary School 25 25
284
Secondary DfE School PAN PAN Comment Plan Area No 2019 2020 9162500 6905 All Saints' Academy 180 180 9162400 4032 Archway School 215 215 9162500 5408 Balcarras School 224 194 Temporary PAN increase for 2019 9162600 4012 Barnwood Park Arts College 180 180 9162500 5418 Cheltenham Bournside School 300 300 9162300 5414 Chipping Campden School 208 208 9162600 5412 Chosen Hill School 228 228 9162600 5409 Churchdown Academy 230 230 9162310 5420 Cirencester Deer Park 209 209 9162310 5419 Cirencester Kingshill School 196 196 9162200 4024 Cleeve School 310 310 9162110 5422 Dene Magna School 175 175 Page 459 Page 9162600 4002 Denmark Road High School 150 150 9162310 4513 Farmor's School 168 168 9162110 4009 Five Acres High School 180 180 9162600 6906 Gloucester Academy 210 210 9162600 4017 Henley Bank High School 172 172 9162600 4007 Holmleigh Park High School 254 254 9162410 5406 Katharine Lady Berkeley's Sch. 250 250 9162400 5424 Maidenhill School 157 157 9162400 5401 Marling School 150 150 9162100 5411 Newent Community School and Sixth Form Centre 239 239 9162500 5403 Pate's Grammar School 150 150 9162500 5421 Pittville School 205 175 Temporary PAN increase for 2019 9162410 5407 Rednock School 235 235 9162600 5400 Ribston Hall High School 120 150 9162600 4064 Severn Vale School 265 265 9162700 4010 SGS Berkeley Green UTC 130 130 PAN for entry to Year 10 9162600 4001 Sir Thomas Rich's School 150 150 9162310 5428 Sir William Romney's School 125 125
285
9162600 4600 St Peter's High School & Sixth Form Centre 235 235 9162400 5402 Stroud High School 150 150 9162200 5405 Tewkesbury School 270 270 9162300 5410 The Cotswold School 250 220 Temporary PAN increase for 2019 9162600 5404 The Crypt School 150 150 9162110 4005 The Dean Academy 219 219 9162110 4006 The Forest High School 90 90 9162400 4068 Thomas Keble School 136 142 9162200 5417 Winchcombe School 98 110 9162120 5415 Wyedean School & Sixth Form Centre 174 174 - Indicates a Permanent PAN Increase - Indicates a Temporary PAN Increase
Page 460 Page
286
GLOSSARY
The Council, The County Council , The LA - refers to Gloucestershire County Council
SCAP Return – School Capacity Return – refers to the annual data return sent to central government to show deficit or surplus places in Gloucestershire schools
Universal Commissioning Team – refers to the team responsible for School Place Planning and ensuring sufficient places are available
Admissions Team – refers to the team responsible for overseeing the Reception entry to school and Y7 transfer to secondary school admissions.
Academic Year – refers to A period commencing with 1st August and ending with the next 31st July as defined by Section 88M of the SSFA 1998.
School Year – refers to The period beginning with the first school term to begin after July and ending with the beginning of such term after the following July, as defined by Section 579 of the Education Act 1996.
Basic Need and Maintenance – refers to types of capital funding allocated from central government to the LA to cover cost of supply of new places and Page 461 Page maintenance of schools.
S106 and CIL – refers to Section 106 developer’s contributions and Community Infrastructure Levy are two forms of capital monies received from developers when new dwellings are built to be used to fund school places. The Community Infrastructure Levy is being introduced slowly and is a tax payable on each new dwelling rather than a negotiated S106 payment for the whole development.
Bulge Class – refers to an additional number of places at Reception in a one off year only. For example - if a school normally admits 30 pupils into Reception but there is a requirement that for one year only they are requested to admit 60, that cohort will remain in the school for the seven years, however the following years cohort will return to 30.
In Year Applications – refers to pupils that arrive into the county after the September Admissions round is completed and require a school place. This would be administered by the In Year Admissions Team.
Joint Core Strategy – refers to Housing Strategy of two or more District Councils in this case refers to Cheltenham, Gloucester and Tewkesbury’s joint housing strategy.
EFA / ESFA – refers to Education & Skills Funding Agency, the body that funds all Academies and Free Schools.
High Needs Places – refers to school places required by pupils who have specific and additional needs to mainstream school places.
Implementation Plans – refers to set of plans used to support and provide new school places. 287
Academies–Academies are publicly funded independent schools. They don’t have to follow the national curriculum and can set their own term times. They still have to follow the same rules on admissions, special educational needs and exclusions as other state schools. Academies get money directly from the government, not the local council. They’re run by an academy trust which employs the staff. Some academies have sponsors such as businesses, universities, other schools, faith groups or voluntary groups. Sponsors are responsible for improving the performance of their schools.
Free schools – refers to schools funded by the government but aren’t run by the local council. They have more control over how they do things. They’re ‘all- ability’ schools, so can’t use academic selection processes like a grammar school. Free schools can set their own pay and conditions for staff and change the length of school terms and the school day. They don’t have to follow the national curriculum.
Community Schools – refers to schools where the local authority employs the school's staff, owns the school's land and buildings and is the admissions authority (it has primary responsibility for deciding the arrangements for admitting pupils).
Voluntary Aided – refers to a school where the governing body is the employer and the admissions authority. The school's land and buildings (apart from Page 462 Page playing fields which are normally owned by the local authority) will normally be owned by a charitable foundation.
Foundation Schools – refers to a school where the governing body is the employer and the admissions authority. The school's land and buildings are either owned by the governing body or by a charitable foundation.
UTC – refers to a school that are a kind of free school specialising in subjects like engineering and construction. They usually teach these subjects along with business skills and IT. Pupils study academic subjects as well as practical subjects leading to technical qualifications. The curriculum is designed by the university and employers, who also provide work experience for students. University technical colleges are sponsored by:
o universities o employers o further education colleges
New School Competition Arrangements – refers to the process for selecting an Academy Trust to run a new school.
Free School Proposal – refers to the process to establish a Free School.
Collaborative and Federated – refers to two or more schools working together under one governing body.
All through School Models – refers to schools age range that covers 4 – 19 year olds (if 6th form is included) or 4 to 16 year olds in one school establishment.
288
Specialist Commissioning – refers to the team that arrange school places for pupils with specific and or additional needs that cannot be met in mainstream schools.
Two Tier Authorities – refers to a County Council which overarches a number of District Councils. Gloucestershire is a Two Tier Authority.
PAN – Published Admission Number – refers to the number of places a school can offer at intake.
NC – Net Capacity – refers to the total number of school places a school has the space to support.
Multi Academy Trust – refers to a body that has a number of schools within its administration.
Priority Schools Building Programme – refers to a government funded programme (PSBP) to provide new schools and included a bidding process.
Devolved Formula Capital – refers to an allocated amount of capital funding given to each school by formula to be used to support capital projects at their school.
Capital Receipts - refers to any capital monies received by the Local Authority from housing developers or sale of assets Page 463 Page Housing Audits – refers to work undertaken by a consultant to review the number of school aged children arising from recent housing developments and used to evidence need for S106 funding.
Academy Conversion Programme – refers to the process a school has to follow to move from a county maintained school to an Academy.
Regional Schools Commissioner – RSC – refers to the body that administrates decisions on behalf of the Secretary of State for all Academies and Free Schools
Diocese – refers to the area covered by a Bishop's jurisdiction and only applies to Catholic and Church of England schools.
Children’s Centre – refers to a centre offering early childhood services, including education, childcare, social services and health services.
289
Page 464 Page
290
Agenda Item 11
REPORT TITLE: Children & Families Capital Programme Update
Cabinet Date 24 March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Patrick Molyneux, Cabinet Member for Economy, Education and Skills
Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report To approve changes to the previously approved Children & Families Capital Programme.
To approve the changes to the Children & Families Capital Programme as set out in the report: 1. A new scheme to provide a primary provision for Gloucester and Forest Alternative Provision service, funded by the transfer of £0.150 million from the approved Basic Need provision. 2. A new scheme for the provision of fixed furniture and equipment for the new Great Oldbury Primary Academy, funded by £0.350 million from the approved Basic Need Provision 3. A new scheme for the provision of an additional 30 reception places for September 2021 at Bishop’s Cleeve Primary Academy, funded by £0.225 million S106 developer contribution. Recommendations 4. An addition of £0.030 million developer S106 contribution for Farmors School. 5. An addition of £0.116 million developer S106 contribution for Cirencester Kingshill School. 6. An addition of £0.013 million developer S106 contribution for Mitton Manor Primary School. 7. An addition of £0.106 million developer S106 contributions for Chipping Campden School. 8. An addition of £0.041 million academy schools contribution to various products. 9. An addition of £6.774 million Basic Need Grant to the Children & Families Capital Programme.
Full Council approved the Children & Families Capital Programme for 2018/19 on 14th February 2018 for 2019/20 on the 13th February 2019 and Reasons for for 2020/21 on the 12th February 2020. This paper provides an update of recommendations individual schemes within these programmes.
Page 465 All proposed changes to the Children and Families Capital Programme are Resource Implications fully funded by capital grant, developer contributions and revenue contributions.
The proposed changes to the Children and Families Capital Programme are funded as follows:
£0.500 million Basic Need Grant – transfer from existing approved Basic Need Provision. £0.490 million additional developer S106 contributions. £0.041 million additional academy school contributions £6.774 million additional Basic Need Grant
Background Medium Term Financial Strategy (MTFS) - Council Budget 2018/19, Documents 2019/20 & 2020/21 Gloucestershire County Council’s School Places Strategy 2018-2023 Gloucestershire County Council’s SEND Commissioning Strategy 2019-24
Statutory Authority To ensure sufficient school places
Divisional Cllr Robert Bird, Cllr Kevin Cromwell, Cllr Mark Hawthorne, Cllr Nigel Councillor(s) Robbins, Cllr Lynden Stowe, Cllr Ray Theodoulou, Cllr Lesley Williams Name: Clare Medland, Head of Commissioning for Learning Officer Tel. no: 01452 328686 Email: [email protected] Timeline Cabinet meeting 24th March 2021 - Updates to Cabinet on further changes to the programme as required.
Page 466 Background
1. County Council approved the 2020/21 Childrens & Families Capital programme at its meeting on 12th February 2020. This report provides an update to various schemes agreed in this programme.
Proposed changes to the approved capital programme
Gloucester and Forest Alternative Provision School (GFAPS)
2. Gloucestershire County Council’s SEND Commissioning Strategy 2019-24, identified pressure on the current Alternative Provision (AP) Schools in Gloucestershire. Current AP provision is not meeting the statutory needs of the local authority or the commissioning requirements due to pressure within the existing accommodation. The Strategy identified that developing the AP provision for the county was as a key priority. A project group was established in 2020 and has been looking at a number of key areas for improvement, including accommodation. Priority of this work stream has been focussing on improved primary provision for primary aged pupils closer to where they live.
3. A scheme has been identified to refurbish and adapt former office accommodation which was previously used as a temporary site for a primary school in Gloucester. Negotiations on the lease of the property are being led by Asset management and Property Services. Any revenue implications will be met from the High Needs budget. The former accommodation lends itself to provide the required facilities to meet the needs of the pupils. A scheme has been developed at an estimated cost of £ 0.150 million. It is proposed to allocate £0.150 million from the unallocated basic need budget to enable the works to take place with a view to deliver the new support for September 2021.
Great Oldbury Primary Academy
4. Great Oldbury Primary School is a developer funded 1.5 form entry (315 places) primary school delivered to meet the demand from the Great Oldbury housing development in Stonehouse. The council is required to provide the fixed furniture and equipment (including ICT) for the new school as these items are not covered within the Section 106 developer agreement. Based on previous school schemes a provisional sum has been identified for £0.350 million to support a development of this size. The school will open for Reception pupils in September 2021 and will increase year on year through Reception intake. The school is part of the Gloucestershire Learning Alliance Multi Academy Trust (MAT) who will work with officers to ensure the required equipment is provided as and when needed as the school grows. It is proposed to allocate £0.350 million from the unallocated basic need grant which will be held by the Council, managed by officers in collaboration with the MAT.
Section 106 Developer contributions
Bishops Cleeve Primary School
5. The council has received £0.225 million S106 developer contributions in respect of a housing development at Land adjacent to 74 Evesham Road, Bishops Cleeve in Cheltenham which must be used to extend, remodel and upgrade and improve capacity and suitability at Bishops Cleeve Primary Academy only. While the provision of a new school to cater for
Page 467 additional pupils from 2023 is being progressed there is a temporary need for 30 places for September 2021. A scheme has been developed with the school to provide the necessary space to accommodate the additional pupils for September 2021. It is proposed to approve the £0.225 million developer contribution to be used to deliver this scheme.
Farmors School
6. The Council is in receipt of £0.219 million s106 contributions from a housing development at London Road, Fairford to be used towards facilities at Farmors School. In November 2020 Cabinet agreed £0.100 million of this funding to the school to be used towards agreed works. The school has identified additional plans to improve accommodation through refurbishment of a former classroom at an additional cost to the agreed budget of approximately £0.030 million. It is proposed to allocate £0.030 million to enable the school to provide greater flexibility for additional pupils. The remaining balance of the funding will be held by GCC and released to the school upon agreement of appropriate capital projects.
Cirencester Kingshill School
7. The Council is in receipt of £0.138 million s106 contributions from a housing development at London Road, Cirencester to be used towards facilities at Cirencester Kingshill School. Cabinet previously agreed £0.022 million of this funding to the school to be used towards agreed works. The school has identified additional plans to improve the school’s accommodation through adaptations of teaching accommodation and improving circulation. It is proposed to allocate the remaining balance £0.116 million to enable the school to provide greater flexibility for additional pupils.
Mitton Manor Primary School
8. The Council is in receipt of £0.068 million S106 contributions from a housing development on land North of Bredon Road, Tewksbury to be used towards facilities at Mitton Manor Primary School. Cabinet has previously approved £0.055 million of this funding for capital works at the school. It is proposed to allocate the remaining £0.013 million to enable the school to provide greater flexibility for additional pupils.
Chipping Campden School
9. The Council is in receipt of £0.106 million S106 contributions from a housing development at Field House, Willersey and Land at Plum Orchard, Longborough to be used towards facilities at Chipping Campden School. The school is currently progressing a scheme to improve capacity at the school and it is proposed to allocate these funds to be used as part of this scheme.
Academy Contributions.
10. The Council has received £0.041 million in contributions from various academy schools towards capital projects. It is proposed to add this funding to the capital programme to fund the required works.
Page 468 Schools Basic Need Allocation
11 The Council has received a Basic Need Grant allocation from the Department for Education for 2022/23 totalling £6.774 million. This funding is based on the need to ensure there are sufficient school places across the county. It is proposed that this funding is added to the Children & Families capital programme for investment in appropriate school capital projects.
Overall Change to Capital Programme
12. As a result of the above changes the Children & Families Capital Programme will increase by £7.305 million.
Capital Spend 2020/21
13. The Children and Families capital forecast spend for 2020/21 is £21.283 million against the budget of £21.682 million, giving a forecast in-year slippage of £0.399 million. This is mainly due to slight delays on the Cotswold School expansion project caused by COVID related issues with the supply chain and site labour. This has no effect on the total cost or the completion of the project. Details of the forecast spend can be found in Appendix A.
14. In addition to the projects referred to above within the overall council’s commitment of £100m there are a number of key projects which have been agreed and the update is as follows:
New High School, Leckhampton
15. Following an application to the High Court in relation to the decision to grant planning consent for the new school, the oral hearing took place on the 23rd February. It was decided that leave for judicial review (JR) would be granted on the ground of visual impact only, dismissing grounds for JR on heritage asset and area of outstanding natural beauty (AONB). A substantive hearing has been listed for the 16th March 2021 to consider this matter further. Letters offering 120 year 7 places for September 2021 have been sent out to parents and the pupils will be accommodated as planned at Balcarras School site. Officers are working very closely with the principle contractor on the implications of the JR in respect of impact on the delivery of the new school. Further updates will be issued.
New Free Schools (Wave 14) and Schools Rebuilding Programme
16. In February, the DfE announced the successful Wave 14 bids for new free schools centrally funded through the Governments Free School programme. The announcement included approval for a new secondary school and a new primary school to serve Gloucester city as follows:
Beacon Secondary Academy, Gloucestershire - Cotswold Beacon Academy Trust
The Wheatridge Primary School, Gloucestershire - The Crypt Education Trust
The new schools will provide additional places for Gloucester and will be delivered through the ESFA led Free Schools Team.
Page 469 17. In addition to this the DfE announced that two secondary academies in Gloucestershire, Katharine Lady Berkeley School, in Wotton Under Edge and Thomas Keble School in Stroud were approved as part of the first round of the Government’s new School Rebuilding Programme. The 10-year centrally funded and managed School Rebuilding Programme was launched with a commitment to 500 rebuilding projects over the next decade. Further work will be progressed with each school to determine the scope and extent of the projects at each location.
Options
18. (1) To approve the recommendations and note the changes to the Children & Families Capital Programme.
(2) to not approve the recommendations
Risks
19. Risk of overspend against individual schemes. This will be reduced by effective management of the programme and suppliers by the Council’s Asset Management and Property Services and will be overseen by the Head of Commissioning for Learning.
20. Risk that school capacity exceeds demand. Pupil forecasts for each area within the county are reviewed on an annual basis to provide assurance that any school expansion is timed to meet expected increase in need for places. As seen by the proposals in this report, this enables the Head of Commissioning for Learning to reallocate funding to those schemes where there is the most pressing need when these forecasts alter.
21. Risk that schools are not expanded in time to meet the demand for additional places. The forecasting approach enables the council to effectively plan ahead to mitigate this. In addition, where permanent expansion cannot be achieved within necessary timescales, temporary arrangements can be put in place to meet need and costs are factored into the planning for this. In terms of special school places, lack of capacity would result in children being placed in non-maintained independent schools but this would have a significant impact on the dedicated schools grant revenue budget.
22. Risk that Covid-19 delays proposed schemes. With the construction industry having to respond to the Government’s working restrictions it is inevitable that this will extend the planned completion dates for some schemes. We are working with schools and contractors to review the situation and assess the need for mitigation measures to ensure continuity of school provision. This will continue to be monitored on a monthly basis and mitigating plans developed where necessary.
Climate change implications
23. Where applicable the capital works will be delivered using appropriate materials and initiatives to support the Council’s Low Carbon Agenda.
Equality implications
Page 470 24. These decisions will ensure the council meets its statutory duties to provide sufficient school places and improve the facilities and provision for children and young people, regardless of their level of need, background and status.
25. The individual schemes will be subject to user audit so that their impacts on all groups of society, including those with a protected characteristic(s), are assessed and mitigated where appropriate.
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
26. A DPIA is not required for this decision because it does not involve the collection, storage or use of personal data.
Social value implications
27. The Council will seek to ensure projects maximise the additional social, economic and environmental benefits to the local area.
Consultation feedback
28. Consultation has taken place with service areas and other organisations where appropriate in the development of this strategy.
Officer recommendations
29. The recommendation from Council officers is that Cabinet adopts option 1 and approves the proposed changes to the identified schemes for progression as necessary. This will enable the council to meet its statutory duties with regard to school place sufficiency and improving outcomes for children and young people in Gloucestershire.
Performance Management/Follow-up
30. Each scheme will be subject to oversight and monitoring by the Head of Commissioning for Learning.
Page 471 Appendix A
Children & Families Capital Programme 2020/21
Budget Forecast Spend to Scheme 2020 2020 date 2020 £000 £000 £000
General Programme A2YO Capital Contingency 27 27 2 Accessibility 19/20 9 9 9 Accessibility 20/21 150 150 0 Advanced Design 20/21 136 136 75 Alderman Knight expansion 1,040 1,040 879 Ashchurch Primary replace temps 750 750 219 Barnwood Park School 1FE expansion 62 55 54 Barnwood Park School hygiene room 107 105 93 Battledown expansion 300 300 550 Belmont additional classroom 215 215 215 Belmont expansion 60 70 49 Bishops Cleeve New Primary School 50 75 51 Bourton-on-the-Water Primary expansion 442 422 399 Bourton-on-the-Water Primary, expansion 23 23 0 Bream Primary Early Learners 100 100 100 Brockworth Primary Academy 1FE Expansion 20 24 21 Caretakers Properties 19/20 1 0 0 Caretakers Properties 20/21 10 10 4 Charlton Kings Junior hygiene room 6 6 7 Chelt & Tewks APS refurbishment 9 9 1 Chipping Campden School Performing Arts 236 236 90 Christ Church Primary s106 adaptations 153 153 153 Cirencester Kingshill s106 adaptations 22 22 75 Cirencester Primary replace classrooms 43 43 1 Cleeve School 1FE expansion 43 43 1 Cleeve School dining facilities 23 23 0 Coopers Edge Primary, FFE & ICT 13 13 5 Cotswold School, 6th Form Accommodation 0 0 0 Drybrook Primary remodel classrooms 24 24 13 Dursley Primary remodelling 98 98 0 Early Years 18/19 18 18 0 Eastington Primary outdoor teaching area 73 73 51 Fairford Primary 2 classrooms 100 100 12 Farmors School s106 adaptations 80 80 65 Finlay Primary 1FE expansion 20 6 6 Gardners Lane Primary 2 Class Extension 7 1 0 Grangefield Primary, ICT/FFE 44 44 9 Hartpury Primary hygiene room 140 138 99 Health & Safety 19/20 35 9 9 Healthy Pupils Capital Fund 18/19 409 409 0 Hillview Primary KS2 toilets phase 2 11 11 0 Hunts Grove Primary, GCC internal fees 1 1 0 Hunts Grove, ICT/FFE 125 125 128 Innsworth Infant new reception classroom 7 7 7
Page 472 Budget Forecast Spend to Scheme 2020 2020 date 2020 £000 £000 £000
Kempsford Primary dining centre 87 87 72 Kings Stanley Primary adaptations 8 8 8 Kingswood Primary group room and ramp 13 13 0 Leckhampton Primary expansion 1,527 1,527 1,356 Longford Primary, ICT/FFE 24 24 3 Mickleton Primary, double classroom unit 17 17 17 Mickleton Primary, kitchen upgrade 90 90 89 Milestone The Space unit upgrade 14 14 12 Nailsworth Primary Disability access 12 12 7 New Secondary School, Cheltenham 4,766 4,766 2,036 New SEMH Special School 498 498 289 Norton Primary Garden room/breakout 43 2 43 Park Infant hygiene room 3 3 3 Parton Manor Junior additional classbase 250 250 216 Paternoster expansion 75 75 75 Pittville School expansion 54 54 0 Pittville School hygiene room 9 9 9 Rednock School sports hall 200 200 133 Rissington Primary expansion 17 17 21 Rissington Primary hygiene room 7 7 1 School Security 18/19 44 44 0 SEND Support in mainstream schools 25 25 5 Severn Vale School 1FE expansion 72 71 71 Short Breaks Capital Grants 70 70 20 Shurdington Primary expansion 30 24 23 Siddington Primaryhygiene room 27 27 24 Slimbridge Primary expansion 23 6 7 Springbank Primary hygiene room 58 58 53 St James Junior entrance and foyer 6 6 6 St. David's Primary expansion 150 150 8 The Cotswold School expansion 2,200 1,750 946 The John Moore Primary expansion 662 700 694 Thomas Keble School dining area 65 65 1 Tredington Primary additional classroom 28 28 7 Trevone House 380 442 448 Upton St. Leonards Primary hygiene room 115 115 91 Warden Hill Primary expansion 600 250 78 Winchcombe Abbey Primary expansion 5 5 4 Winchcombe School expansion 2,000 2,400 1,850 Woodmancote Primary hygiene room 1 4 1 Wyedean School hygiene room 135 135 110 19,652 19,248 12,295
Capital Maintenance Programme 2,030 2,035 1,107
21,682 21,283 13,402
Page 473 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 12
Banded Funding for SEND & EHCP:
Cabinet Date 24 March 2021 Cllr Richard Boyles Cabinet Member Deputy Leader of the Council and Cabinet Member for Children's Safeguarding and Early Years
Cllr Patrick Molyneux Cabinet Member for Economy, Education and Skills Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report The purpose of this report is to outline proposed changes to the way in which we fund support for children with additional needs, including Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). The report explains how we propose to adjust funding models to support early intervention and reduce pressures on statutory processes. 1. That Cabinet approves the proposal for implementation of Banded Funding, and; Recommendations 2. That implementation of Banded Funding is applied to all new cases. 3. That implementation of Banded Funding is applied to existing EHCP cases when they are evaluated at the annual review, and migrate to the new model. The proposals and recommendations in this report are in response to the high needs consultation and the subsequent high needs and joint additional needs strategies. These strategies emphasise the need for services and support to focus Reasons for on early intervention to optimise the learning and development outcomes for recommendations children and young people, and improve their life long opportunities. To enable the effectiveness of early intervention, funding models need to be unlocked from the existing statutory process, in this case the Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) and be made available earlier when a child’s need arises.
Resource Funding to support children with additional needs is delivered through the Implications Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG). The total DSG budget for 2021/22 is £524.114m, of which £74.622m is allocated to High Needs. DSG funded services are forecast to be over-spent by £13.588 million in 2020/21, which includes the deficit carry forward of £8.442 million and the deficit budget which was set for High Needs of £5.449 million. In the short term the new model is intended to be cost neutral, with longer term savings delivered to the DSG, through reduction of high cost placements, through earlier intervention.
Background Annex A Banded Funding Summary report Documents Annex B Banded Funding Equality Impact Assessment
Statutory Authority
Page 1 of 9
Page 475 Divisional Councillor(s) Name: Phil Haslett Officer Telephone: 01452 324 155 Mobile: 07812536814 Email: [email protected] Timeline Implementation to start from May 2021.
Page 2 of 9
Page 476 1. Background and context
1.1. The number of children who need help and support because they have learning difficulties or they struggle to cope with life at school, continues to grow. With Covid-19 bringing more uncertainty to many, this need is expected to be even greater going forward. In some cases, children only get the help they need once they have been excluded from school, are too anxious to attend or have had to wait for a formal assessment of their special educational needs. 1.2. At the moment, the education system is not working well for some children with ‘additional needs’. The number of children having to rely on an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) to get support in school is increasing rapidly and the progress of children with additional needs is not as good as that of other children. Too many children are being excluded from school. These issues are in common with other local authorities across the country. 1.3. In addition to these concerns, like other local authorities, our High Needs budget is overspending but there are changes we can make that will improve the lives of children with additional needs and will use our funding more effectively. This is not about spending less, but spending it in a better way for children. 1.4. With the growing number of young people needing help, the council knew they needed to re-think the way they did things. So, in June 2018, children and their families, as well as schools and other professionals, were asked for their views on a number of proposals to change the way services support children with additional needs. The feedback from this consultation helped to inform the High Needs Strategy which was approved by council’s Cabinet in March 2019. This set out actions for the council to take which are underpinned by the broader commitment of agencies in the county to provide the right support, in the right place, at the right time for children and young people through the Joint Additional Needs Strategy including SEND (2018-21). 1.5. To deliver the above strategies the JAN & High Needs Transformation Programme (JHNTP) was established in February 2020. The programme is set up to place the child at the centre by transforming our service design and approach to ensure early interventions that are more collaborative with joined up assessments, sourcing and development plans to enable every child to optimise their full learning potential. The intention is to raise aspirations and improve outcomes for children and young people with additional needs including SEND by facilitating early and inclusive intervention through multiagency collaboration to ensure we have child centred approaches and solutions. 2. Introduction
2.1. This report asks Cabinet to support proposed changes to the way in which High Needs funding is used to support children with additional needs. 2.2. The proposal sets out changes to the funding model that will ensure funding is working to promote and support early intervention in order to maximise impact for children and young people. 2.3. The proposed changes will also simplify funding models into a common banding system which will operate for all education providers, improving both the consistency and efficiency of funding. 2.4. This proposal is an output of multiagency work undertaken as part of the JAN & High Needs Transformation Programme and is a critical step in ensuring that we are able to deliver the best outcomes for children and young people with additional needs.
Page 3 of 9
Page 477 3. How funding currently operates
3.1. Funding for children with additional needs is delivered to providers through the Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) via both the schools block and the high needs block. Gloucestershire’s DSG allocation for 2021/22 is £524,111m, of which £74.622m is allocated to High Needs. 3.2. Education providers receive funding in two discrete elements: Place funding which is a mechanism to support the fixed costs of provision. Top-up funding which is a variable element, dependent on the level of additional support a child or you person needs.
Funding SEND in the Mainstream 3.3. The schools block provides mainstream schools with ‘Notional SEND’ funding through the National Funding Formula (NFF). The NFF is set centrally by the Department for Education (DfE) and the Education Skills Funding Agency (ESFA). This funding creates the Notional SEND budget and should be used to meet low level SEND needs and the first £6,000 of an EHCP. Alongside the Age Weighted Pupil Unit (AWPU), which is also part of the NFF, this £6,000, provides the place funding (fixed cost) for mainstream schools. 3.4. The high needs block funds the mainstream top-up (variable cost) which when added to the notional SEND funding will meet the full cost of an EHCPs for a mainstream school. These top-ups are individually costed and resourced as part of the EHCP. Funding SEND in specialist provision 3.5. Places and the top-up funding for all specialist provision and children and young people with additional needs that attend Early Years or Post-16 provision are funded through the high needs block. 3.6. Top-up funding for specialist and post-16 providers is not individually costed and resourced like the mainstream, but provided through a banding system. How funding is currently accessed 3.7. Funding through high needs is currently only available to children and young people with a resourced Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP). This means that mainstream schools that require support for a child or young person from high needs funding must start the 20 week statutory EHCP assessment process. 3.8. Since the introduction of the EHCP as part of the changes to the SEND code of practice, Gloucestershire has seen a 57.1%* increase in EHCPs, this is broadly in line with the increase nationally of 64.5%. As at 1st January 2021, there were 4,322 children and young people aged 0-25 with an EHCP (73.2% increase since 2014**). This rise is creating significant pressure on the statutory services and the supporting agencies. *2,496 CYP with an EHCP maintained by Gloucestershire County Council in January 2014 compared to 3,922 in January 2020. This shows an increase of 400 EHCP cases in 2020 alone. The latest published figures are for January 2020 (source: Education, health and care plans: England 2020, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/education-health-and-care-plans-england- 2020 **The national data is not available at the time of this report as this will be published in May 2021.
Page 4 of 9
Page 478 3.9. The graduated pathway is the local model that ensures a graduated response is taken to support children’s needs. Varying levels of additional needs should be supported by different elements of the pathway (My Plan, MyPlan+, EHCP). So as needs escalate or reduce you would expect children and young people to move up and down this pathway. 3.10. The current funding model is only associated to the EHCP (at the top end of the pathway) and does not provide support for the graduated response. This is providing a perverse incentive and often unnecessary entrance to the statutory process (EHCP). Conclusions 3.11. In summary our analysis of the existing model raised two key concerns: Funding is locked up in the statutory process, which does not support early intervention, is costly and inefficient. The approach to providing top-up funding is inconsistent and unnecessarily complex, creating confusion and inefficiencies. 4. Developing a solution
4.1. The Banded Funding workstream was setup as part of the JHNTP. A proposal was developed and an engagement pack survey created for members of the public and professionals to respond to, details of which can be found in Annex A. 4.2. The engagement pack sought feedback on the design and development of a common banding system that: Enables funding through the graduated pathway (MyPlan and MyPlan+) making it easier for settings to access funding at the right time and with without directing them immediately to the statutory process. Reduces complexity by providing all education settings with a common funding methodology (banded funding), linked to a set of clear descriptors of need.
4.3. The Banded Funding Engagement Pack 2020 survey was live from October 2020 to January 2021. This included the banding criteria and set of descriptors outlining the type and level of support that would be provided based on the assessment carried out on the child/young person by a professional/specialist. The funding model correlates to the banding criteria to ensure full alignment.
4.4. Stakeholders were engaged to ensure that people had the opportunity to comment, feed back and/or work collaboratively with us on the banding. This is detailed in Annex A.
5. Options
5.1. Following the engagement exercise we are now seeking agreement from Cabinet on how to proceed. As such we have outlined below two options for Cabinet to consider. Option 1 - Implementation of the Banded Funding (SEND and EHCP) proposal 5.2. To implement the common Banded Funding model across the education system in Gloucestershire from September 2021. The key features of this new model are:
All education providers will operate using the same banded funding model linked to a clear set of banding criteria.
Page 5 of 9
Page 479 Funding will not be linked to the statutory process, but to the needs of the child identified by a clear set of descriptors. If a child or young person’s needs can be met by funding a MyPlan+ we will be able to do so.
Funding process 5.3. Once established the funding distribution process for the new proposal would be: For non-statutory funding (children without EHCPs), payments will be issued to the setting within 5 working days of the decision. The setting should already be providing support to a child and that support would then be enhanced by the additional funding from GCC. For children/young people with an EHCP, funding will be made available to the named setting as soon as the EHCP is finalised.
Benefits of banding 5.4. Funding can be accessed at the right time to meet high level, short term needs through a non-statutory process 5.5. The banding system provides consistency across all schools and settings with the exception of independent special schools and colleges. This means that no matter where a child learns, they will get the support they need. Provides opportunities for settings to offer more flexible, creative, meaningful and relevant support options in a timely manner. Support can be tailored to an individual child’s needs or to a group of children with similar needs. Offers a transparent methodology to families, schools and practitioners.
Review of Banded Funding 5.6. It is proposed that following implementation, the scheme would be reviewed annually to ensure relevance to the changing needs of service users and any legislative changes.
Option 2 – Continue with the existing funding model 5.7. Funding is currently only available to children/young people with a resourced EHCP. The level of funding may differ dependent on the type of setting attended. In Early Years settings there is some limited non-statutory funding available for short term interventions. 5.8. This means we operate a system that drives schools and families to the statutory process. . The impact of this approach is creating a significant rise in statutory plans, which create delays in providing the right support at the right time, which in turn allows needs to escalate requiring more costly and time intensive support. 5.9. In addition, we retain the status quo of being institution centred instead of child centred in the provision of these services.
6. Risks 6.1. The risk of doing nothing is that we continue to provide funded support at statutory levels and not when the child’s need is first identified. This in turn means needs can become more complex if the need(s) is not addressed at the right time and the child in turn not having the opportunity to get the best from their learning. The mitigation for this risk is the implementation of option 1 where we can provide timely and relevant support – the right support at the right time.
Page 6 of 9
Page 480 7. Financial implications 7.1. There is a risk of increased casework and management costs during the transition phase whilst two models are operating concurrently. We are mitigating this risk by reviewing and improving our casework processes. A review has been undertaken by an external provider, identifying a number of areas where efficiencies can be made including where digital solutions can provide both short term and long term benefits. We are working to implement these changes alongside the launch of the new model to mitigate the risk of increased casework costs. 7.2. The cost of support for children will additional needs will decrease over time through earlier intervention and a reduction in the number of children with complex needs, particularly those with a social, emotional and mental health diagnosis.
8. Legal Implications 8.1. The support for children and young people with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities is covered under the Children and Families Act 2014 and SEN Code of Practice. The starting point for the legal position is the right to request an Education Health and Care needs assessment.
8.2. If a request is made for assessment the local authority has a legal responsibility to determine whether it may be necessary for special educational provision to be made for the child or young person in accordance with an EHC plan. In section 26(8) of the Children’s and Families Act 2014 it states:
(8)The local authority must secure an EHC needs assessment for the child or young person if, after having regard to any views expressed and evidence submitted under subsection (7), the authority is of the opinion that:
a) the child or young person has or may have special educational needs, and b) it may be necessary for special educational provision to be made for the child or young person in accordance with an EHC plan.
8.3. The approach we have recommended in this report, will not in anyway affect the legal rights of parents or education providers to request an assessment for an education health and care plan. So, if a parent/carer or education provider feels that statutory support is required and as such, wish to request an assessment for an education health and care plan, they are still able to do so. However, the new model will provide them with an alternative path for non-statutory support, if that suits the needs of the child or young person better.
9. Climate change implications 9.1. Banded Funding proposal potentially reduces the need for specialist and out of county placements, in turn reducing long distance commuter/ transport activity. Early Identification and provision for children with additional needs keeps children in local schools thereby reducing impact on the environment due to decreasing transport requirements.
Page 7 of 9
Page 481 10. Equality implications 10.1. An Equalities Impact Assessment has been completed for this proposal. 10.2. Cabinet Members should read and consider the Equalities Impact Assessment in order to satisfy themselves as decision makers that due regard has been given. 10.3. The 2021 EIA assessment for Banded Funding concludes that overall there are positive benefits for children and young people in enabling earlier intervention to improve their learning outcomes and life opportunities. 10.4. In January 2019 the High Needs consultation cabinet paper was accompanied by a Due Regard Statement (there were no follow up actions).
11. Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications 11.1. There are no DPIA implications from the Banded Funding proposal.
12. Social value implications 12.1. Banded Funding proposal supports children/young people to remain in education and reduce the number Not In Education, Employment or Training (NEET). 12.2. Educational Inclusion improves life chances, especially as those educated at an Alternative Provision School (APS) are more likely to be NEET. The Timpson Review of exclusions shows that excluded children have worse trajectories in the long term. Over one third of children who completed Key Stage 4 in an AP go on to be NEET. Exclusion is an indicator for being at higher risk of becoming a victim or perpetrator of crime with 13 – 23% of young offenders sentenced to less than 12 months in custody, in 2014, had been permanently excluded from school prior to their sentence date. 12.3. Reduction in permanent exclusions improves chances for those who are economically disadvantaged. The number of children eligible for FSM is used as an indicator for economic disadvantage – and those who receive FSM are around four times more likely to be excluded permanently or for a fixed period than children who are not eligible for FSM. 12.4. Banded Funding proposal of earlier access to funded intervention positively impacts all CYP, and for those with social care interaction (in particular those with PEX) this impact is likely to be greater. This in turn would lead to improved academic and wellbeing outcomes, and better life chances. 12.5. In addition, the proposal enables schools to procure from more diverse range of providers to select the most suitable intervention for the child, in turn providing the child with positive and diverse learning experiences.
13. Consultation feedback 13.1. In 2018 a SEND high needs public consultation ‘Approval for consultation’ was carried out to better understand the root causes and challenges for families of children with SEND. The feedback from this informed the Joint Additional Needs Strategy and High Needs Strategy 13.2. During September 2020 to January 2021 the Banded Funding Engagement Pack 2020 was developed and feedback sought from professionals, practitioners and families via a link on the GCC website and JHNTP newsletter. Annex A Banded Funding Summary report sets out the engagement approach that was carried out.
Page 8 of 9
Page 482 14. Officer recommendations 14.1. To agree Option 1 for the implementation of Banded Funding (SEN and EHCP) model.
15. Performance Management/Follow-up 15.1. A Baseline report for data correlating to the JAN & High Needs Transformation Programme has been produced and date-stamped to September 2020. This will form the reference for year-on-year comparison on performance. 15.2. The programme will also undergo evaluation both qualitative and cost benefit analysis to assess the return of investment of the overall programme/ projects, including Banded Funding. 15.3. There is a communications plan for JHNTP, a public JHNTP web page and a newsletter that people can subscribe to Newsletter sign up subscribe. In addition there is a series of webinars that anyone can register to attend to ask questions and find out more about the transformation programme.
Annex A
Banded Funding Summary report
Annex B
Banded Funding Equality Impact Assessment
Page 9 of 9
Page 483 This page is intentionally left blank Banded Funding for EHCP and SEN
Report title Banded Funding summary Author Tracy Oosthuizen Board/ meeting to submit to Appendix as part of cabinet paper Date of report 1 February 2021
1. Banded Funding 1.1. There are two key issues that we are looking to address, the first is the availability of funding at the right time to support early intervention and the second is the complexity of the existing funding system. At present, the only route to access funding for children and young people in schools, beyond the notional SEN funding available, is via the statutory Education Health and Care Plan. This is a complex, legal process which may result in delays in accessing the additional and individual support. We want to ensure that schools and settings are able to access funding at the right time without the need to request a statutory plan where it isn’t necessary.
1.2. The funding system is currently complex and is often linked to the type of setting that the child or young person attends, rather than the needs that have been identified. This is exemplified by the number of different processes and resource allocation systems that are in place to identify funding for EHCPs. We want to streamline processes and have one system to allocate additional funding based on the needs of the child or young person and not the setting that they attend.
1.3. The objectives of the project are as follows: To design and deliver a banded funding system that facilitates support to be provided to children at the earliest opportunity by Early Years’ settings, and schools. To align the banding, the work streams and relevant systems and services to the Graduated Pathway.
1.4. Expected outcomes: A funding model that enables the Local Authority to allocate additional funding to educational settings in a timely way, based on individual needs of children/young people with both non-statutory plans and EHCPs A funding model that allocates non-statutory funding to support additional education needs for individual children/young people where appropriate. Reduction in number of EHC Plans issued in Gloucestershire by increasing the availability of non-statutory funding allocated using the funding model. Reduction in the current overspend of high needs funding by at least 5% based on 2019/20 spend.
Page 485 2. How Banded Funding will work
2.1. The banding system will allow funding to be made available as soon as a school identifies a child who needs extra support, beyond that which they would be expected to fund from Notional SEN funding.
2.2. The banding system will work in parallel to the graduated pathway, meaning those who have a higher level of need, will be able to access more funding for support. Those children who have additional needs but who don’t need an EHCP to meet those needs, will also be able to access funding for support.
2.3. The funding system will be more child focused. It is more flexible and offers more options for support to be tailored to a child’s needs.
2.4. All education settings will adhere to the graduated pathway and the banding system. This means all children receive the right funding no matter where they are learning.
2.5. Banding and associated funding will be directly linked to the needs of the child as described in their EHCP or My Plan Plus and the provision detailed to meet those needs and allow that child to make progress.
3. Engagement
3.1. Engagement with stakeholders has been undertaken through a range of focus groups and a public engagement exercise on the GCC website.
3.2. We led a numbers of focus groups with key stakeholders across the county, these include: Education Psychologists Advisory Teachers SEND Case worker Parent Carers Forum Head teachers groups School SEND Coordinators Speech & Language Therapists Early Help Partnership Managers Early Years Leads Education Inclusion Leads Virtual School
3.3. A Banded Funding Engagement Pack 2020 was developed and sent out to all groups and services. This provided an opportunity for broader engagement with stakeholders and the public. The engagement exercise ran from the 1st October 2020 to 15th January 2021. As part of the Engagement Pack an opportunity for digital feedback was offered.
Page 486 3.4. The banding descriptors are included in the pack will continue to evolve and develop implement the new model. We are working closely with the local authority’s Advisory Teaching Service, Educational Psychology Service, the Speech and Language Service and Health colleagues and SEN practitioners across the county. This will ensure that all professionals who contribute to assessments used for EHCPs are familiar with the model and have contributed to its design.
4. Summary of engagement
4.1. Overall the engagement exercise produced a positive response to the proposed model and the rationale that supports it.
4.2. There were 21 responses to the survey. These have been summarised below. 88% of respondents agree or strongly agree with proposals for banding 96% of respondents agree or strongly agree the rationale for the banding is clear
4.3. The table below identifies concerns that were received and our response to them. Overall they were not concerned about the rationale or the model itself, but the implementation and refinement of banding descriptors.
Comment Our response/feedback
As far as it relates to mainstream schools, it We have worked hard with S<, ATS & is fairly clear. For special schools, it is very EPS and amended descriptors to better unclear. reflect needs and provision in specialist settings. We are working with the special school heads association to work through how their current banding system can move seamlessly to the new banding model.
I can understand the rationale but feel that There is ongoing work to refine the banding the bands are very similar and that it would descriptors and offer clear progression be very difficult to get any funding. between bandings. We have removed use of Continuous use of an appropriately qualified appropriately qualified professional and professional could be tricky when we get named them by profession. very little support from the ATS as it is. The EP service is also difficult to access. Who would these professionals be?
4.4. Overall there was a very positive response to the clarity of benefits with 96% of respondents agreed the objectives and benefits outlined in the briefing pack are clear and the proposed approach will achieve these.
4.5. We also asked respondents to identify risks or challenges to the proposed approach so that we could ensure these are addressed in the implementation. There was a 95% response rate which is summarised with our responses below.
Page 487 Comment Our response/feedback funding not allocated; restrictions for The model is not intended to lower allocating EHCP resources will see a thresholds or funding levels. There is reduction in EHCP funding for pupils and ongoing work with key stakeholders, have a detrimental effect for them including schools, to ensure that funding levels are clearly mapped to the banding descriptors.
4 respondents raised concerns about over- This will be addressed through the inflating needs to get higher banding associated processes to support the banding. It is critical that specificity and quality of plans is of the highest level and is supported by key professionals.
Risk of massive budget inflation. Unrealistic This model is not lowering thresholds and we expectations of families and professionals. are working with finance colleagues to Creation of an army of bureaucrats. Pupils ensure that the banding system stays within being kept in mainstream for too long before budget. Good communication with all stake transferring to special schools holders including families and professionals is a critical part of the process and this will not be adversely affected by this model. Processes will be kept as straightforward as possible and will not inforce bureaucracy and delays. If a child or young person needs access to specialist provision and an EHCP schools and family ability to make an application for this is unaffected.
There is also a lot of room for interpretation We are clear that a clear communication and within the objectives that may cause the training plan for the different stakeholders is need for further examples/explanation required to ensure effective implementation considering the different needs and of the model for September 2021. understanding of all the stakeholders.
Concerns re processes to access non- Ongoing work with Graduated Pathway work statutory funding and level of funding stream to address this and ensure that this is attached. May be easier to apply for one process and not separate processes. EHCP. No reduction in EHCPs
Challenge to upskill to holistic plans rather This is a wider development issue which than just education. Lack of knowledge from being addressed by other work streams as schools as to how to use funding differently. part of the implementation.
4.6. Finally we asked respondents whether they agree that the proposed approach outlines a clear and natural progression of need in bandings, to which 96% responded positively.
Page 488 4.7. We also received some general feedback from respondents which has been incorporated into the final draft descriptors.
5. Final descriptors
5.1. The final descriptors are:
C&I Banding C&L Banding S&P Banding SEMH Banding Document Draft V2.pdfDocument Draft V2.pdfDocument Draft V1.pdfDocument Draft V2.pdf
6. Equality Impact Assessment
EIA-Banded Funding-Dec20.pdf 7. Benefits to children and families
7.1. We are delighted by the positive response to the proposed model and the confidence that it can deliver the following benefits:
Additional funding can be accessed at the earliest opportunity to meet high level, short term needs through a non-statutory process The banding system will be consistent across all settings with the exception of independent special schools and colleges. The means that no matter where a child learns, they will get the support they need. The opportunity for settings to offer more flexible, creative support options in a timely manner. Support can be tailored to an individual child’s needs or to a group of children with similar needs. Wider benefits:
8. Review period 8.1. Banded Funding will be reviewed annually to ensure it is relevant to the changing needs of children with additional needs and SEN.
END
Page 489 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 13
REPORT TITLE: Financial Monitoring Report 2020/21
24th March 2021 Cabinet Date Cllr Lynden Stowe, Cabinet Member for Finance and Change Cabinet Member Yes Key Decision
Purpose of Report To provide an update on the year-end forecast for the 2020/21 County Council’s Revenue and Capital Budgets That the Cabinet :
1. Notes the forecast revenue year end position based on actual expenditure as at the end of January 2021 and February 2021 (Period 11) forecasts for the 2020/21 financial year including Covid-19 forecast is an underspend of £1.790 million all of which relates to non Covid-19 expenditure, as we are forecasting a balanced position in relation to Recommendations Covid-19 expenditure and income.
2. Notes the forecast capital year end position as at the end of January 2021 of £123.566 million against the current budget of £123.527 million.
3. Approves the £4.166 million increase to the capital programme as outlined in section B of the report. Reasons for recommendations
Resource These are detailed within the report Implications
Background MTFS Report to 12th February 2020 County Council and Financial Monitoring Documents Report to Cabinet 22nd July 2020, 14th October 2020, 11th November 2020 16th December 2020 and 27th January 2021
Statutory Authority
Divisional County Wide Councillor(s) Paul Blacker, Director of Finance (01452) 328999 Officer [email protected] Jayne Fuller, Corporate Finance Manager (01452) 328926 [email protected]
1
Page 491 Timeline Not applicable
2
Page 492 Revenue Expenditure 2020/21
A. Revenue Forecast Outturn Position 2020/21
1. The current forecast of the year end revenue position against the revenue budget of £468.183 million, based on actual expenditure at the end of January 2021 (Period 10) and forecasts in February (Period 11) is an underspend of £1.790 million all of which relates to non Covid-19 expenditure, as we are forecasting a balanced position in relation to covid expenditure and income.
2. It is currently envisaged that the projected £1.79 million underspend will be allocated in the following way: - £220k addition to Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Fund (part of the Communities and Infrastructure Reserve) to fund 500 charging points; £10k per councillor increase for Highways Local for 2021/22, therefore £530k total; £1 million allocated to creation of a “Gloucestershire Restart Fund”, which will allow for a range of activities to assist with the county getting back to normal as quickly as possible following the pandemic, the details of this scheme will be announced separately. The exact value of the proposed transfers will only be known at the end of the financial year and any transfer will need to be approved by Cabinet as part of the year end process.
3. This is an improvement in the position reported to Cabinet on 27th January, which was a £1.730 million overspend. This improvement in the forecast outturn position results from the review of current spending plans and reserves mentioned in previous Cabinet reports.
4. As in previous months the largest non-COVID budget variance is the £5.378 million forecast overspend in Children and Families – this is an improvement of £1.258 million in the Directorate non-COVID. This overspend is offset by the £5.445 million underspend in Technical & Countywide.
5. The Council’s forecast cost of responding to the Covid-19 pandemic (excluding expenditure funded from specific grants) is £37.896 million in 2020/21 which is funded by £33.847 million Covid Emergency Grant and the forecast reimbursement of £4.049 million of lost Sales, Fees and Charges. A balanced position is therefore forecast for COVID related activity.
6. In addition to the £37.896 million of COVID funding detailed above, the Council has also received other ring fenced Covid-19 related grant funding:
3
Page 493 Other ringfenced Covid -19 related grant £m
Infection Control Grant (includes second trance £6.621 m) 14.373
Department for health and Social Care-Rapid Testing 1.965
Department for health and social Care-Workforce Capacity 1.265 Test & Trace 2.222 Covid-19 Bus Service Support Grant 0.691 Emergency Assistance Grant for Food and Essential Supplies 0.558 H2ST DFE grant 1.293 DFT Emergency Active Travel Fund (EATF) Tranche 1 0.111 Department for Health & Social Care -Contain Outbreak Management fund 9.101 Department for Work & Pensions - Covid Winter Grant Scheme 1.508 Ministry of Housing, Communities & Local Government (MHCLG)Clinically Extremely Vulnerable (CEV) people. 0.777 Ministry of Housing, Communities & Local Government (MHCLG) and Home Office 0.091
Other ringfenced Covid -19 related grant 33.954
7. The assumption in this report is that relevant expenditure will be limited to the value of these ring fenced grants – any underspend will either need to be returned or carried forward to be spent in accordance with the grant conditions in future years.
8. In total the Council has currently been allocated £71.850 million of COVID related grants including an estimated £4.049 million through the reimbursement of lost sales, fees and charges scheme.
9. In January the Department of Health & Social Care announced two grant allocations for Local Authorities. GCC’s allocation being confirmed as £1.965 million for social care rapid testing and £1.265 million for workforce. The December and January allocations of the Department for Health & Social Care grant for Contain Outbreak Management Fund (COMF) were confirmed as £1.456 million and £2.548 million respectively. In addition a £277k Home to School Transport grant from Department for Education and a further £414k Clinically Extremely Vulnerable Grant have been confirmed. These have been included in the table above. This is an increase of £7.925 million above what was included in the January Cabinet report.
4
Page 494 10.An analysis of the current forecast position is provided in the table and narrative below.
Directorate Breakdown for Cabinet Report - Position February Forecasts 2021 (P11)
Variance Change in Variance Forecast Forecast Covid-19 from that previously Revised Outturn Outturn Forecast Forecast reported (excluding 2020/21 Position Variance % excluding Covid-19) Service Area Budget Covid-19
£000 £000 £000 % £000 £000 £000
Adults 163,168 173,991 10,823 6.63% 12,520 -1,697 -1,697
Prevention & Wellbeing 34,659 35,936 1,277 3.68% 1,594 -317 -8
Children & Families 130,268 143,739 13,471 10.34% 8,093 5,378 -1,258
Economy, Environment & Infrastructure 81,243 88,494 7,251 8.93% 6,951 300 300
Community Safety 22,234 22,826 592 2.66% 462 130 -7
Corporate Resources 36,770 43,407 6,637 18.05% 6,776 -139 -46
Corporate Resources Recharges -36,770 -36,770 0 0.00% 0 0 0
Total for Services 431,572 471,623 40,051 9.28% 36,396 3,655 -2,716
Technical & Countywide 36,611 32,666 -3,945 -10.78% 1,500 -5,445 -804
Total 468,183 504,289 36,106 7.71% 37,896 -1,790 -3,520
Additional Funding Covid-19 to be allocated 37,896 0 -37,896 -37,896 0
Revised Total 506,079 504,289 -1,790 -0.38% 0 -1,790 -3,520
5
Page 495 Adult Social Care
11.Adult Social Care is reporting an underlying overspend of £10.823 million which includes £12.520 million for estimated COVID-19 costs. Excluding the COVID-19 costs ASC are reporting an underspend of £1.697 million.
12.Adult Social Care reserves currently stand at £6.427 million. The reserves continue to be held as Vulnerable Adults Reserve at £2.665 million with the balance specifically set aside for the backdated element of new Ordinary Residence cases and additional commitments relating to the National Living Wage and the Care Act.
13.There continues to be a number of significant risks that are ongoing which mainly relate to COVID-19, S117 backdated payments, responding to winter pressures and achieving the Adult Single Programme (ASP) savings target of £4.799 million.
14.The forecast cost of responding to Covid-19 within Adults is currently estimated at £12.519 million. The material items include:
£6.155 million of additional support to care providers £1.595 million of additional demand as a result of Covid-19 £0.647 million additional workforce spend £0.323 million on PPE £2.600 million of Adult Single Programme savings at risk £0.813 million lost income £0.386 million miscellaneous spend across a range of budgets
15.Learning Disabilities (LD) External Care is projecting a £3.603 million underspend. The underlying overspend is offset by £2.700 million of one-off funding which is not available in next financial year, an overachievement of ASP savings as a result of backdated costs recovered from previous financial years and the early achievement of savings scheduled for next year.
16.Older People (OP) and Physical Disabilities (PD) is projecting a £4.150 million overspend. The overspend is split across individual service budgets with OP showing as £2.717 million and PD £1.433 million. The OP/PD overspend assumes 103% delivery of 2020/21 ASP cost reduction target. £2.112 million is included within the forecast. The overspend mainly relates to the unachieved cost reductions from 2019/20 and the brought forward underlying financial position, voids relating to homes run by a major provider, increased cover for Bad Debts and additional winter pressures.
17.The Mental Health position of a £1.505 million overspend as calculated by the Gloucestershire Health and Care NHST Finance Team, net of unallocated MTFS growth and savings held by the Lead Commissioner. No actions are built into the
Page 496 forecast to address the underlying overspend although a long term plan is being developed by Gloucestershire Health and Care NHST.
18.Other Services comprise of all staffing budgets for Adult Social Care, as well as a number of specific commissioned contracts. The forecast position for these services nets to a £4.370 million overspend including significant variances:
a. £8.602 million significant overspends: £4.909 million is COVID-19 Provider Relief Support and would be expected to net to nil due to Government Funding; £1.326 million reablement saving allocation not yet addressed/confirmed (see below); £880k reablement staff costs; £730k COVID-19 expenditure mainly relating to PPE; £449k Lead Commissioner OP; £308k Thriving Communities additional staff cost relating to COVID-19.
b. £3.668 million significant underspends: £818k Reablement underspend (see above); £392k Hospital to Home underspend part of COVID covered by CCG; £307k Safeguarding; £1.483 million OP/PD Integrated Social Care Management (ISCM) due largely to vacancies; and £669k LD Assessment, Support Planning & Management mainly due to vacancies.
Prevention and Wellbeing
19.Services within this area include Public Health, Supporting People and a number of smaller budgets covering the prevention hub team and grants. In total Prevention Services are £1.277 million over-spent but this includes £1.594 million of COVID-19 expenditure.
20.In October the Department of Health and Social Care announced that upper tier authorities would be receiving allocations from the existing Contain Management Outbreak Management Fund (COMF) to support the new three tier COVID classification rules. The funding is intended to fund public health activities such as proactive containment and intervention measures. The GCC allocation confirmed to support the COVID tier classification for the period to 29th December was £6.553 million and a further £2.548 million has been received following lockdown measures being put in place. Further funding for future periods has yet to be announced. The COMF grant funding can be used to continue the containment and management of the outbreak into 2021/22 and part of the grant will be used for this purpose. The Council has also received a grant for £2.222 million to support Test and Trace activities and plans are in place to deliver on this requirement.
21.The underlying non-COVID-19 position for Prevention and Well Being is a £1.181 million under-spend. Public Health services are funded by a ring-fenced grant, which
Page 497 if unspent is required to be carried forward in a specific reserve. The Public Health (PH) position, excluding COVID-19 expenditure, is forecast to be £864k under-spent and this will be transferred to the PH reserve at year end. Therefore the forecast non-COVID-19 underspend net of the transfer to the PH Reserve is £317k mainly due to Supporting People in-year commissioned contracts being lower than budget by £203k.
22.COVID-19 expenditure of £1.594 million covers three key areas, shelter for the homeless, additional commissioned mental health services and mortuary planning costs.
23.The in-year forecast for Public Health is an under-spend of £864k due to lower commitments for dispensing costs for substance misuse, health checks and sexual health testing as fewer people are accessing the service but this is offset by the additional costs of Agenda for Change pay uplifts on contracts with NHS staff.
Children & Families
24.The current forecast for the year end revenue position as at February 2021 for non- DSG funded services is an over-spend of £13.471 million (10.34% of budget). Included within these figures is the forecast additional cost of the impact of COVID- 19 on budgets which totals £8.093 million giving an underlying over-spend of £5.378 million, which includes a contingency of £725k for new external placements. Significant over-spends include external placements and home to school transport, both of which were identified as ongoing pressures at the end of 2019/20. The net over-spend has reduced due to falling safeguarding staff costs through the on-going work to stabilise the workforce.
25.Additional forecast expenditure for the impact of COVID-19 covers five key areas which are external placement costs, home to school transport, transitions for care leavers, staffing and support to vulnerable pupils once schools recommenced. In some areas it is difficult to identify what costs are related to the impact of COVID-19 so £2 million is being used to offset forecast costs. A specific grant of £558k is being used to fund essential food and services for children and families and a further winter grant of £1.507 million is supporting provision to the end of the financial year.
26.Activity levels within social care continue to cause significant budgetary pressures on children’s services and in particular against the external placement and safeguarding staff budgets resulting in the over-spend. At the end of January 2021 children in care numbers were 792 compared to 722 at the end of April 2019.
27.The current forecast over-spend against the external placement budget is £10.287 million (38.3% above budget). This includes a contingency of £725k for new cases in-year to allow for additional placements to replace existing care commitments or
Page 498 for higher number of placements due to increased activity; the forecast also includes £5.445 million for the current and future impact of COVID-19 on placement numbers. The current forecast average unit cost of a placement is £106,000 per annum, (residential/supported living average unit cost of £172,300). There are currently 395 external placements, of which 107 are residential and 91 supported living placements.
28.The impact of COVID-19 on services has been significant and many placements for care leavers have been extended to the end of the financial year due the unavailability of appropriate accommodation. Improving social care practice to divert children from care at an earlier point and achieve permanence at the earliest opportunity will reduce numbers of children in care costs in the longer term.
29.Against safeguarding staffing budgets there is a forecast over-spend of £669k (3.4% above budget), a reduction in the over-spend of £195k in the month, which includes £250k as a contingency for additional staffing capacity to respond to any spike in activity. Improved processes for recruitment, more effective advertising and the support and training provided by the social work academy is improving the stability of the workforce. Turnover of staff has been between 13.2% and 17.9% over the last six months and at the end of January there were 84 agency workers in post, a significant reduction from over 180 two years ago. As the newly qualified staff that have been appointed over the last year gain experience, the number of agency staff is expected to reduce further.
30.Home to school transport is reporting an over-spend of £1.467 million (which includes a £1.34 million for the impact on service provision of COVID-19 from September onwards which has been offset be a specific grant of £1.293 million which includes the additional grant of £277k for the spring term). The underlying cost pressure is due to the rise in demand and cost of SEN provision, the number of solo journeys required and the increased cost of procuring new routes. An action plan is in place to address a range of issues and reduce costs wherever possible.
31.Other over-spends include the cost of additional management capacity to continue with the safeguarding improvement journey through the COVID-19 period resulting in an over-spend of £757k across social care and commissioning and a £500k contingency to support vulnerable pupils as they returned to school in the autumn. Also there is an over-spend of £216k against special guardianships due to a higher than expected number of orders and a £392k impact from loss of income across Children’s services due to COVID-19.
32.To offset these cost pressures £1.54 million of funding from the MTFS has been held back and released to offset the over-spend in year.
Page 499 Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) position
33.Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) funded services are forecast to be over-spent by £13.588 million in 2020/21, which includes the deficit carry forward of £8.442 million and the deficit budget which was set for High Needs of £5.449 million. The deficit budget results from setting realistic budgets within high needs services considering growth trends and existing activity demands on special school and independent provision and top up budgets; the forecast position is just under the deficit budget that was set.
34.In-year there is significant demand for special and independent special school provision with a forecast over-spend of £1.062 million but this is offset by under- spends against college top ups and alternative provision. The Early Years block is currently forecast to under-spend by £300k against the budget for free entitlement for nursery places for three and four year olds.
35.The budget pressures that Gloucestershire is facing reflect the national picture with significant deficits in DSG high needs being held in many Local Authorities. The implementation of the High Needs Strategy will be essential to ensure the budget is balanced in future years and a spending review of services is in progress with a financial recovery plan being reviewed and developed alongside this review.
Economy, Environment & Infrastructure
36.Economy, Environment and Infrastructure are currently forecasting a overspend position of £7.251 million (8.9% of the budget). This is mostly down to the impact of Covid-19 related costs or loss of income as set out in the paragraphs below.
37.Loss of income is forecasted to be £5.274 million which is split between £1.246 million from Registrations and Libraries, £3.035 million from parking related income, £690k from sale of electricity and £0.303 million from other income.
38.Covid 19 costs are forecasted to be £1.400 million across the directorate on a range of issues. Unachievable savings caused by Covid-19 is forecasted to be £277k.
39.There is a non Covid overspend forecast of circa £300k against Highways due to the winter fleet additional salt runs required due to the prolonged period of icy weather during the year. GCC normally budget for circa 156 salt runs a year however we had already completed 185 sale runs by the first week of February.
Page 500 Community Safety Directorate
40.The Community Safety Directorate is forecasting an overspend of £592k (2.66% of budget) including estimated costs attributed to COVID 19 of £462k. Excluding Covid-19 costs, the forecast outturn indicates an overspend of £130k (0.59% of budget).
41.The Fire and Rescue Service is forecasting an overspend of £618k. Covid-19 costs total £540k but this has been off-set by a Fire Covid-19 contingency fund allocation of £92k reducing the cost to £448k, giving an underlying overspend of £170k. There a number of small variations across the budgets contributing to the overspend which the Service will endeavour to contain within this current forecast.
42.The Trading Standards Service is forecasting an underspend of £99k. The suspension of many activities due to Covid-19 has led to lower spending on general operating costs and there have been difficulties in recruiting for staff vacancies.
43.The Coroner’s Service and the Civil Protection Team are forecasting minor variances.
Corporate Resources
44.Corporate Resources are forecasting an overspend of £6.637 million (18.05% of the budget). Included within these figures is the forecast additional cost of the impact of COVID-19 on budgets which totals £6.776 million giving an underlying underspend of £139K. (0.38% of the budget.)
45.The forecast expenditure of £6.776 million for the impact of Covid-19 incudes £4.962 million of estimated costs associated with a second wave, £271k for ICT, £383k in the Asset Management & Property Services budgets and £944k against the Legal services budget due to additional children’s cases.
Technical and Countywide
46.The forecast Non-COVID outturn position for Technical and Countywide budgets is a £5.445 million underspend. The main areas of variance are highlighted in the paragraphs below.
47.Positive interest rate credits on cash balances are £1.643 million higher than budget, reflecting better diversification of investments and longer term deposits. This is lower than previous years as a result of lower interest rates introduced to mitigate the economic impact of COVID-19.
Page 501 48.If the interest rates had not been lowered to mitigate the impact of COVID it is estimated interest income would have been £1.500 million higher than the current forecast. Therefore £1.500 million has been classified as a COVID related cost.
49.The 2020/21 budget includes an MtC savings contingency; this was approved by Council to reflect the high risk nature of some of the savings programmes in demand led areas in 2020/21. £1.389 million is being used to support the overall budget position for 2020/21.
50.An underspend of £797k within the Capital Financing Budget is now forecast following reductions in projected MRP payments due to slippage on approved capital schemes.
B. Capital Expenditure
Current Spend 2020/21
51.The capital budget for 2020/21 is £123.566 million. Actual spend against the capital programme as at the end of January 2021 (period 10) is £75.776 million.
Budget and Forecast Outturn Position 2020/21
52.The forecast outturn position for 2020/21 is £123.527 million, against the budget of £123.566 million, giving forecast overspend of £39k.
53.Details of the budgets and forecast year end position, and any significant variances, are provided in the table below and the narrative that follows.
Page 502 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 2020/21 % Current Current Year Reprofiled Forecast Forecast Year Spend Budget Outturn Year-end Spend against 2020/21 2020/21 Variance 2020/21 Reprofiled Service Area Budget £000 £000 % £000 £000 Capital Receipts Works Before Sale 0 0 0 0 Adults 9,758 1,638 17 10,108 350
Children's Services Schools 21,232 12,963 61 20,787 -445 Non-Schools 450 468 104 512 62 Economy, Environment & Infrastructure Highways 68,506 47,895 70 69,023 517 Strategic Infrastructure 2,881 102 4 2,532 -349 Waste Disposal 580 59 10 64 -516 Libraries 407 234 57 368 -39 Community Safety Gloucestershire Fire and Rescue Service 1,426 919 64 1,472 46 Trading Standards 39 0 0 0 -39 Corporate Services AMPS 12,306 8,345 68 12,710 404 ICT projects 4,247 2,653 62 4,247 0 Business Service Centre 855 0 0 855 0 Archives & Information Management 51 16 31 21 -30 Customer 828 484 59 828 0 Total 123,566 75,776 61 123,527 -39
Adults
54.The Adults Capital Programme is forecasting an in-year overspend of £350k against the current budget. This is due to an earlier opportunity to purchase a property for Supported Living Accommodation in Fairford, originally anticipated in 2021/22. This has no impact on the total cost of the project.
Schools
55.The Schools Capital Programme is forecasting an in-year slippage of £445k against the current budget as reported at January Cabinet. This is due to faster than anticipated progress on the Winchcombe School expansion project. There is no impact on the total cost of the project.
Highways
56.The Highway Capital Programme is currently forecasting an in year overspend of £517k. This relates to structural maintenance schemes where better than expected progress is now being made on delivery of some projects. The increased spend can be managed within existing approved funding.
Page 503 There of course remain some risks to delivery of outstanding works as adverse whether or staff sickness could disrupt delivery between now and year end.
Strategic Infrastructure
57.The Strategic Infrastructure Capital Programme is forecasting in-year slippage of £349k against the current budget.
Waste
58.The Waste Capital Programme is forecasting in-year slippage of £516k against the current budget.
Corporate Resources
The Asset Management & Property Services (AMPS) Capital Programme is forecasting an in-year overspend of £404k:
£1.5m earlier than anticipated spend due to Quayside Health Hub previously reporting slippage due to delays in the project due to COVID, which have now been overcome. £400k slippage due to delays in External Maintenance due to COVID £200k slippage due to delays in Shire Hall Block 2 Windows due to COVID £200k slippage due to delays in Coroners Court Refrigeration Replacement (as reported in previous month) due to COVID-19 £150k slippage due to delays in County Offices Cheltenham Refurbishment & Reconfiguration (as reported in previous month) due to COVID-19 £51k slippage due to delays in Community Asset Transfers (as reported in previous month) due to COVID-19 £46k slippage due to delays in St. Georges Road car park (as reported in previous month) due to COVID-19 £49k slippage due to delays in Area Based Review programme
Other Services Capital Programmes
59.All other services are forecast to spend within £250k of the current budgets.
Changes to the Capital Programme in 2020/21 and future years
Highways
60.It is proposed that Cabinet support an increase of £589k in the Highways capital programme budget as summarised below: £436k ERDF grant towards the Canalside - Gloucester to Quedgley Cycletrack scheme.
Page 504 £145k from Highways Locals fund to support a number of Structural Maintenance schemes. £8k developer contribution towards the Cirencester Market Place Community Offer scheme.
61.It is proposed that Cabinet support an increase of £3.515 million in the Highways 2021-22 capital programme budget, to reflect the differences between the estimate figures included in the MTFS document and the 2021-22 allocations of the Highways Maintenance Funding published by the Dept. of Transport on the 15th February 2021, summarised below: £4.454 million decreased allocation of the Highways Maintenance Block Grant. £515k decreased allocation of the Highways Maintenance Block Grant – incentive element (indicative amount). £23k increased allocation of the Integrated Transport Block Grant £8.461 million increased allocation of the Potholes Grant.
Libraries
62.It is proposed that Cabinet support an increase of £21k in the Libraries capital programme budget to be funded by a Developer Contribution towards improvements to Gloucester Library.
Business Service Centre (BSC)
63.It is proposed that Cabinet support an increase of £41k from BSC Revenue towards the BSC capital programme for NetWeaver upgrade project for SAP & BWIP.
Overall
64.As a result of the above changes, the overall capital programme will increase by £4.166 million
Page 505 Page 506 Agenda Item 14
REPORT TITLE: Tender and Award of Materials Recycling, Reuse and Recovery Services under the Dynamic Purchasing System for Household Recycling Centres
Cabinet Date 24th March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Nigel Moor, Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning
Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report To seek Cabinet approval to conduct a competitive procurement process in respect of up to 28 proposed new Household Recycling Centre (HRC) materials recycling, reuse and recovery services contracts under the council’s existing HRC Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) and to award such contracts following the completion of such process.
That Cabinet delegates authority to the Executive Director of Economy, Environment and Infrastructure, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning to:
1. Use the council’s existing HRC DPS to conduct a competitive procurement process in respect of the supply of up to 28 contracts for the provision of recycling, reuse and recovery services as described in paragraph 1.4 of this report. The proposed contracts shall continue for an st th Recommendations initial period commencing on 1 April 2022 and ending 6 August 2026 and include an option to extend their terms for a further period of not more than two years.
2. Award such contracts to the preferred tenderers;
3. Determine whether to exercise the option to extend such contracts for a further period of not more than two years on the expiry of their initial terms. . To comply with the Councils statutory duties in the provision of materials Reasons for recycling and disposal services, and to utilise the existing DPS framework in recommendations order to obtain best value.
Page 507 Resource The procurement and awards described in this report will be undertaken Implications using existing staff and financial resources.
Contract values will vary according to market conditions and trends, with a maximum combined overall value of £2,475,000 if the council elects to exercise the above-mentioned extension option in respect of all contracts awarded pursuant to this report. The cost of implementing these recommendations will be met from within existing budgets.
Background The requirement for the ongoing provision of materials recycling, reuse and Documents recovery services follows on from the Cabinet decision to award a new HRC services contract to Ubico from August 2021; https://glostext.gloucestershire.gov.uk/ieDecisionDetails.aspx?ID=1513
Statutory Authority Environmental Protection Act 1990 s51(1)(b)
Divisional Cllr Nigel Moor Councillor(s) Name: Andy Pritchard Officer Tel. no: 01452 427014 Email: [email protected] Timeline Summer 2021; Produce contract specifications and procurement pack. September – November 2021; Undertake procurement. December 2021 – January 2022; Award contracts. April 2022; Contracts commence.
Page 508 Background
1. In 2016 Cabinet gave approval to appoint a teckal company, Ubico Ltd, to operate the Household Recycling Centre (HRC) service. In support of this, it became necessary to bring in house the reuse, disposal and marketing of materials (materials offtake) collected at the HRCs. Subsequently, in January 2017 a Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) was established under which the County Council has since let contracts for the management of these materials.
2. The DPS is a pre-qualification system which allows the Council to assess the eligibility of contractors prior to allowing them to tender for their chosen services. The DPS consists of separate categories for 28 different materials collected at the HRCs. Contractors who are successful in joining the DPS for their chosen categories will remain eligible to bid for contracts for the duration of the DPS. New contractors can join the DPS at any time, thereby increasing competition. The current DPS has been used for two rounds of contract tendering since 2017, and expires at the end of January 2022. New contracts can continue to be let under these arrangements if they are awarded prior to expiry of the DPS.
3. In July 2020 Cabinet approved the continuation of HRC operations with Ubico, commencing in August 2021 and lasting for a period of 5 years with an option to extend up to a further two years. In conjunction with this, a decision was taken to extend the existing materials contracts under the DPS up to the end of March 2022 thereby allowing time for new materials contract arrangements to be procured and established.
4. Current materials contracts established under the DPS are as follows:
Page 509 Category 1 Asbestos – Grundon Waste Management Ltd Category 3 Books –Reuseabook Category 4 Re-use / Bric a Brac – A Webb Category 5 Cans – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 6 Car Batteries – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 7 Cardboard – Printwaste Category 8 Chemicals and Paint – ERG Category 9 Gas Bottles – Envik Category 10 Flat Glass – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 11 Mixed Glass – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited and Printwaste Category 12 Soil – Enovert South Ltd Category 13 Engine Oil – Slicker Recycling Category 14 Mobile Phones – J R Padley Category 15 Paper – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 16 Plasterboard – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 17 Plastic Bottles – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited and Printwaste Category 19 Printer Cartridges – J R Padley Category 20 Rubble – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited and Enovert South Ltd Category 21 Metals – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 23 Textiles – JMP Wilcox Category 24 Tyres – Smiths (Gloucester) Limited Category 25 Cooking Oil - Living Fuels Category 26 Wood – Jack Moody Recycling Limited Due to a lack of current viable options, no contracts are in place for the separate collection of Category 2 (Bikes), Category 18 (Rigid Plastics), Category 27 (Carpets) and Category 28 (Mattresses).
5. There is now a requirement to establish new contracts for each of these materials to commence on 1st April 2022 following expiry of the current arrangements. If new contracts are awarded before the end of January 2022 this can be achieved using the existing DPS.
6. Depending upon the material type, contracts will incur either net income or net expenditure. This is determined by the markets. In addition, service costs for some materials include additional haulage costs. Ubico undertakes much of the haulage with its own fleet at no extra cost to the Council, but where this is not
Page 510 the case (for example at very busy times or where distance is prohibitive) the contractor provides this service at extra cost.
Materials for which a net income is currently achieved.
7. Net income is currently received for the following materials;
Books Items for Reuse Cans Car Batteries Cardboard Mixed glass bottles Paper Plastic bottles Metals Textiles
8. Net income for most of these materials can vary depending upon market conditions, but totalled £454,164 in the last full financial year (2019/20). The greatest income was achieved from metals and textiles. It is anticipated that the maximum single contract value will be in the region of £230k per annum in terms of income achieved during the next financial year.
9. Where market fluctuations in the value of materials commonly occurs, contracts are indexed to the current market value on a monthly basis. This applies to cans, car batteries, cardboard, glass bottles, paper, plastic bottles, metals and textiles.
Materials for which a net cost is currently incurred
10. The following materials are currently recycled or disposed of at net cost;
Asbestos Chemicals and Paint Gas bottles Flat glass Soil Used engine oil Plasterboard Rubble Tyres Wood
11. Net expenditure for these materials totalled £791,205 in the last full financial year. The highest single expenditure during this period was on Wood, which is estimated at £440k in the next financial year.
12. Mobile phones, printer cartridges and cooking oil are currently collected free of charge and do not generate either expenditure or income.
Page 511 Overall net income and expenditure position
13. The overall financial outturn position for all materials over the last full 12 month period is a net cost of £340k. This is lower than the estimate of around £500k made prior to the commencement of materials trading. Due to trading conditions, this could increase to around £450k in the next financial year.
Length of contracts
14. Current contracts have been extended to synchronise with the decision to award the new HRC management contract to Ubico, plus some additional time to make and implement this decision on future materials offtake arrangements.
15. The decision of July 2020 to award a further operational contract arrangement to Ubico necessitates further contract awards to companies who can deliver materials offtake services on behalf of the Council. Ubico will continue to operate the HRC contract for a minimum period of five years plus an option to extend a further two years up to August 2028. As a result, materials offtake arrangements will be required until at least this date of expiry, either after 5 years, or after 7 years if the Ubico contract extension option is exercised.
16. The existing DPS can be used as the mechanism for procuring these contracts as long as the contracts are let before the end of January 2022. Contracts can run for any length of time thereafter. Given that some form of contract for materials offtake will be required to be in place for the duration of the Ubico contract, it would be logical to take this opportunity to synchronise these contracts with the life of the new Ubico contract. There will always be a need to have such contracts in place whilst Ubico continue to manage the HRCs. Should a decision be made in future to put the HRC operations contract out to competitive tender and a private company appointed, then such materials offtake arrangements can be modified as necessary, such as placing the responsibility for this aspect of the service back with the contractor.
17. The synchronisation of materials offtake and HRC operational contracts would require that both co-terminate on 6th August 2026 with an option to extend up to 6th August 2028.
18. The procurement of contracts for materials offtake arrangements is a significant undertaking, there being up to 28 such contracts to let at any one time. By letting contracts up to a minimum of August 2026, the undertaking of further procurements can be kept to a minimum; reducing officer time and associated costs. In order to ensure ongoing best value is maintained during the contract period, current high value contracts are designed to track ongoing commodity market values, adjusting cost and income on monthly basis within terms agreed at the outset, thereby stabilising contract risk to both the Council and the contractor. It would be proposed that new materials offtake contracts are let on this same basis.
Options
Page 512 19. Option 1 - Do nothing
This is not a viable option as the provision of these services is a statutory obligation under the Environmental Protection Act 1990 s51(1)(b).
20. Option 2 - To let offtake contracts for all 28 materials on the basis discussed within this report (recommended).
The letting of new materials offtake contracts under the existing DPS will provide an opportunity to continue an effective HRC operational service with a range of experienced providers. It will also ensure competition exists between a number of key suppliers in respect of core materials. It would be necessary to award contracts before the end of January 2022 under the existing DPS, and to thereafter consider the procurement of a new DPS or alternative contract letting arrangements for a subsequent round of contracts from August 2026 onwards. The need for this, and the consideration of other options, would be guided by future decisions around the letting of the HRC operational service contract after August 2026.
21. Option 3 - To procure and let shorter term offtake contracts for all 28 materials which terminate prior to the expiry of the Ubico HRC operational arrangements.
There is little benefit in taking this approach, since materials offtake contracts are required to be in place for the full duration of the Ubico service arrangements, and further procurements would be required to be undertaken from within the same limited pool of providers. In addition, it would not be possible to undertake these procurements using the existing DPS since this will have expired. The establishment of an alternative approach or a new DPS would be required before this could be achieved.
Risks
22. Fluctuations in market prices for materials and haulage rates affect Council incomes and disposal costs. Indexed prices reduce contractor risk, attract improved pricing and reduce the risk to the council of contractor default. By maintaining an indexation approach to monthly pricing of materials (where such indexes exist) we aim to track the fluctuations of the market. Whilst this benefits us while the markets are buoyant, it does present a risk to the Council if prices fall.
23. Insufficient competition for recyclates results in poor value prices. A guarantee of exclusivity for the materials bid for would help to address this and could encourage new suppliers to join the DPS and tender for the contracts.
24. The contractors administrative and setup costs (eg the provision of skips and other containers) impact upon contract prices. This risk can be minimised by avoiding short term contracts as per the recommendation in this report.
Financial implications
Page 513 25. By ensuring that materials re-enter the market via recycling, reuse or recovery, the higher costs of disposal as residual waste are avoided.
26. The provision of recycling, reuse and recovery services for these materials is a fundamental requirement of the HRC service which has been in place for many years. As a result, the budget exists to provide these services without the need to seek additional funding.
27. However it should be noted that market prices can fluctuate up and down with the commodity markets, and expenditure is therefore determined by the movement of these markets. Markets trends are monitored on an ongoing basis and risks are flagged as part of the monthly budget monitoring cycle.
Climate change implications
28. The provision of these services ensures that recycling, reuse and recovery of materials is maximised, thereby creating a closed-loop solution which makes best use of the material, thereby reducing the carbon impact associated with the extraction and production of new raw materials.
Equality implications
29. Has an Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) been completed? No
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
30. There are no Data Protection implications associated with this decision.
Social value implications
31. There are no social value implications associated with this decision.
Consultation feedback
32. Consultation has taken place with the Lead Cabinet Member and Senior Officers in the preparation of this report.
Officer recommendations
33. That Cabinet delegates authority to the Executive Director of Economy, Environment and Infrastructure, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Environment and Planning to:
34. Use the council’s existing HRC DPS to conduct a competitive procurement process in respect of the supply of up to 28 contracts for the provision of recycling, reuse and recovery services as described in paragraph 1.4 of this report. The proposed contracts shall continue for an initial period commencing on 1st April 2022 and ending 6th August 2026 and include an option to extend their terms for a further period of not more than two years.
Page 514 35. Award such contracts to the preferred tenderers;
36. Determine whether to exercise the option to extend such contracts for a further period of not more than two years on the expiry of their initial terms.
Performance Management/Follow-up
37. Performance will be measured in terms of collected tonnages, service cost and service availability. Tonnages are monitored on an ongoing basis and data is collected for internal monitoring purposes and for reporting into the national ‘Waste Data Flow’ database. Cost is also monitored on an ongoing basis and reported within the monthly forecasting for the relevant cost centre. Service availability is reviewed regularly with Ubico, with formal reporting and review taking place on a quarterly basis.
Page 515 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 15
.
REPORT TITLE: Mental Health Accommodation Based Support
Cabinet Date 24th March 2021
Cabinet Member Councillor Carole Allaway-Martin (Adult Social Care Commissioning)
Key Decision Yes
Purpose of Report The purpose of this report is to seek approval for an extension of the arrangements and deadlines set out in the commissioning strategy project for individuals requiring mental health supported accommodation services that were originally approved by the Cabinet in July 2020. This is due to the operational difficulties caused by Covid-19. Such services are currently provided by Gloucestershire Health and Care NHS Foundation Trust] (“GHCNHSFT”) under subcontracts with 13 placement providers on NHS National Standard Sub-Contract terms. The Council’s contract with GHCNHSFT for such services will expire on 31st March 2021.
To delegate authority to the Executive Director of Adult Social Care and Public Health to direct award to the incumbent supplier (namely GHCNHSFT) a 12 month contract commencing 1st April 2021 for the supply of mental health supported accommodation services on grounds that the contract award is strictly necessary for the purpose of ensuring the health and welfare of service users on the basis described in paragraphs 6 and 7 below and for reasons of extreme urgency given that the recommissioning timeline for such Recommendations services has been substantially impacted by Covid-19, with service providers and Individuals who receive this service unable to fully respond to any consultation and engagement on the subject of appointing replacement providers. The proposed short-term contract award will provide the council with an opportunity to consult/engage as described in paragraphs 33 to 36
Page 517 GHCNHSFT currently provides Mental Health Supported Accommodation services by way of sub-contracts with third party suppliers. The Council’s contract with GHCNHSFT and GHCNHSFT’s contracts with providers are due to expire at the end of March 2021. In October 2019, an independent review made recommendations to both GCC and GCCG regarding the future commissioning of this service. A decision by the Lead Cabinet Member for Social Care Commissioning in April 2020 confirmed the current arrangements until September 2020, with Cabinet agreeing in July 2020 to extend this until the end of March 2021. Reasons for However, the recommissioning timeline has been substantially impacted by recommendations Covid-19, with providers and individuals unable to fully respond to any consultation and engagement. The above recommendations will allow the much-needed recommissioning of this service to be undertaken in a timely and safe way. The recommendations will also allow time for each person currently placed within the service to take an active part in the processes of sourcing land, design, obtaining planning permission, the physical build and commission of their new placement; with the ultimate aim of this work being to improve the quality of the lives of the people that currently receive this service.
Resource The budget for the proposed 12 month contract award is £1,243,663.00. This Implications is split into £895,667.57 accommodation costs and £347,995.43 staffing costs.
No Council staff are currently employed in this area.
The savings target for 2020/21 of £435k will need to be carried forward into 2021/22.. It is proposed to achieve this by utilising Local Government Covid Emergency funding for Q1 as well as other funding streams that have previously supported this activity.
Page 518 Settled, Secure and Safe Lives in Gloucestershire Policy Cabinet Report Background 20th April 2016 Documents Investing in Support for Homeless Vulnerable People - Interim Arrangements Cabinet Report 1st February 2017
Investing in Support for People in Vulnerable Circumstances – Interim Arrangements Cabinet Report 27th September 2017
Funding Supported Housing: Policy Statement and Consultation. October 2017 DCLG and DWP
Individual Cabinet Member Decision Report March 2020
Cabinet Report and DRS July 2020: Mental Health Accommodation Based Support
Equality Impact Assessment
Statutory Authority Section 117 of the Mental Act 1983 Care Act 2014
Divisional All Councillor(s)
Officer Karl Gluck: Lead Commissioner, Mental Health, Advocacy & Autism Tel: 0300 4211550 Email: [email protected]
Timeline Engagement planned between April to June 2021 for the service providers and July 2021 for residents receiving the service.
Page 519 Background
1. The purpose of this report is to seek Cabinet approval for an extension of the deadlines within the commissioning strategy project for individuals requiring mental health supported accommodation, originally approved by the Cabinet in July 2020. This is due to the operational difficulties caused by Covid-19. The provision of such services is subcontracted at present via Gloucestershire Health and Care NHS Foundation Trust (GHCNHSFT) on NHS National Standard Sub-Contracts. The council’s contract with GHCNHSFT expires on 31st March 2021.
Progress since Cabinet Approval in July 2020
2. Since Cabinet approval in July 2020, the Project Board has been meeting monthly to undertake a risk assessment to ascertain whether, due to the pressures of managing the Covid-19 pandemic, it has been operationally safe to start the processes of consultation described in this paper, to allow the transfer of the provider contract from GHCNHSFT back to GCC.
3. At every meeting between August 2020 and January 2021, the Project Board has jointly made the decision that the operational pressures on both GHCNHSFT and the 13 individual providers was too great to start this consultation process.
4. One of the key issues has been that GHCNHSFT HR has advised of the need to run the following simultaneously:
a. GHCNHSFT staff consultation regarding the proposed changes to their staffing team (as outlined within the July 2020) and the
b. Consultation process with the current 13 providers to migrate the existing 13 placement providers’ contracts back from being subcontracted under GHCNHSFT to GCC
5. At the January 2021 Project Board meeting the Board undertook an options appraisal process to ascertain whether it was possible to separate the staff and provider consultation processes, so that the 13 provider sub-contracts would be novated to the council by March 2021, but leave the staff consultation until after April 2021.
6. However, this process further exposed operational pressures of managing both the increasing demands of the second wave of Covid-19 and the demands of rolling out the national vaccination programme within GHCNHSFT. GHCNHSFT made the formal request to the Project Board that the project be stood down until April 2021. GHCNHSFT as part of its covid response has prioritised a range of services including supported accommodation.
Page 520 7. The operational team that are impacted by this review and the providers working with individuals’ main priorities are keeping people safe and from preventing an outbreak of covid. As stated due to the unforeseen rise in covid cases in the winter and the subsequent pressures on services it was agreed that the recommissioning project would be placed on hold. To do otherwise would risk de-stabilisation of current providers, existing placements and detract from minimising the impact of covid. It should be noted that the cohort of patients within these units are high risk in terms of impact of covid (e.g. Serious Mental Illness/co-morbid physical health conditions).
8. In making this decision the Project Board understood that the project would not be able to meet the deadlines set out in the Cabinet paper of July 2020, missing the key deadline of novating the 13 provider sub-contracts to GCC by the end of March 2021. Therefore, it was noted that it would be necessary to go back to Cabinet to formally ask for these deadlines to be extended.
9. Another key deadline that the project will now miss is the current 3 year period of the project running from July 2020.
10.As described within the July 2020 Cabinet Paper, currently there is very little accommodation within the market place that meets the minimum standard for these services. This was previously described as each person will at least have access to their own personal bathroom, if not their own front door. The review also recognised that due to the large numbers of placements that need to be recommissioned to meet this quality standard, a large amount of “new build” accommodation is going to have to be commissioned.
11.As it takes between 24 to 30 months to source land, design, obtain planning permission, physically build and commission each new build accommodation scheme, it was proposed in the July 2020 Cabinet Paper that the recommissioning project will have to run for approximately 3 years.
12.Due to the issues as described above, we have been unable to start the formal market engagement required for new build accommodation. Therefore, this has delayed the proposed 3 year timeline of the project, with the new proposed project timeline starting April 2021 and ending March 2024. As described within the July 2020 Cabinet Report, this is the estimated timescale, and every effort will be made to reduce it if possible. . 13. In preparation for the transfer of the 13 provider sub-contracts described above, the Mental Health Commissioning Team (MHCT) have been undertaking the following pieces of work outside the Project Board meetings:
The MHCT have been working with the Council’s Legal Team and have developed a hybrid version of the Council’s current standard contract that will meet the unique needs of the current service, whilst also meeting the governance standards of the Council.
Page 521 The MHCT have been working with the Council’s Older People’s Commissioning Team to ensure that the needs of the recommissioning of the Supported Accommodation Service are included within all of the current planning that is being undertaken to implement the Council’s new Housing with Care strategy.
As part of this work, the aim is to ensure that the market engagement that is currently being planned around the Housing with Care strategy also includes the new build accommodation that is so key to this project. The proposed delay to the start date of the project of April 2021 currently will not affect this aspiration.
Since March 2020, the MHCT have been working with two speculative developer led housing schemes. Theses schemes each consist of 20 units of accommodation (40 in total), in good locations, providing residents with their own front door, as well as staff-controlled access and regress. The aim is that these developments will meet the needs of the people in the current Supported Accommodation Service.
Both of these schemes should receive approval of their planning applications within the next two months, with the hope that building can start in the summer of 2021.
14.The Covid-19 pandemic has emphasised the need for recommissioning these services further, as currently only 5% of these placements have an en-suite or personal bathroom. Going forward the minimum standard for these services will be that each person will at least have access to their own personal bathroom, if not their own front door.
15.Internal/external reviews of the Supported Accommodation Service have identified the level of complexity/risk within this portfolio. The risk of Serious Incident (death/serious injury) and admission to psychiatric inpatient unit is deemed to be highly probable.
a. Significant proportion of people have long term mental illness any change in their accommodation, even for the better, would lead to a deterioration in their mental state.
b. In addition, some of these people have lived together for such a long time, that any change in their accommodation, even for the better, might have an adverse effect on their mental health and lead to hospital admission.
Page 522 Option(s)
16. Due to the issue of urgency we need are recommending the following:
Option 1: Direct award to GHC NSHFT to maintain the existing contractual arrangements for the Supported Accommodation Team. This provides stability for the existing service provision and will enable commissioners to develop further options on the future commissioning arrangements with GHC NHSFT and sub-contracted providers. Risks 17. Risk of destabilisation individuals with Serious Mental Illness:
Preventing individuals currently living in the community from destabilising and becoming unwell is one of the key priorities of this project.
Given the length of time that some individuals have been living in their current accommodation and supported by the existing providers this is highly likely unless handled sensitively.
In addition to the impact on the individuals, there is a high likelihood that this could incur further costs, as individuals may need enhanced care packages or could require admission to an acute psychiatric inpatient unit.
The above risks are currently being managed/mitigated through the Project Board for this work and the recommendations below.
Risk of Challenge from GHCNHSFT
18. As described above, directors and managers from GHCNHSFT have been involved in the development of the proposals within this paper.
Risk of challenge from competitors
19. There is a risk of challenge from competitors of the 13 incumbent placement providers. However, this is judged to be low due to the short-term nature of the proposed arrangement, and given that the proposed award is justified in view of the fact that it is strictly necessary for the purpose of ensuring the health and welfare of service users, and for reasons of extreme urgency given that the recommissioning timeline for the required services has been substantially impacted by Covid-19, with service providers and individuals unable to fully respond to any consultation and engagement in the process of appointing replacement providers. All recommissioned placements will be offered to the open market in due course
Page 523 Risk of further disruption to timelines of this work due to the challenge of Covid-19
20. As we are currently in the midst of a worldwide pandemic, the timelines for this project are very difficult to predict.
Financial implications
21. The current annual budget for the Supported Accommodation Service is £1,243,663.00. This is split into £895,667.57 accommodation costs and £347,995.43 staffing costs.
22. The savings target for 2020/21 of £435k will need to be carried forward into 2021/22. It is proposed to achieve this by utilising Local Government Covid Emergency funding for Q1 as well as other funding streams that have previously supported this activity.
23. No Council staff are currently employed in this area.
Climate change implications
24. Most of the current placements within this service are provided within converted Victorian properties, which on the whole have poor insulation and fossil fuel type heating systems.
25. One of the key aims of this project is to move as many of these placements as appropriate to purpose built new build buildings, with all the advantages of modern insulation and heating standards in line with the Council’s climate change strategy.
Equality implications
26. Has an Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA) been completed? Yes
27. Cabinet Members should read and consider the Equalities Impact Assessment in order to satisfy themselves as decision makers that due regard has been given.
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
28.A Data Protection Impact Assessment has been undertaken. The outcome showed a medium risk, meaning that when migration of these contracts reverts back to GCC the minimum security accreditation of “Cyber Essentials Plus” will be required, as personal data will be processed.
Social value implications
Page 524 29.This an existing service embedded with local communities across Gloucestershire supporting people with Serious Mental Illness remain embedded within the community.
Consultation feedback
30. Throughout the process of the review of the Supported Accommodation Service, lead directors from GHCNHSFT, as well as the manager of Supported Accommodation Service were included and were actively involved in developing the recommendations of the review as reported within this paper.
31. Since the review, through the Project Board, service lead directors from GHCNHSFT and the manager of the Supported Accommodation Service have been part of the decision-making process that has led to the recommendations within this paper.
32. In developing the recommendations within this paper, work has been undertaken with the Associate Director of Contracts and Planning from GHCNHSFT, who has confirmed that GHCNHSFT has moved all the contract notice periods for the providers of this service to 1 month.
33. Due to the need to have a formal process to move these contracts from GHCNHSFT to GCC, no formal consultation with the current providers has been possible. However, the manager of the Supported Accommodation Service has long-standing relationships with all of the providers and has been informally keeping them informed as the review, and then the work to develop this paper, has progressed.
34. If the recommendations within this paper are approved, a process of formal engagement with the 13 subcontracted placement providers will start in late April 2021.
35. As the first stage in this process is only contractual and has no impact on the services being currently delivered, no formal consultation will be undertaken with the people that currently receive the service.
36. However, once the recommissioning part of the project starts in April 2021 the proposed Service Recommissioning Team will work with each individual within the service to design a new placement to meet their needs. This process will include the individual being part of the processes to source land, design, obtain planning permission, physically build their accommodation as well as design and commission their future care package.
Officer recommendations
Page 525 37. Officer advice is that the Cabinet approves the option 1 above.
38. At a future date we will bring to Cabinet further options on the future commissioning of the service provided by GHCNHSFT and associated sub-contracts.
Performance Management/Follow-up
39. The Supported Accommodation Service Project Board will manage all of the above actions and recommendations.
Page 526 Agenda Item 16
REPORT TITLE: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED DISPOSALS AND ACQUISITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO DISPOSALS POLICY
Cabinet Date 24th March 2021
Cabinet Member Cllr Lynden Stowe, Finance and Change
Key Decision Yes To approve the proposed Schedule of Disposals in order to meet capital Purpose of Report receipts targets.
To approve the amendment of the Policy for the Disposal of Property to include reference to the relevant legislation for disposal of school land and open space.
To note the acquisition of property to provide supported living accommodation.
In relation to both Appendices listed below, that Cabinet:
1. confirms that those sites described at Appendix A (Exempt) which have previously been declared surplus by Cabinet in October 2020 and not yet disposed of, continue to be declared surplus to requirements.
2. declares the sites listed on the proposed Schedule of Disposals Appendix B (Exempt) surplus to the Council’s land and property requirements.
3. delegates authority to the Assistant Director – Asset Management and Property Services to dispose of these sites in consultation with the Recommendations Cabinet Member for Finance and Change and Council’s Chief Financial Officer.
4. approves amendment of the Policy for the Disposal of Property Appendix C to include reference to the relevant legislation requiring approval for the disposal of school land and the requirement to publish a notice of the intention to sell open space.
5. in line with the Property Acquisition Policy, notes acquisition of a property to provide supported living accommodation.
Page 527 Through the approval of the Schedule of Disposals, and the declaration of these sites as surplus to requirements, Officers will be well placed to achieve best value for the Council in the disposal of these sites, thus contributing towards capital receipt targets Reasons for recommendations To amend the Policy for the Disposal of Property to include reference to the relevant legislation relating to the disposal of school land and areas of open space.
The disposal of these sites in accordance with the Policy will generate Resource Implications capital receipts for the Council that will be used for overall financing of the capital programme.
The Council has achieved £15.473m in completed sales since April 2018 against a target of £33 million for the period April 2018 to March 2021. Delays associated with planning approvals and Covid have resulted in some delays to receipts being realised however the sites listed in the disposals schedules are forecast to achieve this target.
Capital receipts will continue to be closely monitored by Asset Management and Property Services (AMPS) and Finance to ensure we have sufficient resources to deliver the councils capital programme.
Background 1. Cabinet decision on Schedule of Proposed Disposals October 2020 Documents 2. Cabinet decision on Revised Asset Disposal Policy December 2012 and approved amendment September 2013 3. Cabinet decision Property Acquisition Policy September 2017
4. Cabinet Member decision on Property acquisition for a supported living scheme December 2020
Statutory Authority Section 123 of the Local Government Act 1972
Divisional All Councillor(s) Name: Neil Corbett, Assistant Director – Asset Management and Property Officer Services Tel. no: 01452 328813 Email: [email protected] Timeline On-going
Page 528 Background
1. As part of the council’s savings programme, the council is undertaking a challenging disposals programme by seeking to achieve £33m in capital receipts over a three year period, April 2018 to March 2021. From April 2018 to date, AMPS have achieved £15.473m in completed sales. Due to the impact of Covid and delays in securing planning permissions, the receipts will now be achieved over a longer period of time.
2. The programme has been developed across the organisation, led by AMPS in consultation with the Property Board who challenges the use of property across the council, in order to ensure the council’s property portfolio is being effectively used to meet the future needs of the business. Property and land are recommended to Cabinet to be declared surplus prior to disposal to contribute towards the savings programme.
3. A schedule of sites was declared surplus by Cabinet in October 2020 and it was agreed that an update on these sales and any further sites which Property Board recommend should be declared surplus would be submitted to Cabinet early 2021. In line with Policy for the Disposal of Property the approval given by Cabinet is valid for 6 months or until next update report is submitted, therefore a new decision confirming approval to dispose must be given in order to progress activity in achieving these capital receipts.
4. To reflect current practice, an internal audit review of the disposal of assets recommended that the Policy for the Disposal of Property (approved by Cabinet in December 2012 and amended September 2013) is amended to include reference to the relevant legislation relating to the disposal of school land and areas of open space.
5. The audit review also recommends that the date the sites were first declared surplus by Cabinet is added to the Schedule of Disposals at Appendix A (Exempt).
Schedule of Disposals
6. The attached Schedule of Disposals at Appendix A (Exempt) was approved by Cabinet in October 2020. In accordance with the Policy for the Disposal of Property, AMPS are now seeking confirmation of the decision to dispose of previously approved sites that have not yet been sold. The schedule has been updated to show completed sales and sales agreed and any changes to previously agreed disposal strategies.
7. The attached Schedule of Disposals at Appendix B (Exempt) outlines new proposed disposals for 2021 onwards. The sites listed have been recommended as surplus by service areas and AMPS to Property Board, and Officers from the Development and Disposals team within AMPS have recommended the most appropriate disposal strategy to deliver best value for the Council. Property Board has approved the recommended disposal strategies.
8. One Gloucestershire Estate partners have been consulted about potential asset sales as part of the One Public Estate Programme.
9. Capital receipts received and sales agreed to date for 2020/21 currently totals £12.015m with further sales being negotiated. Approval of the appended Schedules of Disposals will enable new sites to be programmed for disposal to help achieve capital receipt targets.
Page 529 10. Officers will provide an updated schedule to Cabinet in late 2021, delivering an update on sales to date and any further sites which Property Board recommend should be declared surplus by Cabinet.
Completed Sales
11. Since the last report to Cabinet in October 2020, the following land and properties have been sold by Gloucestershire County Council:
ADDRESS VALUE Prestbury Centre, 236 Prestbury Road, Cheltenham £1,040,000 Mere Hill Farm, Welsh House Lane, Dymock £656,000 1 Lowerfield Farm, Ampney St Mary £540,000 Land at Sunground, Avening £210,000 Leaze Farm, Leonard Stanley (uplift payment) £2,277
Policy for the Disposal of Property
12. To reflect current practice, Internal Audit have recommended that the Policy is amended to include reference to the relevant legislation relating to the disposal of school land and areas of open space.
13. Section 3 (Statutory Requirements) of the Policy has been amended to include the relevant legislation requirements:
3.2 Secretary of State approval is required to sell school land under Schedule 1 of the Academies Act 2010 (as amended), and school playing field land under Section 77 of the School Standards and Framework Act 1998 3.3 Section 123 (2A) of the Local Government Act 1972 requires a notice to be published for the intention to sell open space
14. The updated version of the Policy is included as Appendix C.
Property Acquisitions
15. In line with the Property Acquisition Policy, a property has been acquired to provide supported living accommodation. The decision was taken by Councillor Lynden Stowe, Cabinet Member for Finance and Change on 9th December 2020.
Options
16. Cabinet are asked to confirm that the properties and land described at Appendix A (Exempt) which have previously been declared surplus by Cabinet in October 2020 and not yet disposed of, continue to be surplus to requirements.
17. Cabinet are asked to declare all sites on the Schedule of Disposals Appendix B (Exempt) as surplus to the Council’s land and property requirements. Should Cabinet choose to
Page 530 identify any specific sites which they do not wish to declare surplus at this point, Officers will remove them from the Schedule and return them to Cabinet for decision at a future date.
18. Cabinet are asked to accept the amendment to section 3 of the Policy for the Disposal of Property.
Risks
19. Should Cabinet elect to remove any specific site from the Schedule of Disposals, this could cause a delay in the disposal process for these specific sites – which could have an overall impact on the delivery of future capital receipts targets. The Council is best able to respond to the market and opportunities if sites are already declared surplus to requirements by Cabinet – enabling the achievement of best value. There is a significant risk that short delays in decision making can lead to long delays in the disposal.
Climate Change implications
20. The proposed disposal of the properties listed in the schedule will provide an opportunity for the Council to divest itself of property which, in some cases, does not meet modern day design standards and whose heating systems need to be replaced to meet the Council’s climate change strategy.
Equality implications
21. In recommending sites as surplus to Council requirements, and in compiling the Schedule of Disposals Officers across the Council have paid due regard to the impact on groups with protected characteristics. Some sites on the Schedule are surplus to requirements due to changing plans for office accommodation used by the Council, and where these buildings are currently occupied by our employees, or those of our partners, the impact of the closure of the building and the relocation of their place of work will be taken into consideration. Information on the impact will be gathered through the collection of data concerning the individual members of staff who will need to be relocated. Where required, due regard will be paid to the needs of staff to ensure that any issues relating to the new workplace are considered (eg specific chair requirements, disabled parking spaces etc) in order to mitigate any negative impact. Where buildings have been providing a service those users have been catered for in other buildings.
Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) implications
22. A DPIA is not required for this decision
Social value implications
23. There are no social value implications regarding the disposal of council property.
Consultation feedback
Page 531 24. Consultation has taken place with the Lead Cabinet Member, Property Board, service areas and other organisations where appropriate in the development of this Schedule of Disposals.
25. Local members are consulted prior to land and property being marketed.
26. As each site is disposed of, the Development and Disposals team will do so in accordance with the Council’s ‘Policy for the Disposal of Property’ which contains clear consultation requirements.
Officer recommendations
27. Officers recommend that Cabinet declare the sites listed on the proposed Schedule of Disposals surplus to the Council’s land and property requirements, and delegates authority to the Head of Property Services to dispose of these sites in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Finance and Change and Councils Chief Financial Officer.
28. Officers recommend that Cabinet approve the amendment to section 3 of the Policy for the Disposal of Property.
Performance Management/Follow-up
29. In accordance with the ‘Policy for the Disposal of Property’, Officers will provide an update to Cabinet late 2021 on the progress against the Schedule of Disposals and developing plans for future disposals. This will be monitored by the Property Board at regular meetings and by the Senior Management Team in AMPS.
Page 532 By virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972.
Document is Restricted
Page 533 This page is intentionally left blank By virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972.
Document is Restricted
Page 537 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 17
Changes to Gloucestershire County Council’s Constitution by the Monitoring Officer
In the exercise of my powers set out in Article 15.02 of Part 2 the Council’s Constitution, I amend Gloucestershire County Council’s Constitution (‘the Constitution’) by making the changes to the Scheme of Delegation in Part 3 of Section 5 of the Constitution as set out in the Appendix.
Robert Ayliffe Monitoring Officer Gloucestershire County Council 21 January 2021
1
Page 539 Appendix
Extract of the Scheme of Delegation set out in in Part 3 of Section 5 of the Constitution
Decision Category Function, duty or Appropriate Consultation Number power to be Officer under paragraph delegated 5.4
DCS1 The functions of the Executive Director N/A Safety and of Children’s Licensing Services Committee under paragraph 4 of its terms of reference. DCS3 To exercise all Executive Director Most relevant other functions of Children’s Cabinet Member(s) relating to the areas Services for all decisions with of responsibility of financial Children’s Services, implications over Education and £250,000 Learning except decision category ADLS 1 to 3 and in relation to the commissioning of Children’s Services.
DPS1 The functions of Director of Chapter 2 of Part 5 Partnerships and of the Counter Strategy Terrorism and Security Act 2015
2
Page 540